Table of Contents

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

     
x   ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended February 2, 2002

     
o   TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 0-21258

CHICO’S FAS, Inc.


(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Florida   59-2389435

 
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation)
  (IRS Employer Identification No.)
     
11215 Metro Parkway, Fort Myers, Florida   33912

 
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

(239) 277-6200


(Registrant’s telephone number)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     
Title of Class   Name of Exchange on Which Registered

 
Common Stock, Par Value $.01 Per Share   New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes   x      No   o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent fliers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K   o .

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant:

     
    Approximately $1,341,253,000 as of April 19, 2002 (based upon the closing sales price reported by the NYSE and published in the Wall Street Journal on April 22, 2002)

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date:

     
    Common Stock, par value $.01 per share – 41,030,513 shares as of April 19, 2002.

Documents incorporated by reference:

     
    Part II Annual Report to Stockholders for the Fiscal Year Ended February 2, 2002.
 
    Part III Definitive Proxy Statement for the Company’s Annual Meeting of Stockholders presently scheduled for June 25, 2002.

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
PART IV
ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K
SIGNATURES
AMENDMENT NO.1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT/M.GRALNICK
AMENDMENT NO.1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT/H.GRALNICK
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT W/JAMES P. FRAIN
SEPARATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT/TEDFORD G. MARLOW
SECOND AMENDMENT TO 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN
2002 OMNIBUS STOCK AND INCENTIVE PLAN
2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
1ST AMEND. TO REVOLVING CREDIT & TERM LOAN AGRMT.
CHICO'S FAS, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
LEASE AGREEMENT
ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
SUBSIDIARIES
CONSENT TO USE REPORT OF ACCOUNTANTS
LETTER TO COMMISION PURSUANT TO TEMPORARY NOTE 3T


Table of Contents

CHICO’S FAS, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE
YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2002

TABLE OF CONTENTS

           
PART I
      1
 
Item 1
  Business   1
 
Item 2
  Properties   20
 
Item 3
  Legal Proceedings   21
 
Item 4
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders   21
PART II
      24
 
Item 5
  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters   24
 
Item 6
  Selected Financial Data   25
 
Item 7
  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   26
 
Item 7A
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk   26
 
Item 8
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data   26
 
Item 9
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure   26
PART III
      26
 
Item 10
  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant   26
 
Item 11
  Executive Compensation   26
 
Item 12
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters   26
 
Item 13
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   26
PART IV
      27
 
Item 14
  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K   27

 


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

     Chico’s FAS, Inc., (Chico’s or the Company), directly and through its wholly owned subsidiaries, Chico’s Distribution, Inc., Chico’s Concept, Inc., Chico’s Media, Inc. and Chico’s Real Estate, LLC, is a specialty retailer of exclusively designed, private label, sophisticated, casual-to-dressy clothing, complementary accessories and other non-clothing gift items. Virtually all of the clothing, accessories and non-clothing gift items offered at Chico’s stores is designed by the Company’s in-house product development team and bears the “CHICO’S” trademark. Each Chico’s store offers exclusively designed separates, and collections, of color-coordinated tops, pants, shorts, skirts, dresses, vests, jackets, outerwear and accessories, including belts, scarves, shoes, earrings, necklaces and bracelets. Emphasizing casual yet stylish comfort, Chico’s clothing is made from natural fabric (including 100% cotton, rayon, linen and silk) blends and sophisticated synthetics. The styling is relaxed, figure-flattering and designed for easy care. Chico’s believes that its target customer includes women of all ages who seek style, attitude and comfort in their casual clothing, with a particular focus on women who are 30 years old and up with moderate and higher income levels.

     The Company has sought to employ several innovative approaches to retailing, including: offering Chico’s exclusively designed private label clothing that provides a relaxed fit at moderate prices; continually introducing new merchandise and designs which complement other Chico’s merchandise that its customers may have in their existing wardrobes; using a boutique store design with personalized service and customer assistance to enhance the shopping experience; and utilizing Chico’s Outlets to help maintain the integrity of the Company’s pricing strategy.

     The Company has been experiencing double digit same store sales, for the most part, since June 1997. During the period from June 1997 through late 2000, the Company had been able to use markdowns (first, second and special sales) in its front-line stores to effectively clear merchandise without opening new outlets. During this time the Company operated between 7 and 8 outlets. In late 2000, the Company decided to develop a plan to discontinue using its smaller front-line stores as clearance vehicles and to reallocate more of the square footage to full-priced merchandise. To this end, the Company established a separate outlet division, with separate management, and has since expanded to 14 outlets. Its newer outlet stores have a larger average store square footage. In order to provide the outlets with a full complement of merchandise, the Company has developed a supplemental product line for distribution only through its outlet stores which product line is labeled “Market by Chico’s”. This supplemental line includes select product items that are designed to help promote the clearance of existing merchandise.

     Also during the past few fiscal years, the Company has been testing the sale of footwear (which complements the clothing products) and non-clothing products such as leather goods, watches, and other gift products which are designed by the Company. All of these items are intended to promote the Chico’s brand name in areas beyond clothing. Because of the additional space required to accommodate the non-clothing items and in an effort to improve the visual ambiance of its clothing and accessory presentations, the Company is actively pursuing larger spaces for its existing and new stores. Rather than targeting a 1,200-1,500 net selling square foot store, as the Company pursued through fiscal 1999, the Company now believes the target store size is nearer 1,800-3,000 net selling square feet. Although the Company may from time to time still open stores in the 1,200-1,500 net selling square foot range, particularly in smaller markets or when a large well positioned store is not available at a particular location, the Company’s primary focus in both its new and existing markets is a store with 1,800-3,000 net selling square feet.

1


Table of Contents

     As of April 19, 2002 the Company’s retail store system consisted of 321 stores (averaging approximately 1,815 net selling square feet), of which 296 were Company-owned front-line “Chico’s” stores, 11 were franchised front-line “Chico’s” stores and 14 were “Chico’s Outlet” stores. Of this total, 52 stores are located in the Northeast states (NY, NJ, CT, PA & MA), 46 stores are located in Florida, 43 stores are located in California, 28 stores are located in Texas and the remaining 152 stores are located in 32 other states and the District of Columbia. Chico’s intends to continue locating its front-line Company-owned stores primarily in established upscale, outdoor destination shopping areas and high-end enclosed malls located either in tourist areas or in, or near, mid-to-larger sized markets. The Company opened 59 new Company-owned front-line stores and five new outlet stores in the fiscal year ended February 2, 2002 (fiscal 2001), while during the same period it closed two Company-owned front-line stores and one Company-owned outlet store. The Company plans to open a minimum of 65 net new Company-owned stores in the fiscal year ending February 1, 2003 (fiscal 2002) and expects to close between one and three existing stores during this time frame.

     During fiscal 2000, the Company initiated a program whereby its customers could purchase a limited selection of Chico’s products, particularly those featured in its promotional mailers, through a call center and over the Internet. Recognizing the continued importance of making these channels of distribution available to its customer, the Company, during fiscal 2001, increased the number and depth of items available through these distribution channels and, as a consequence, call center and Internet sales revenues increased significantly. The Company intends to continue to expand its offerings through these distribution channels, although for the foreseeable future it expects that such revenues will remain below 5% of overall revenues.

     Beginning in fiscal 2001, the Company has been actively testing product in women’s apparel that would be aimed at a customer in a somewhat younger age bracket and with a slightly more moderate income level. These tests have resulted in what we believe will be a new concept store that has the potential to be rolled out nationwide. We expect to introduce this new concept on a test basis beginning in early fiscal 2003. The plan is for the new concept to have an entirely different name, a unique and different store look, a different store location strategy and, as described above, a somewhat different customer focus. The goal is to create a successful new store concept without competing with or detracting from the Chico’s brand. However, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to develop and implement this new store concept or, if implemented, that such new store concept will be successful.

Business Strategies

      Distinctive In-House Designed Casual Clothing and Coordinated Accessories . The most important element of the Company’s business strategies is the distinctive private label casual clothing and complementary accessories offered for sale at Chico’s stores. Emphasizing casual comfort, Chico’s clothing is made from natural fabric (including cotton, rayon, linen and silk) blends and sophisticated synthetics. The fit is relaxed and designed for easy care. Accessories, such as belts and jewelry, including earrings, necklaces and bracelets, are specifically purchased and designed to coordinate with the colors and patterns of Chico’s clothing, enabling customers to easily enhance and individualize their wardrobe selections.

     Virtually all of the clothing offered by Chico’s is designed in-house, and the Company controls most aspects of the design process, including choices of pattern, construction, fabric, treatment and color. A majority of the accessory designs also are developed in-house or are modified at Chico’s request by the manufacturer to complement specific items of clothing or to support a look that is distinctively Chico’s.

     Chico’s private label clothing is designed through the coordinated efforts of the Company’s merchandising and product development teams. Style, pattern, color and fabric for individual items of the Company’s private label clothing are developed based upon historical sales data, anticipated future sales and perceived current and future fashion trends that will appeal to Chico’s target customer. New fashion trends are tested in key stores in small quantities in an effort to minimize risk.

2


Table of Contents

     The Company’s product development teams develop these in-house designs and design modifications. By conceptualizing and designing in-house and then contracting directly with manufacturers and providing some on-site quality control, the Company has been able to realize higher average initial gross profit margins than the industry while at the same time providing value to its customers.

     The distinctive nature of Chico’s clothing is carried through in its sizing. Chico’s incorporates international type sizing, utilizing sizes 0 (size 4-6), 1 (size 8-10), 2 (size 10-12), and 3 (size 14-16). As in the past, the Company occasionally offers one-size-fits-all and small, medium and large sizing for some items. The relaxed nature of Chico’s clothing allows Chico’s to utilize this sizing and thus to offer a wide selection of clothing without having to invest in a large number of different sizes within a single style. The Company has also been testing denim pants with a more varied sizing using half sizes to address fits between the four standard sizes described previously. This testing has been reasonably successful and the Company intends to offer a core selection of denim and other pants with this sizing throughout the chain.

      Certain Building Blocks of the Company’s Merchandising Strategy . The Company continues to follow certain important elements of the merchandising strategy that it has sought to follow since the early 1990’s. These important elements include the Company’s focus on its target customer, the continual introduction of new merchandise, its pricing policies, the store design, merchandise presentation, customer service and its quality assurance programs.

       Focus on the Target Customer . Based upon studies done internally through its customer databases and externally through nationally available databases, as well as informally gathered information from customers, sales associates and store managers, the Company seeks to anticipate and respond to the perceived needs and preferences of its target customer. Chico’s target customers are believed to include women of all ages who seek style and attitude in distinctive, casual clothing which represents good value, with a particular focus on 30 to 60 year old women in the moderate and higher income levels. Although the Company had experienced changes in design direction in 1994 and 1996 that caused it to vary from the preferences of those women who historically shopped at Chico’s, the current merchandising plan intends to continually focus the entire product development team on the Company’s target customer. As part of this focus, the Company reestablished its frequent shopper club (“Passport Club”) in early 1999. In addition to promoting customer loyalty, the Passport Club also allows the Company to monitor spending habits based on known demographics. The Company continues to gather transaction-based and demographic data and intends to use this data to help direct its marketing and store opening efforts. See the “Customer Loyalty” section on page 5 for more details on the “Passport Club”.
 
       Continual Introduction of New Merchandise . The Company keeps its stores fresh by continually introducing new merchandise and designs. The Company is continuing its product development philosophy whereby new merchandise is evolutionary, rather than revolutionary. Chico’s intends to continue its focus on trying to make certain that new merchandise items will generally complement the colors and styles of other previously offered Chico’s merchandise. This approach is designed to allow Chico’s customers to supplement the wardrobe purchases made today with the new merchandise that will arrive in Chico’s stores in the future. The Company believes its target customer prefers this continuity in Chico’s styles and colors.
 
       As part of the Company’s strategy to continually introduce new merchandise, Chico’s seeks to provide a somewhat limited supply of each novelty item of merchandise to each store and in most cases seeks to restock its stores, after the initial shipment is redistributed to all stores, with new styles and designs instead of continually providing additional quantity of existing styles and designs (except for certain core items). This merchandising strategy is intended to foster a sense of urgency for Chico’s customers by creating a limited period of time to buy new novelty styles and designs. Slower selling items and the remaining pieces of better-

3


Table of Contents

  selling items still in a store when new merchandise arrives are frequently consolidated in certain front-line stores and then marked down and/or sent to the Company’s outlet stores. If the style becomes out-of-place due to seasonality, color, etc., it may be subjected to additional markdowns or returned to the Company’s distribution center to be held for replenishment at outlet stores.
 
       Pricing Policies . The Company’s strategy is to offer its exclusively designed private label clothing and complementary accessories at moderate prices that are believed to be generally competitive with the prices charged for similar quality goods by other specialty apparel retailers and by upscale department stores. For example, tops, pants and jackets are offered at retail price points generally ranging from $22 to $148 per item and accessories are offered at retail price points generally ranging from $8 to $52 per item.
 
       Historically, the Company’s philosophy has generally been to avoid store-wide price markdowns at its front-line stores and the Company believes that in the past it utilized price markdowns to a lesser degree than have its principal competitors. From fiscal 1998 through fiscal 2000, the Company shifted its strategy for markdowns and clearance of slower moving merchandise. Rather than placing the emphasis on clearing most of the goods at outlet stores or local warehouse sales, the Company has been making more extensive use of its front line stores to clear slower selling merchandise through chain-wide markdowns of these items and by initiating such markdowns at an earlier date in the product life cycle. The Company believed this strategy reduced the need to rely on its outlet stores as a principal means of clearing slower selling merchandise. As described earlier, the Company is re-evaluating its outlet and overall clearance strategies in front-line stores with the intent to reduce markdowns in most front-line stores, but particularly in those stores that, on an annual basis, are selling in excess of $1,000 per net selling square foot. Last year the Company doubled its outlet space and it intends to again substantially increase its outlet square footage in fiscal 2002. Its strategy also involves specific buying programs using a “Market by Chico’s” label to supplement the clearance of goods in the Company-owned outlets. The Company expects to continue to complement its pricing policies with its strategy to continually replace merchandise at its front-line stores and to transfer older merchandise to its outlet stores or the Company’s distribution center for later replenishment at its outlet stores, although the Company intends on continuing markdowns in certain front-line stores to provide more immediate clearance of goods and cater to its sale-oriented customers where necessary.
 
       Store Design and Merchandise Presentation . Chico’s historical store design, interior layout and merchandise presentation tends to complement Chico’s private label casual clothing and personalized service, helping to create a “boutique” atmosphere with an open and comfortable ambiance. A typical store has a warm feel with wood and stainless steel including hardwood or natural concrete floors, antiques and brushed aluminum or wood fixtures. However, each store can be quite different as the Company has many different sizes and shapes of stores and as the interior decor and storefront is chosen carefully to complement the setting, including both its location and the building itself. These individual touches are balanced against a certain amount of standardization. Merchandise is generally presented on wooden or stainless steel fixtures with coordinating colors and outfits shown together rather than being grouped by tops, bottoms, etc.
 
       To encourage sales of multiple wardrobe items, Chico’s stores also may use “color areas”, which present coordinated colors or seasonal themes in different areas of the store. Rather than displaying clothing by type (for example, tops with tops, pants with pants, etc.), merchandise is grouped by color coordinated items of clothing and accessories. Such a grouping typically includes several different coordinated tops, pants, shorts or other items of clothing as well as accessories such as belts, earrings and necklaces that could be used to create

4


Table of Contents

  several different ensembles and looks that appeal to various lifestyles. Sales associates are trained to assist customers in creating such ensembles. Management believes the color coordinated grouping of merchandise strengthens the style image of the merchandise and enhances the likelihood for multiple item purchases. Accessories and other non-apparel items accounted for approximately 13% of the Company’s net sales in fiscal 2001, compared to a range of 12% to 14% over the last several fiscal years. Continuing efforts are being made to improve the volume of accessory and other non-apparel item sales through better coordination of accessories with clothing and continual testing of non-apparel branded items.
 
       Quality Assurance . Currently, over half of the clothing offered for sale at Chico’s stores is manufactured abroad. The Company has diversified its manufacturing sources to a number of different countries but continually finds it necessary to address quality control. The Company has now developed a more focused system for inspection of clothing both during the manufacturing process and upon receipt in the United States. Over the past few years, the Company has been able to gain greater experience with its vendors thus enabling the Company to identify those who are able to consistently provide the level of quality Chico’s demands. Also, Chico’s has been more careful to utilize each vendor to manufacture the merchandise, or fabric, with which the vendor has the most experience. The Company has in more recent years been expanding its use of domestic vendors, where possible, and it intends to continually explore opportunities with domestic vendors and also with vendors in China, Hong Kong, India and Mexico.

      Personalized Service and Customer Assistance . The Company has always considered personalized customer service one of the most important factors in determining its success. The Company intends, through training efforts, to make certain that Chico’s sales associates offer assistance and advice on various aspects of their customers’ fashion and wardrobe needs, including clothing and accessory style and color selection, coordination of complete outfits and suggestions on different ways in which to wear Chico’s clothing and accessories. As part of its strategy to reinforce the casual aspects of Chico’s clothing, Chico’s sales associates are trained to demonstrate to customers the most attractive ways to wear Chico’s clothing. Dressing rooms are generally not equipped with mirrors, encouraging customers to come out of the dressing rooms in Chico’s clothes so that store personnel can provide such assistance. The Company has not found it necessary to offer alteration services.

     Chico’s sales associates are encouraged to know their regular customers’ preferences and to assist those customers in selecting merchandise best suited to their tastes and wardrobe needs. The Company strongly encourages its sales associates to wear Chico’s clothing and accessories in its stores at all times and to complement this it offers substantial employee discounts. To better serve the Chico’s customer, sales associates are encouraged to become familiar with new styles and designs of clothing and accessories by trying on new merchandise.

     Chico’s takes pride in empowering its employees to make decisions that best service the customer. This healthy sense of empowerment enables Chico’s employees to exceed customers’ expectations. In addition, many of the Company’s store managers and sales associates were themselves Chico’s customers prior to joining the Company and can therefore more easily identify with customers.

     Chico’s employees are expected to keep individual stores open until the last customer in the store has been served. If an item is not available at a particular store, sales associates are encouraged to arrange for the item to be shipped directly to the customer from another Chico’s store.

      Customer Loyalty . Chico’s preferred customer club, which was established in the early 90’s and which is known as the “Passport Club”, was designed to encourage repeat sales and customer loyalty. Features of the club include discounts, special promotions, invitations to private sales and personalized phone calls regarding new merchandise. In late 1994, the Company decided to limit the number of new

5


Table of Contents

members and to evaluate ways to restructure the program. During 1997 and 1998, the Company established a new database of customers that shop at Chico’s using non-proprietary credit cards. In 1998, the Company also performed an independent study of its then existing Passport members (approximately 25,000 members were still active from this club which included over 40,000 members at its peak) and store managers to determine the most important features of the Club and to help assess the feasibility of relaunching the Club.

     Based on this study and the past experiences of the Company with the Passport Club, the Company relaunched the Passport Club in mid-February of 1999 by mailing approximately 300,000 invitations to customers whose names were maintained in its credit card, guest book and Passport databases. The invitations included a temporary enrollment card and simply required a purchase by the customer to activate their preassigned temporary Passport Club membership number (“temporary member”). Once the customer spends $500, she becomes a permanent member of the club and is entitled to a 5% discount on future purchases.

     Since the relaunch in early 1999, the Company has been very successful in increasing its database of “temporary” and “permanent” Passport members. As of April 19, 2002, the Company had over 438,000 permanent Passport members and over 1,600,000 temporary Passport members. During fiscal 2001, the permanent Passport members accounted for approximately 60% of overall sales, while the temporary members accounted for 19% of overall sales. Also, during fiscal 2001, the Company signed up an average of 42,700 “temporary” new members per month of which an average of 15,000 per month spent the required $500 to become a permanent member. Prior to the relaunch of the Passport Club, the permanent members accounted for approximately 10% of overall sales and the Company was unable to effectively track “temporary” Passport members sales.

     The Company believes that permanent Passport members shop more frequently and spend more on the average transaction than “temporary” Passport members. During the fiscal year ended February 2, 2002, the average permanent passport member spent $132 per transaction and shopped five to eight times per year, while the “temporary” Passport members averaged $83 per transaction and shopped one to three times per year. The Company does not have a proprietary credit card at this time.

     With the more sophisticated database hardware and software the Company has acquired to manage the SKU-level transactions being recorded for both temporary and permanent Passport Club members, the Company believes it is better able to more sharply focus its marketing, design and merchandising efforts to better address and define the desires of its target customer.

      High-Energy, Loyal Employees . The Company believes that the dedication, high energy level and experience of the members of its senior management team, support staff and store employees are key to its continued growth and success and help to encourage personalized attention to the needs of Chico’s customers.

     In selecting its employees at all levels of responsibility, Chico’s looks for quality individuals with high energy levels who project a positive outlook. The Company has found that such persons perform most effectively for the Company and contribute to a fun and exciting shopping experience for Chico’s customers.

     Sales associates are compensated with a base hourly wage but also have opportunities to earn substantial incentive compensation based on their individual sales. For the most part, these incentives are based upon the dollar amount of sales to individual customers, thereby encouraging sales of multiple items. Store managers receive base salaries and are eligible to earn various incentive bonuses tied to individual sales and storewide sales performance. District and regional managers also have the opportunity to earn incentive compensation based upon the sales performance of stores in their districts, as well as the Company’s overall sales performance.

6


Table of Contents

     The Company offers its employees other recognition programs and the opportunity to participate in its stock incentive, stock purchase and 401(k) programs. Management believes that all these programs and policies offer Chico’s sales associates and other employees opportunities to earn total compensation at levels generally above the average in the retail industry for comparable positions.

     Chico’s emphasis where possible on a “promote from within” philosophy, combined with increases in the number of new Company-owned stores, provides opportunities for qualified employees to advance to higher positions in the Company.

      Additional Company-Owned Stores . Management believes that the ability to open additional Company-owned Chico’s stores will be a factor in the future success of the Company. During fiscal 1998, the Company opened 22 new company stores and one new franchised store while closing two outlet stores. During fiscal 1999, the Company opened 40 new company stores and one new franchised store while closing three front-line stores. During fiscal 2000, the Company opened 51 new Company-owned stores and two new franchised stores while closing two front-line stores and one outlet store. During fiscal 2001, the Company opened 59 new Company-owned stores and five new outlet stores, while closing two front-line stores and one outlet store. As of April 19, 2001, the Company has opened eight front-line and three outlet stores of a minimum of 65 net new Company-owned stores planned to be opened in fiscal 2002, and the Company has signed leases for several new Chico’s store locations. The Company also is currently engaged in negotiations for the leasing of numerous additional sites. The Company generally expects to open between 12 and 20 new stores each quarter of this fiscal year.

     In general the Company intends to locate its new stores predominantly outside of Florida. In deciding whether to open a new store, the Company undertakes an extensive analysis which includes the following: identifying an appropriate geographic market; satisfying certain local demographic requirements; evaluating the location of the shopping area or mall and the site within the shopping area or mall; assessing proposed lease terms; and evaluating the sales volume necessary to achieve certain profitability criteria. Once the Company takes occupancy, it usually takes from three to five weeks to open a store. After opening, Chico’s front-line stores have typically generated positive cash flow within the first year of operation (after allocation of a portion of home office administrative expense based on sales and after recovery of the Company’s out-of-pocket cash expenses in opening the new store) and have typically had a ten month to eighteen month payback of all initial capital and inventory costs. However, there can be no assurance that new Chico’s stores will achieve operating results similar to those achieved in the past.

     The Company plans to grow by opening additional Company-owned stores and the Company does not currently intend to increase the number of franchisees. The Company intends to continue providing full support for its franchise network and anticipates that one of its existing franchisees may be able to further meet the Company’s criteria for opening additional stores in its limited territory. This franchisee opened one new franchised store in fiscal 1998, one in fiscal 1999, two in fiscal 2000, and none in fiscal 2001.

Store Locations

     Chico’s stores are situated, for the most part, either in tourist areas or in, or near, mid-to-larger sized markets. The Company’s front-line stores are located almost exclusively in upscale outdoor destination shopping areas, high-end enclosed shopping malls and, to a lesser degree, regional malls which offer high traffic of Chico’s target customers. The Company seeks to locate the Company-owned front-line stores where there are other upscale specialty stores and, as to its mall locations, where there are two or more mid-to-high end department stores as anchor tenants. Chico’s outlet stores are currently located in outlet centers, although the Company is evaluating the possibility of opening in value centers and other more upscale centers.

7


Table of Contents

     Chico’s Company-owned front-line stores average approximately 1,750 net selling square feet, while the Company-owned outlet stores average approximately 3,130 net selling square feet. In fiscal 1999 and fiscal 2000, the Company began a strategy of opening somewhat larger stores than it has opened in the past. Currently, the Company is seeking to open front-line stores with approximately 1,800-3,000 net selling square feet to promote an improved visual ambiance and the expanded offerings of its current products. However, in locations where the Company has a desire to establish a store but where the optimum store size or location is unavailable, the Company often will lease a front-line store with as few as 1,200 net selling square feet or as many as 3,500 net selling square feet. If the volume of business at one of these smaller stores is sufficient, and there is no ability to expand the existing store, the Company has chosen in the past to open additional stores nearby, operating more than one Chico’s store in the same general shopping area. Non-selling space within Company-owned stores generally amounts to 20-25% of the gross leased space, and is not considered in the net selling square foot calculations.

     At April 19, 2002, there were 321 Chico’s stores, of which 296 were Company-owned front-line Chico’s stores, 11 were franchised Chico’s stores and 14 were Chico’s Outlet stores. Chico’s stores are located in the following jurisdictions:

                                   
      Company   Company-Owned   Franchised        
      Owned   Outlet Stores   Stores   Total Stores
     
 
 
 
Florida
    42       3       1       46  
California
    40       3             43  
Texas
    27       1             28  
New Jersey
    14                   14  
Illinois
    11       1             12  
Virginia
    10       2             12  
Connecticut
    11                   11  
Michigan
    10             1       11  
Ohio
    11                   11  
New York
    10                   10  
Georgia
    8       1             9  
Massachusetts
    8       1             9  
Arizona
    7       1             8  
Minnesota
                8       8  
Pennsylvania
    8                   8  
Maryland
    7                   7  
North Carolina
    7                   7  
Louisiana
    6                   6  
South Carolina
    5                   5  
Washington
    5                   5  
Colorado
    4                   4  
Oklahoma
    4                   4  
Oregon
    4                   4  
Tennessee
    4                   4  
Alabama
    2       1             3  
Indiana
    2             1       3  
Kansas
    3                   3  
Utah
    3                   3  
Wisconsin
    3                   3  
District of Columbia
    2                   2  
Kentucky
    2                   2  
Mississippi
    2                   2  
Missouri
    2                   2  
Nebraska
    2                   2  
Nevada
    2                   2  
New Mexico
    2                   2  
Rhode Island
    2                   2  
Arkansas
    1                   1  
Maine
    1                   1  
Vermont
    1                   1  
Wyoming
    1                   1  
 
   
     
     
     
 
 
Total
    296       14       11       321  
 
   
     
     
     
 

8


Table of Contents

     In a typical new front-line Chico’s store, the Company’s cost of leasehold improvements, fixtures, store equipment and beginning inventory ranges from $250,000 to $650,000 (after taking into account landlord construction allowances and other concessions).

     Chico’s utilizes teams of employees experienced in new store openings who are able to supervise final build-out and set up store interiors rapidly, including, where necessary, the flooring, furniture, fixturing, equipment and initial inventory displays. The use of in-house crews allows the Company to open a new store generally within three to five weeks after taking occupancy. Management believes that, as a result, the Company opens its new stores more rapidly and at less cost than many of its competitors. The Company has an arrangement whereby the final design and initial build-out of the store is handled by third-party architectural and contracting firms, with offices or affiliates throughout the country. Under this arrangement, Chico’s in-house crews are still responsible for approving the final stages of the build-out and for setting up the store interiors.

     The following table sets forth information concerning changes in the number of Chico’s Company-owned and franchise stores during the past five fiscal years:

                                           
      Fiscal Year Ended
     
      January 31,   January 30,   January 29,   February 3,   February 2,
      1998   1999   2000   2001   2002
Number of Company-Owned Stores   (52 weeks)   (52 weeks)   (52 weeks)   (53 weeks)   (52 weeks)

 
 
 
 
 
Stores at beginning of year
    123       132       154       191       239  
 
Opened*
    14       22       40       51       64  
 
Acquired from franchisees
    1       2                    
 
Closed
    (6 )     (2 )     (3 )     (3 )     (3 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Stores at end of period
    132       154       191       239       300  
 
     
     
     
     
     
 
Number of Franchise Stores
                                     
Stores at beginning of year
    10       9       8       9       11  
 
Opened*
          1       1       2        
 
Sold to Company
    (1 )     (2 )                  
 
Closed
                             
 
     
     
     
     
     
 
Stores at end of period
    9       8       9       11       11  
 
     
     
     
     
     
 
Number of Total Stores
    141       162       200       250       311  
 
     
     
     
     
     
 


*   Does not include stores that opened as relocations of previously existing stores within the same general market area (approximately five miles) or substantial expansions of stores.

Outlet Stores

     As of April 19, 2002, the Company operated 14 outlet stores under the name “Chico’s.” Chico’s outlet stores carry slower-selling items removed from front-line stores, remaining pieces of better-selling items replaced by new shipments of merchandise to front-line stores, returns of merchandise accepted from franchise stores under the Company’s franchisee return policy, seconds of the Company’s merchandise, and its new line “Market by Chico’s” which is intended to help promote clearance of existing styles by complementing the other outlet merchandise. The Company does not anticipate that the “Market by Chico’s” label will account for more than 10% of outlet sales in the future. Chico’s outlet stores act as a vehicle for marking down the prices on such merchandise while continuing to allow Chico’s front-line stores to maintain a somewhat limited markdown policy. Prices at Chico’s outlet stores generally range from 30% to 70% below regular retail prices at Chico’s front-line stores. Although service is also important at Chico’s outlet stores, there is somewhat less emphasis in the outlet stores on personalized customer service. Sales

9


Table of Contents

from the Company’s outlet stores represented approximately 5% of the Company’s net sales and the “Market by Chico’s” label represented less than 2% of the outlet sales during fiscal 2001. Chico’s outlet stores have not been intended to be profit centers, and the Company is re-evaluating its approach to outlet stores to improve the return on clearance of such goods.

     Chico’s outlet stores are generally larger than front-line stores, averaging approximately 3,227 net selling square feet at February 2, 2002. The Company opened five new outlet stores in fiscal 2001 and one outlet store in fiscal 2000.

Franchise Stores

     Currently, there are eleven franchised Chico’s stores operated by four owners, none of whom is otherwise affiliated with the Company. Each franchisee paid an initial franchise fee of between $5,000 and $75,000 per store and is not required to pay any continuing monthly royalty. Each franchisee has been provided an exclusive license at a specified location to operate a Chico’s store and to utilize the Company’s trademarks, service marks and other rights of the Company relating to the sale of Chico’s merchandise. The term of the franchise is generally ten years, renewable for additional ten-year periods if certain conditions pertaining to the renewal are met (including the payment of a renewal fee). Franchisees are required to operate their Chico’s stores in compliance with the Company’s methods, standards and specifications regarding such matters as store design, fixturing and furnishings, decor and signage, merchandise type and presentation, and customer service. The franchisee has full discretion to determine the prices to be charged to customers generally by changing or replacing any pre-ticketed price tags. Franchisees are required to purchase all Chico’s brand clothing and all accessories from Chico’s or from suppliers approved by the Company. Currently, the merchandise offered by Chico’s franchisees at their stores is purchased from the Company at prices equal to 48% to 50% of suggested retail prices, subject to rebates of between 2% and 8% as described below. In certain situations, franchise stores may carry other brands of clothing or accessories if such merchandise is approved by the Company. In such cases, franchisees may be required to pay to the Company a monthly royalty equal to 5% of gross sales of any approved merchandise not purchased from Chico’s. In the current period, the Company’s net sales to franchisees was approximately $5.4 million, or 1.4% of total net sales.

     As of April 19, 2002, the franchisee holding franchise rights in Minnesota had the right to open additional Chico’s stores. With respect to the franchise rights granted in Minnesota, the Company granted an exclusive right to develop Chico’s stores and subfranchise within the state of Minnesota. The Minnesota franchisee may technically have the ability to open an unlimited number of additional stores within its limited territory. However, the Company believes that economic, logistic and other practical considerations effectively limit the number of additional stores that these franchisees may open in the future. The Company does not believe that the rights of the Minnesota franchisee will significantly limit the Company’s ability to expand.

     The Company intends to continue supporting its existing franchise network. However, the Company does not intend at this time to pursue any new franchises or to enter into any additional franchise territory development agreements. In the past, the Company has acquired certain franchise stores that have been offered for sale to the Company. During the current period, the Company did not repurchase any of its franchise stores although it would consider additional purchases of franchise stores that may be offered to the Company from time to time in the future. In addition, the Company may terminate franchises where performance or circumstances so justify. Management expects that Chico’s franchise stores will play an increasingly less important role in the Company’s future sales and profitability.

10


Table of Contents

     Beginning in February 2000, the Company offered franchisees an additional 2% to 8% increase in their discount rate to modify their purchase agreements and reduce returns of merchandise to the Company. All franchise owners agreed to the modifications. The Company believes this additional incentive was instrumental in reducing franchise returns, as a percent of purchases, although it has also reduced franchise gross margins.

Store Operations

     Chico’s stores typically employ a manager, two assistant managers, and numerous sales associates who are either full-time or part-time employees. During the peak selling seasons, stores generally hire additional sales associates.

     Store managers take an active part in selling at the stores and are expected to be on the sales floor whenever available during business hours. Purchasing, merchandising, advertising, accounting, cash management and other store support functions are handled by the Company’s corporate headquarters. The Company attempts to keep administrative tasks for the store managers to a minimum, thereby allowing the store managers more time to focus on store sales, personalized customer service and in-store and local community merchandising strategies including outreach programs.

     The Company has established a formalized training program that is intended to reinforce and enhance the personalized customer service offered by all associates as well as increase their merchandise knowledge. The comprehensive training program includes a Fashion Information Training (F.I.T.) module and a Most Amazing Personal Services (M.A.P.S.) module which the Company believes will help assure sales associates better understand the Chico’s product and improve the level of service provided to its customers.

     The Company currently supervises store operations through its Senior Vice President of Stores, its Vice President-National Sales Manager, a National Operations Director, several Regional Sales Managers, and numerous District Sales Managers. The Vice President-National Sales Manager and National Operations Director provide assistance to the Senior Vice President of Stores in supervision of the Regional and District Sales Managers. The Regional Sales Managers have direct supervision responsibility of the District Sales Managers. Each District Sales Manager supervises multiple store locations. District Sales Managers have primary responsibility for assisting individual store managers in meeting established sales goals, and carrying out merchandise presentation, staffing, training and expense-control programs established by headquarters. Management is continually reviewing its supervisory structure with the intent of improving the performance of individual stores and store managers.

Management Information Systems

     The Company’s current management information systems are based on an IBM AS400 and numerous Windows NT networks located at the home office in Ft. Myers, which provide a full range of retail, catalog, Internet, financial and merchandising information systems, including purchasing, inventory distribution and control, sales reporting, accounting, warehousing and merchandise management principally using Island Pacific, STS Marketworks and Mozart by Commercialware.

     During fiscal 2001, the Company evaluated its current merchandising, planning, warehousing and financial software to determine whether it could accommodate future growth at levels experienced in the past. It was determined that the existing systems of the Company could not be effectively changed to meet the Company’s anticipated future needs and the Company has contracted with STS Systems, a NSB Retail Systems PLC Company, Manhattan Associates, Inc. and Lawson Software, Inc. to replace its core merchandising, planning and open-to-buy packages, as well as its distribution and financial packages. These

11


Table of Contents

packages will also allow installation of a new integrated global sourcing/production tracking package, as well as integrated Human Resource software.

     The Company intends to install the new packages beginning in the summer of 2002 and replace the existing Island Pacific packages by the first quarter of 2003. Anticipated software acquisition costs associated with the acquisition of the new software packages totaling between $7 million and $9 million will be capitalized and charged to depreciation expense over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Training and other costs which will be expensed are estimated to be in the $250,000 to $500,000 range. Although the Company expects to take a number of precautions to avoid disruption of its management information systems as a result of the installation of and conversion to these new software systems including running the systems parallel during testing phases, if such installation or conversion were to cause any significant disruption, the Company’s business operations and its operating results could be materially and adversely affected.

     All Chico’s stores utilize point of sale cash register computers, which are polled nightly to collect store-level sales data and inventory receipt and transfer information for each item of merchandise, including information by item, style, color and size. Management evaluates this information, together with its weekly reports on merchandise shipments to the stores, to analyze profitability, formulate and implement company-wide merchandise pricing decisions, assist management in the scheduling and compensation of employees (including the determination of incentives earned) and, most importantly, to implement merchandising decisions regarding needs for additional merchandise, allocation of merchandise, future design and manufacturing needs and movement of merchandise from front-line stores to Chico’s outlet stores.

     During fiscal 2001, the Company replaced its in-house developed, DOS-based, cash register systems with a cash register using a Windows NT platform in a wide area network and using the CRS Retail Systems software used by many other retailers. The Company is now focused on the second phase of the register rollout which will focus on improving customer service, reporting, training and overall functionality, including allowing the Company to integrate all three channels of distribution and allowing more extensive use of computer-based training to complement its existing training programs.

     In fiscal 1998, the Company acquired sophisticated database marketing software from STS Systems to keep track of its Passport Club purchases and to assist in analyzing merchandise selling within certain customer demographics. This system became fully operational in fiscal 1999 and will be integrated into the overall STS systems as part of the conversion from Island Pacific. In addition, during fiscal 2000 the Company installed the Mozart software from Commercialware to manage its catalog and Internet activities.

     The Company is committed to an ongoing review and improvement of its information systems to enable the Company to obtain useful information on a timely basis and to maintain effective financial and operational controls. This review includes testing of new products and systems to assure that the Company is able to take advantage of technological developments.

Merchandise Distribution

     New merchandise is generally received daily at the Company’s distribution center in Ft. Myers, Florida. Merchandise from the United States vendors is trucked to Ft. Myers or arrives by air as the circumstances require. Most of the merchandise from foreign vendors arrives in this country via air (and occasionally by sea) at Miami, Florida, and is transported via truck to Ft. Myers. After arrival at the distribution center, merchandise is sorted and packaged for shipment to individual stores. Merchandise is generally pre-ticketed with price and all other tags at the time of manufacture. Until the Company is better able to address certain limitations on its ability to coordinate and schedule merchandise production and deliveries, it is likely that air shipments may still need to be relied upon for much of the Company’s merchandise supply. The Company’s plan is to improve its scheduling and distribution systems with the new software installation so as to reduce the need to rely as heavily on air transportation to obtain merchandise.

12


Table of Contents

     The Company’s current distribution center is automated, thus generally permitting turnaround time between distribution center receipt of merchandise and arrival at Chico’s stores to average approximately 24 to 48 hours for its Florida stores and two days to a week for its other stores. In an attempt to ensure a steady flow of new merchandise, the Company ships merchandise continuously to its stores. The Company uses common carriers, such as United Parcel Service and Federal Express, for most shipments to its stores.

     During fiscal 2000 and fiscal 2001, the Company hired several consultants to evaluate the feasibility and costs involved with expanding its current distribution center (Ft. Myers, Florida) to accommodate future growth versus moving to a new or existing distribution center in a more central part of the United States.

     This study indicated that there was significant possible freight savings if the Company were to relocate its warehouse facilities to a more central location in Arkansas, Tennessee or Georgia. Due to the above factors, as well as a longer-term capacity constraint on the land owned by the Company in Ft. Myers, the Company has acquired 52 acres of land with an existing 202,000 square foot distribution center and an existing 31,000 square foot office in Barrow County, Georgia. With this acquisition, which was completed in March 2002, the Company also secured a development order to permit the addition of up to another 200,000 square feet of distribution space and 6,000 square feet of office space in future years.

     Currently, the Company has allocated sufficient space in its Ft. Myers headquarters facility to permit fulfillment of mail order and Internet sales directly from the Ft. Myers distribution center. The Company intends to continue fulfilling these orders from its Ft. Myers distribution center through 2002 with a goal to transfer all fulfillment by early 2003 to its new distribution center in Georgia.

     The Company intends to move certain of its distribution operations to the new Georgia distribution center during the summer of 2002, with a goal to have all distribution operations moved by the first quarter of 2003. Further, the Company intends to initially convert some of the distribution space in Ft. Myers to office space and may lease out the balance of the space to third parties as air conditioned storage space.

     The Company has also acquired new warehousing software from Manhattan Associates, Inc. which it intends to install for use in the new facilities.

     The capacity of the Company’s new distribution center in Georgia should be sufficient, in the opinion of management, to service the Company’s needs for at least five years of future growth.

Merchandise Design and Product Development

     The Company’s private label clothing is developed through the coordinated efforts of the Company’s merchandising, creative and product development teams. Style, pattern, color and fabric for individual items of the Company’s private label clothing are developed based upon historical sales data, anticipated future sales and perceived current and future fashion trends that will appeal to Chico’s target customer. The Company’s creative and product development departments report to Patricia A. Murphy, Senior Vice President-General Merchandise Manager and are headed up by Linda Costello, Director of Product Development. Ms. Murphy also has the responsibility of overseeing and coordinating the buying, planning, and merchandise allocation departments, headed up by Faye Matty, Vice President-Merchandising and Michele Handley, Vice President-Planning and Allocation. The Company’s sourcing, production and quality control departments report to Marvin J. Gralnick, CEO and are headed up by Janet C. Ydavoy, Vice President-Production and Sourcing.

13


Table of Contents

     The creative and product development teams develop the Company’s in-house designs and design modifications. In addition to selecting distinctive patterns and colors, the Company’s product development teams are particularly attentive to the design and specification of clothing style, construction, trim and fabric treatment. The Company believes this attention to design detail assists in distinguishing Chico’s clothing and strengthening the customer’s perception of quality and value.

     Although the Company develops merchandise for specific seasons, the product development efforts are a constant process which result in the continual introduction of new merchandise in the Company’s front-line stores. This continual process supports the Company’s merchandising and inventory strategy, and serves to reduce somewhat the Company’s exposure to fashion risk.

     The Company has historically purchased most of its clothing and accessories from companies that manufacture such merchandise in foreign countries except for the “cut and sew” operations described below. The Company does business with all of its foreign vendors and importers in United States currency, often supported through letters of credit. Clothing manufacturers utilize the designs and specifications provided by the Company through its CAD programs. Except for certain U.S. based “cut and sew” operations, the Company generally does not purchase and supply the raw materials for its clothing, leaving the responsibility for purchasing raw materials with the manufacturers. Since late 1997, the Company has been buying specialized cloth and providing the cloth to domestic “cut and sew” manufacturers in the United States who are engaged by the Company to make the specified designs and styles. The Company anticipates it is likely to continue this practice in the future.

     Currently, the Company contracts with approximately 25 to 30 apparel vendors, 60 to 75 accessory vendors, several fabric suppliers and several “cut and sew” vendors. Over the past several years, there has been a significant shift from vendors in Turkey and Guatemala to vendors in China, India and the United States. However, because of certain perceived lower sourcing costs that can be associated with the Company’s vendors in various parts of the world and certain other long term uncertainties presented by such vendor relationships, the Company intends to continue to redirect a portion of its sourcing activities towards new vendors in China, India, Mexico and other areas.

     During fiscal 2001, United States sources (including the cost of fabric and “cut and sew” vendors) accounted for approximately 40% of the Company’s purchases, China sources accounted for approximately 30% of the Company’s purchases, India sources accounted for approximately 15% of overall purchases, and Turkey sources accounted for approximately 12% of overall purchases, while Israel, Mexico, Peru and other sources, in the aggregate, amounted to approximately 3% of overall purchases. In fiscal 2002, the Company expects sourcing from China could become 35 to 40% of overall purchases, while vendors in Turkey can be expected to continue to provide approximately 10 to 15% of total purchases. Purchases from vendors in India are likely to grow to 20% of total purchases, while United States vendors are expected to decrease as a percentage of overall purchases.

     Although there are no manufacturers that produced more than 10% of the Company’s merchandise during the last fiscal year, the Company has contracted with one intermediary vendor that accounted for 34% of the Company’s purchases (including all fabric and labor) during the last fiscal year through separate subcontracts with several “cut and sew” factories in the United States. With respect to purchases made through this intermediary, the Company, for the most part, purchases the necessary specialized cloth and then coordinates with this intermediary who arranges for various independent United States “cut and sew” manufacturers to make the specified designs and styles. Although the Company believes that its relationship with this particular intermediary is good, there can be no assurance that this relationship can be maintained in the future or that the intermediary will continue to be available to coordinate and facilitate production and supply of merchandise. If there should be any significant disruption in the supply of merchandise through this intermediary in particular, management believes that it can successfully implement its contingency plans so as to allow it to continue to secure the required volume of product. Nevertheless, there is some potential

14


Table of Contents

that any such disruption in supply could have a short term material adverse impact, and possibly even a longer term material adverse impact, on the Company’s operations.

     As with most apparel importers, the Company has infrequently experienced certain difficulties with the quality and timeliness of delivery of merchandise. Although the Company has been sensitive to quality control and has taken certain steps to better control the quality of merchandise, there can be no assurance that the Company will not experience problems in the future with matters such as quality or timeliness of delivery. If political instability, economic instability, natural disasters or other factors in a foreign country in which merchandise is produced for the Company disrupt, curtail or otherwise impact overseas production, or curtail delivery of such merchandise to the United States, the Company’s operations could be materially and adversely affected.

     The Company has no long-term or exclusive contracts with any manufacturer or supplier and competes for production facilities with other companies offering clothing and accessories utilizing similar manufacturing processes. Although the Company believes that its relationships with its existing vendors are good, there can be no assurance that these relationships can be maintained in the future. If there should be any significant disruption in the delivery of merchandise from one or more of its current key vendors, management believes there would likely be a material adverse impact on the Company’s operations. Also, the Company is in the process of developing relationships with several new vendors in various countries. Although the Company has investigated the past performance of these vendors and has inspected factories and sample merchandise, there can be no assurance that the Company will not experience delays or other problems with these new sources of supply. New relationships often present a number of uncertainties, including payment terms, cost of manufacturing, adequacy of manufacturing capacity, quality control, timeliness of delivery and possible limitations imposed by trade restrictions. Although management believes it could establish satisfactory relationships with other new vendors if required to do so, any such further new relationships would involve similar uncertainties.

Imports and Import Restrictions

     Although Chico’s has shifted a significant portion of its manufacturing of clothing to United States manufacturers, a majority of Chico’s clothing and accessories are still manufactured outside of the United States. As a result, the Company’s business remains subject to the various risks of doing business abroad and to the imposition of United States customs duties. In the ordinary course of its business, the Company may from time to time be subject to claims by the United States Custom Service for tariffs, duties and other charges.

     Imports from Turkey, Hong Kong, China, India, Mexico, Peru and Israel currently all receive the preferential tariff treatment that is accorded goods from countries qualifying for normal trade relations status (“NTR”), formerly known as most favored nation status. If the NTR status of any of these countries were to be lost and the merchandise purchased by the Company were then to enter the United States without the benefit of NTR treatment or subject to retaliatory tariffs, it would be subject to significantly higher duty rates. Increased duties, whether as a result of a change in NTR status or any overall change in foreign trade policy, could have a material adverse effect on the cost and supply of merchandise from these countries. The NTR status for China had in the past been subject to an annual review, and this annual review had generated considerable debate. In October 2000, then-President Clinton signed legislation designed to eliminate the need for this annual review and establish permanent NTR status between the United States and China, effective if and when China was admitted into the World Trade Organization (“WTO”). In December 2001, China became a member of the WTO and permanent NTR status became effective. Although Chico’s expects NTR status to continue for the countries where its principal vendors are located, the Company cannot predict whether the U.S. government will act to remove NTR status for any of the countries or impose an overall increase in duties on foreign made goods.

15


Table of Contents

     The import of the Company’s clothing and some of its accessories is also subject to constraints imposed by bilateral textile agreements between the United States and a number of foreign jurisdictions. These agreements impose quotas that limit the amount of certain categories of clothing that can be imported from these countries into the United States. The bilateral agreements through which quotas are imposed have been negotiated under the framework established by the Arrangement Regarding International Trade, known as the “Multifiber Arrangement.”

     In 1994, the member-countries of the International Trade Organization completed the Uruguay Round of trade negotiations of the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade and the Agreement was approved by the United States Congress. This pact, as it applies to textiles, which is now known as the WTO Agreement on Textiles and Clothing (the “ATC”), was implemented on January 1, 1995 and, as a result, the Multifiber Arrangement is being phased out over a period of ten years, thus eliminating many of the existing restrictions on the Company’s ability to import Chico’s merchandise, including quotas. A quasi-judicial unit of the WTO, the Textiles Monitoring Body (TMB), supervises the implementation of the ATC. In October 2001, a major review of the progress of ATC implementation was completed, and as part of this review the TMB concluded that the United States was presently satisfying its ATC implementation obligations as of the present stage of the implementation process. The ATC could have an impact on the Company’s sourcing strategy as the Multifiber Arrangement continues to be phased out. The Company cannot accurately assess at this time how the ATC will affect its financial results and operations or whether there might be other arrangements added in the future which impose other types of restrictions on imports of apparel and related accessories.

     In recent years, the Company’s imports from countries subject to the Multifiber Arrangement have all fallen within the applicable quota limits. There can be no assurance that, as long as the quotas remain in effect, the Company’s vendors will be able to continue to secure sufficient quotas for shipments to Chico’s or will continue to allocate to Chico’s a sufficient portion of their respective quotas.

     The Omnibus Trade and Competitiveness Act of 1988 added a new provision to the Trade Act of 1974 dealing with intellectual property rights. This provision, which is commonly referred to as “Special 301” and which remains effective even following the approval of the ATC, directed the United States Trade Representative (the “USTR”) to designate those countries that deny adequate and effective intellectual property rights or fair and equitable market access to United States firms that rely on intellectual property. From the countries designated, the USTR is to identify as “priority” countries those where the lack of intellectual property rights protection is most egregious and has the greatest adverse impact on United States products. The USTR is to identify and investigate as priority foreign countries only those that have not entered into good faith negotiations or made significant progress in protecting intellectual property. Where such an investigation does not lead to a satisfactory resolution of such practices, through consultations or otherwise, the USTR is authorized to take retaliatory action, including the imposition of retaliatory tariffs and import restraints on goods from the priority foreign country.

     Under Special 301, the USTR has also created a two-tier “watch list” that requires the country so listed to make progress on intellectual property protection reform or risk designation as a priority foreign country. Countries named on the first tier of the watch list, i.e., the priority watch list, are requested to make progress in certain areas by specific dates. Countries named to the second tier, i.e., the secondary watch list, are asked to improve their intellectual property protection efforts.

     As of April 19, 2002, of the countries where the Company’s existing or planned key vendors have manufacturing operations or suppliers, none was a priority foreign country. India and Israel were on the priority watch list and Peru and Turkey were on the secondary watch list.

16


Table of Contents

     In addition, Super 301 (an even more powerful portion of Special 301) was revived in 1999. Super 301 requires the administration to identify and investigate annually foreign trade practices that do the most harm in blocking U.S. exports. This identification is intended to be followed by negotiations backed with the threat of sanctions. Although certain of the countries where the Company’s existing or planned key vendors have manufacturing operations have in the past been cited under Super 301, none of the Company’s key vendor countries were cited with respect to textile-related trade practices in the USTR’s 2001 Super 301 report.

     China continues to be monitored under a related provision of the Trade Act of 1974, section 306. The United States Trade Representative will be in a position to impose sanctions if China fails to adequately enforce existing bilateral agreements concerning intellectual property rights.

     Of countries where the Company’s existing or planned key vendors have manufacturing operations, Turkey, India, Indonesia and Peru have enjoyed Designated Beneficiary Developing Country (“DBDC”) status under the Generalized System of Preferences (“GSP”), a special status that is granted by the United States to developing nations. DBDC status allows certain products imported from those countries to enter the United States under a reduced rate of duty. In order to maintain that status, the countries are required to meet several criteria.

     The GSP expired by its terms on September 30, 2001. Although the USTR and key members of Congress have expressed support for reinstatement and extension of the GSP program, and a bill reinstating and extending the GSP program has been introduced in Congress, the likelihood of this extension is uncertain. In the past when the GSP has been renewed following expiration, the renewal has been made retroactive to the date the GSP had previously expired, but the Company cannot predict whether, even assuming the GSP program is renewed, such renewal will be made retroactive to September 30, 2001.

     The Company cannot predict whether any of the foreign countries in which its clothing and accessories are currently manufactured or any of the countries in which the Company’s clothing and accessories may be manufactured in the future will be subject to these or other import restrictions by the United States Government, including the likelihood, type or effect of any trade retaliation. Trade restrictions, including increased tariffs or more restrictive quotas, or both, applicable to apparel items could affect the importation of apparel generally and, in that event, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of apparel available to the Company and adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Company’s merchandise flow may also be adversely affected by political instability in any of the countries in which its goods are manufactured, significant fluctuation in the value of the U.S. dollar against applicable foreign currencies and restrictions on the transfer of funds.

Advertising and Promotion

The marketing program for the Company currently consists of the following integrated components which are planned at 3.5% of the Company’s sales for fiscal 2002:

    The Passport Club (see page 5)
 
    Direct mailer/catalogs
 
    National print and TV advertising
 
    Internet and direct phone sales
 
    Outreach programs

17


Table of Contents

     Prior to November 1999, Chico’s had not allocated significant resources to mass media advertising other than direct mail. Chico’s has preferred instead to attract customers through its direct mail programs (which began in 1997), word-of-mouth advertising, its general reputation, its Passport Club and the visual appeal of its stores and window presentations of its merchandise. Chico’s sales associates promote this often by making personal telephone calls to existing customers informing them about new merchandise. Over the past several years the Company increased its use of brochures, catalogs and other merchandise image pieces mailed to customers and made available at Chico’s stores.

     In November 1999, an integrated marketing program was initiated with store mailers and national print advertising reinforcing each other. The Passport Club database was expanded with inquiries from advertising prospect mailings and signup drives in the stores. The mailers were successful in pushing traffic into the stores and this program was again expanded during fiscal 2001. The Chico’s customers maintained in the database currently receive an average of one mailer per month. The national print ad and television programs currently focus on magazines and television shows that have produced the best response rates for Chico’s measured by inquiries over the telephone and the Company’s website. A regional and national test of television ads was conducted for the first time during fiscal 2001 with a strong response. The Company plans to increase its television advertising presence in fiscal 2002.

     Internet and telephone sales began on a limited basis in late May of 2000. The Company’s website was expanded to include over 400 items in January 2001, and Internet and telephone sales dramatically increased. The Company anticipates direct sales (catalog and Internet) of nearly $15.0 million in fiscal 2002. The Company’s web presence and call center also take in thousands of store location and catalog request inquiries per week. The Company anticipates approximately 18 million catalogs or mailers, together with national print, television ads, and web presence will be part of a marketing budget that will be approximately 3.5% of net sales during fiscal 2002, versus 3.4% of net sales in fiscal 2001 which included approximately 15 million catalogs.

     Chico’s also places additional emphasis on what it refers to as its “outreach programs.” Chico’s outreach programs include, among other events, fashion shows and wardrobing parties that are organized and hosted by Chico’s store managers and sales associates. As part of these outreach programs, the Company also encourages Chico’s managers and sales associates to become involved in community projects. The Company has found its outreach programs are effective in providing introductions to new customers. The Company believes that these programs are effective marketing vehicles and it has developed programs to help its store level employees use these programs.

Competition

     The women’s retail apparel business is highly competitive and has become even more competitive in the past several years. Chico’s stores compete with a broad range of national and regional retail chains, including other women’s apparel stores, department stores and specialty stores, as well as local retailers in the areas served by individual Chico’s stores, all of which sell merchandise generally similar to that offered in Chico’s stores. Even discount department stores have begun to carry merchandise which is designed to compete for the consumers that historically have been the Company’s target customer. Although management believes that there is limited direct competition for Chico’s merchandise largely because of the distinctive nature of Chico’s stores and merchandise, the retailers that are believed to most directly compete with Chico’s stores in many of the same local market areas are the mid-to-high end department stores including Nordstrom’s, Dillards, Neiman-Marcus and Saks Fifth Avenue and specialty stores which include The Gap, Talbots, J. Jill, The Limited and Banana Republic as well as local boutique retailers in the areas served by individual Chico’s stores. The number of competitors and the level of competition facing Chico’s stores varies by the specific local market area served by individual Chico’s stores.

18


Table of Contents

     The Company believes that the distinctive designs of Chico’s casual clothing and accessories which provide good value, their exclusive availability at Chico’s stores, the Company’s emphasis on personalized service and customer assistance, and the locations of its stores are the principal means by which the Company competes. The Company’s performance is impacted by the fact that many of the Company’s competitors are significantly larger and have substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources and enjoy greater national, regional and local name recognition than does the Company. It should also be noted that while the Company believes it also competes effectively for favorable site locations and lease terms, competition is intense for prime locations within upscale shopping districts and high-end malls.

Employees

     As of February 2, 2002, the Company employed approximately 3,500 persons, approximately 48% of whom were full-time employees and approximately 52% of whom were part-time employees. The number of part-time employees fluctuates during peak selling periods. As of the above date, 88% of the Company’s employees worked in Chico’s stores, Chico’s Outlet stores and in direct field supervision, 3% worked in the distribution center and 9% worked in corporate headquarters and support functions.

     The Company has no collective bargaining agreements covering any of its employees, has never experienced any material labor disruption and is unaware of any efforts or plans to organize its employees. The Company contributes part of the cost of medical and life insurance coverage for eligible employees and also maintains a 401(k), stock incentive plan and stock purchase plan. All employees also receive substantial discounts on Company merchandise. The Company considers relations with its employees to be good.

Trademarks and Service Marks

     The Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Chico’s Concept, Inc., is the owner of certain trademarks and has a number of trademark applications pending. In the United States, the trademarks owned by the Company include “CHICO’S”, “M.A.P.S.”, “MOST AMAZING PERSONAL SERVICE”, “CHICO’S PASSPORT”, and “PASSPORT”, each of which is registered with the United States Patent and Trademark office. Each of these registrations has a term of ten years (with some expiring in 2009 and others in 2010) and each is renewable indefinitely if the mark is still in use in commerce at the time of renewal. The Company has currently pending applications to register trademarks with the United States Patent and Trademark office for certain other trademarks, including among others “TRAVELERS”, and “MARKET BY CHICO’S”.

     The Company is the owner in Canada of the trademark “CHICO’S” and currently has applications pending to register certain other trademarks with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office-Trademarks. The Company is also the owner in Puerto Rico of the trademark “CHICO’S”.

     The Company also has a number of pending applications to register trademarks in various countries other than the United States and Canada. Currently, applications are pending in Australia, Brazil, China, the European Union, Mexico and Taiwan. These various applications have been made in order to provide the Company with the ability to expand its operations outside the United States if and when the opportunity becomes viable.

     In the opinion of management, the Company’s rights in the marks are important to the Company’s business. This is particularly the case for the “CHICO’S”, “PASSPORT”, and “TRAVELERS” marks because these marks are well known by Chico’s customers. Accordingly, the Company intends to maintain its marks and the related registrations and applications. The Company is not aware of any claims of infringement or other challenges to the Company’s rights to use its marks in the United States.

19


Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Stores

     Chico’s stores are located throughout the United States, with a significant concentration in Florida, California, Texas and the northeast United States.

     As a matter of policy, the Company prefers to lease its stores and all of the Chico’s and Chico’s Outlet stores currently operated by the Company are leased. Lease terms typically range from three to ten years and approximately 45% contain one or more renewal options. Historically, the Company has exercised most of its lease renewal options. Almost 80% of the leases have percentage rent clauses which require the payment of additional rent based on the store’s net sales in excess of a certain threshold and approximately 34% have early cancellation clauses if certain sales levels are not met in specific periods.

     The following table, which covers all of the 310 Company-owned stores existing as of April 19, 2002, sets forth (i) the number of leases that will expire each year if the Company does not exercise renewal options and (ii) the number of leases that will expire each year if the Company exercises all of its renewal options (assuming in each case the lease is not otherwise terminated by either party pursuant to any other provision thereof):

                   
      Leases Expiring Each Year   Leases Expiring Each Year
Fiscal Year Ending   if No Renewals Exercised   if All Renewals Exercised

 
 
February 1, 2003
    10       6  
January 31, 2004
    18       11  
January 30, 2005
    42       18  
January 29, 2005 and thereafter
    240       275  

Distribution Centers and Headquarters

     The Company’s World Headquarters, which is located on approximately 27 acres in Ft. Myers, Florida, was completed and initially opened in September 1994 with an office expansion that opened in January 2001. The facility currently consists of a distribution center, and corporate and administrative headquarters that comprises approximately 147,000 square feet, consisting of approximately 75,000 square feet for distribution and approximately 72,000 square feet for administrative offices, call center facilities and design offices (including pattern making, sewing and sampling activities).

     The construction cost of the original combined corporate headquarters and distribution center, as it was opened in 1994, was approximately $9.6 million, which included $1.3 million purchase price for the land. Further, the Company spent approximately $1.6 million for distribution center equipment, software and furnishings. The cost of the expansion opened in 2001 was approximately $5.0 million, including approximately $800,000 in fixtures for the expanded facility. Currently, the Company’s World Headquarters facility in Ft. Myers, Florida secures a $5.2 million mortgage loan that was renewed in 2002 and that now matures in 2012.

     During fiscal 2001, the Company also leased 19,400 square feet of additional space located nearby its Ft. Myers headquarters facility. This lease is scheduled to expire in March 2004.

20


Table of Contents

     As more fully described in the “Merchandise Distribution” section of this Report, the Company, in March 2002, acquired 52 acres of land in Barrow County, Georgia and the existing distribution center situated thereon. This facility consists of 202,000 square feet of distribution space and 31,000 square feet of office space. With this acquisition, the Company also secured a development order to permit the addition of up to another 200,000 square feet of distribution space and 6,000 square feet of office space in the future. The Company paid approximately $7.2 million for the land and buildings and expects to spend between $2.5 and $4.5 million to equip, modify and accommodate the move to the new facility.

     The Company intends to initially convert some of the 75,000 square feet of existing distribution space in Ft. Myers to office space and lease the balance to third parties as air conditioned storage space.

     The capacity of the Company’s new distribution center, after taking into account the modifications of the facility and development order to increase the distribution space should be sufficient, in the opinion of management, to service the Company’s needs for at least five years of future growth. The Company is committed to an ongoing review of its facilities to properly address any other long term distribution needs.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company has been named as defendant in a suit filed in September 2001 in the Superior Court for the State of California for the County of Orange. This suit, Carmen Davis vs. Chico’s FAS, Inc., was filed by the plaintiff, seeking to represent all other Company assistant store managers, sales associates and hourly employees in California from September 21, 1997 to the present. The Company responded by seeking to dismiss the complaint and strike selected claims in order to either eliminate the litigation or gain greater clarity as to the basis for the plaintiff’s action. In response, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint on February 15, 2002 which differs in a number of material respects from the original complaint. The amended complaint alleges that the Company failed to pay overtime wages and failed to provide rest breaks and meal periods. The action seeks to be classified as a “class action” and seeks unspecified monetary damages. The Company is actively investigating the merits of this action and believes (a) that the merits of this action do not warrant class action status and (b) that it has certain defenses to the claims. The Company intends to vigorously defend the action, including contesting the certification of the action as a class action. Nevertheless, an unfavorable outcome in this matter could have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, and any change in its labor practices that may be required as a result of this litigation could have a negative impact on our ongoing results of operations.

     Chico’s is not a party to any other legal proceedings, other than various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of the Company’s business, none of which the Company believes should have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

     None.

21


Table of Contents

ITEM A. EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Company’s existing executive officers:

                     
            Years With    
Name   Age   Company   Positions

 
 
 
Marvin J. Gralnick     67       18     Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and Director
Helene B. Gralnick     54       18     Senior Vice President-Design and Concept and Director
Charles J. Kleman     51       13     Executive Vice President-Finance, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary/Treasurer and Director
Scott A. Edmonds     44       8     President and Chief Operating Officer
Mori C. MacKenzie     51       6     Senior Vice President-Stores
Patricia A. Murphy     58       4     Senior Vice President-General Merchandise Manager
James P. Frain     53       2     Vice President-Marketing
Ajit Patel     48       1     Vice President-Chief Information Officer

     Marvin J. Gralnick, together with his wife, Helene B. Gralnick, founded Chico’s in December 1983. He served the Company as its Chief Executive Officer until September 1993, at which time Jeffrey J. Zwick succeeded Mr. Gralnick in this position. In connection with the resignation of Mr. Zwick as Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of the Company in November 1994, Mr. Gralnick and Ms. Gralnick returned to the Company on a full time basis to head up merchandise design, marketing and image for the Company. In February 1995, Mr. Gralnick re-assumed the role of Chief Executive Officer. In March 1997, Mr. Gralnick re-assumed the position of President and served in that position until September 2001, at which time Scott A. Edmonds was promoted to the position of President. In addition, Mr. Gralnick also continues to serve as Chairman of the Board and as a director. Mr. Gralnick also served as President from the Company’s founding until 1990 when he became Chairman of the Board and was given the official title of Chief Executive Officer. Mr. and Ms. Gralnick’s vision and creative talents led the development and evolution of the Company’s philosophy and the design and feel of Chico’s merchandise and Chico’s stores through September 1, 1993 and since November 1994 have again been leading the Company in this regard.

     Helene B. Gralnick, together with her husband, Marvin J. Gralnick, was a co-founder of Chico’s, and has served the Company in various senior executive capacities throughout its history. She was first elected Vice President/Secretary in 1983. Ms. Gralnick was elected as Senior Vice President-Merchandise Concept in 1992. In September 1993, Ms. Gralnick stepped down from all officer positions with the Company. In connection with the November 7, 1994 resignation of Mr. Zwick as Chief Executive Officer, President and a director of the Company, Ms. Gralnick, together with Mr. Gralnick, returned to the Company on a full time basis to head up merchandise design, marketing and image for the Company. In February 1995, Ms. Gralnick was elected as Senior Vice President-Design and Concept. In addition, she continues to serve as a director of the Company.

     Charles J. Kleman has been employed by Chico’s since January 1989, when he was hired as the Company’s Controller. In 1991, he was elected as Vice President/Assistant Secretary. In 1992, Mr. Kleman was designated as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. In September 1993, he was elected to the additional position of Secretary/Treasurer, served as Senior Vice President-Finance from January 1996 through November 1996 and effective December 1996, was promoted to the position of Executive Vice President-Finance. Prior to joining Chico’s, Mr. Kleman was an independent accounting consultant in 1988, and from 1986 to 1988 Mr. Kleman was employed by Electronic Monitoring & Controls, Inc., a

22


Table of Contents

manufacturer and distributor of energy management systems, as its Vice President/Controller. Prior to 1986, Mr. Kleman was employed by various independent certified public accounting firms, spending over four years of that time with Arthur Andersen & Co. Mr. Kleman is responsible for accounting, financial reporting, management information systems, and investor relations.

     Scott A. Edmonds has been employed by Chico’s since September 1993, when he was hired as Operations Manager. In February 1994, he was elected to the position of Vice President-Operations and effective January 1, 1996 he was promoted to the position of Senior Vice President-Operations. In February 2000, Mr. Edmonds was further promoted to Chief Operating Officer and in September 2001, Mr. Edmonds was promoted to President. In addition to his general responsibilities as President, Mr. Edmonds is responsible for human resources, store development and operations, store leasing and maintenance, franchise operations, and management of the general headquarters activities. From March 1985 until September 1993, he was President/General Manager of the Ft. Myers branch of Ferguson Enterprises, Inc., an electrical and plumbing wholesaler.

     Mori C. MacKenzie has been with the Company since October 1995, when she was hired as the Director of Stores. From June 1999 until October 2001, she served as Vice President-Director of Stores. In October 2001, Ms. MacKenzie was promoted to Senior Vice President-Stores. Ms. MacKenzie is responsible for store and field operations management, hiring and training. From January 1995 until October 1995, Ms. MacKenzie was the Vice President of Store Operations for Canadians Corporation. From August 1994 until December 1994, she was the Vice President of Store Development for Goody’s Family Clothing. From April 1992 until August 1994, Ms. MacKenzie was the Vice President of Stores for United Retail Group (“URG”) and from August 1991 until April 1992 she was employed by Conston Corporation, a predecessor of URG. In addition, Ms. MacKenzie was Vice President-Stores for Park Lane from November 1987 until July 1991, and was Regional Director of Stores for the Limited, Inc. from June 1976 until October 1987.

     Patricia A. Murphy has been with the Company since September 1997, when she was hired as the Senior Merchant. In April 1998, she was promoted to the position of General Merchandise Manager, in June 1999 she was promoted to Vice President-General Merchandise Manager and in August 2000 was promoted to Senior Vice President-General Merchandise Manager. Ms. Murphy is principally responsible for the product development, buying, planning and distribution activities associated with procurement of merchandise. From February 1987 until September 1997, Ms. Murphy was Vice President of Merchandising and Director of Fashion for Doncaster and from October 1985 until February 1987 was Merchandiser and National Sales Manager for Caribou Sportswear. From 1981 until 1985, she held various positions including Divisional Merchandise Manager and Director of Fashion Coordination for Lane Bryant, a division of the Limited.

     James P. Frain has been employed by Chico’s since June 1999, when he was hired as the Company’s Director of Marketing. In April 2000 he was promoted to the position of Vice President-Marketing. Mr. Frain is principally responsible for the overall and detailed marketing of the Chico’s brand. During 1998 and 1999, Mr. Frain was the Vice President-Marketing and Creative for Current, Inc. and, during 1997 and 1998, he was Vice President-Operations and Marketing for A.H. Riise. From 1994 to 1996 Mr. Frain was Vice President-Marketing for Easyriders and from 1993 to 1994 he was Vice President-Marketing for NBO. Mr. Frain has held various marketing positions prior to 1994 at Alfred Dunhill, Gucci, Laura Ashley, Conran’s and Paragon Sporting Goods.

     Ajit Patel joined the Company in June 2001, when he was hired as Vice President-Chief Information Officer. From June 1995 to January 1999, Mr. Patel was Vice President-Chief Information Officer of Speedo Swimwear, Inc. where he was responsible for management of the company’s entire information system infrastructure. From February 1999 through June 2000, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Seal Consulting, Inc., an information systems consulting practice. From June 2000 through June 2001, Mr. Patel was an independent management consultant.

23


Table of Contents

     Marvin J. Gralnick and Helene B. Gralnick are husband and wife. None of the other executive officers or directors are related to one another.

     There are no arrangements or understandings pursuant to which any officer was elected to office. Executive officers are elected by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     On April 11, 2001, the Company’s Common Stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the new symbol “CHS”. The Company’s Common Stock had previously been traded on the Nasdaq National Market System under the symbol “CHCS”. The high and low prices per share, as adjusted for the stock splits payable in January 2000, May 2001 and January 2002 of the Company’s Common Stock for each quarterly period for the last two years are set forth in the Company’s 2001 Annual Report to Stockholders and are incorporated herein by reference.

     On April 19, 2002 the last reported sale price of the Common Stock on the NYSE was $35.06 per share.

     The Company does not intend to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future and intends to retain earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of the Company’s business. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors and will be dependent upon the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. The Company’s existing credit facilities contain restrictions on the payment of cash dividends on the Common Stock. Under the provisions of the credit facilities, dividends will be prohibited to the extent such aggregate dividends would cause the Company’s tangible net worth to fall below specified amounts.

     The approximate number of equity security holders of the Company is as follows:

         
    Number of Record Holders
Title of Class   as of April 19, 2002

 
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share
    662  

24


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     Selected Financial Data at the dates and for the periods indicated should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the financial statements and the notes thereto referenced elsewhere and incorporated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

                                           
      Fiscal Year Ended
     
      February 2,   February 3,   January 29,   January 30,   January 31,
      2002   2001   2000   1999   1998
      (52 weeks)   (53 weeks)   (52 weeks)   (52 weeks)   (52 weeks)
     
 
 
 
 
      (In thousands, except per share and selected operating data)
Operating Statement Data:
                                       
Net sales by company stores
  $ 362,443     $ 252,168     $ 152,474     $ 104,981     $ 73,597  
Net sales by catalog and Internet
    10,203       2,656                    
Net sales to franchisees (1)
    5,439       4,622       2,528       1,761       1,742  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net sales
    378,085       259,446       155,002       106,742       75,339  
Cost of goods sold (2)
    153,937       108,671       64,950       44,197       33,240  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Gross profit
    224,148       150,775       90,052       62,545       42,099  
General, administrative and store operating expenses
    146,611       99,757       62,133       45,316       35,391  
Depreciation and amortization
    10,001       5,655       3,113       2,095       1,794  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Income from operations
    67,536       45,363       24,806       15,134       4,914  
Interest income (expense), net
    507       409       177       (151 )     (372 )
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income before taxes
    68,043       45,772       24,983       14,983       4,542  
Provision for income taxes
    25,856       17,393       9,494       5,844       1,772  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 42,187     $ 28,379     $ 15,489     $ 9,139     $ 2,770  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Basic net income per share (3)
  $ 1.05     $ 0.73     $ .41     $ .25     $ 0.08  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Diluted net income per share (3)
  $ 1.01     $ 0.69     $ .39     $ .24     $ 0.08  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average shares outstanding-diluted (3)
    41,889       40,833       39,782       38,385       36,149  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Selected Operating Data:
                                       
Company stores at period end (4)
    300       239       191       154       132  
Franchise stores at period end (4)
    11       11       9       8       9  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Total stores at period end (4)
    311       250       200       162       141  
 
   
     
     
     
     
 
Average net sales per company store (in thousands) (5)
  $ 1,385     $ 1,200     $ 904     $ 745     $ 578  
Average net sales per net selling square foot at company stores (5)
  $ 815     $ 809     $ 675     $ 574     $ 449  
Percentage increase in comparable company store net sales
    17.1 %     34.3 %     23.3 %     30.3 %     10.7 %
Balance Sheet Data (at year end):
                                       
Total assets
  $ 186,385     $ 117,807     $ 70,316     $ 49,000     $ 34,472  
Stockholders’ equity
    143,495       85,321       52,641       34,303       21,456  
Debt and lease obligations, less current maturities
    7,944       7,158       6,839       6,713       6,703  
Working capital
  $ 58,045     $ 25,459     $ 26,389     $ 19,852     $ 8,970  


(1)   Includes franchisee fees of under $10,000 in certain fiscal years.
 
(2)   Cost of goods sold includes distribution and design costs, but does not include occupancy cost.
 
(3)   Restated to give retroactive effect for the 3 for 2 stock splits payable in May 2001 and January 2002 and for the 2 for 1 stock split payable in January 2000.
 
(4)   For information concerning stores opened, acquired, sold and closed, see “Business–Store Locations.”
 
(5)   Average net sales per company store and average net sales per net selling square foot at company stores are based on net sales of stores that have been operated by the Company for the full year. For the year ended 2/3/01, average net sales per company store and average net sales per selling square foot at company stores have been adjusted to exclude the effect of the fifty-third week.

25


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     A discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations for the specified fiscal periods through February 2, 2002 is set forth under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the Company’s 2001 Annual Report to Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     The information required by this Item is set forth under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of Operations” in the Company’s 2001 Annual Report to Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

     Financial statements and supplementary financial information is set forth under the heading “Financial Statements” in the financial information portion of the Company’s 2001 Annual Report to Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

     None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT

     Information about directors and nominees for director of the Company in the Company’s 2002 Annual Meeting proxy statement is incorporated herein by reference. Information about executive officers of the Company is included in Item A. of Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     Information about executive compensation in the Company’s 2002 Annual Meeting proxy statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     The information required by this Item is included in the Company’s 2002 Annual Meeting proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The information required by this Item is included in the Company’s 2002 Annual Meeting proxy statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

26


Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

                 
  (a)   (1)     The following financial statements of Chico’s FAS, Inc. and the report thereon of Arthur Andersen LLP dated March 4, 2002, which is included in the Company’s Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2002, are incorporated herein by reference.
 
            Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants.
 
            Consolidated Statements of Income for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000.
 
            Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 2, 2002 and February 3, 2001.
 
            Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001 and January 29, 2000.
 
            Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001 and January 29, 2000.
 
            Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
      (2)     The following Financial Statement Schedules are included herein:
 
            Schedules are not submitted because they are not applicable or not required or because the required information is included in the financial statements or the notes thereto.
 
      (3)     The following exhibits are filed as part of this report (exhibits marked with an asterisk have been previously filed with the Commission as indicated and are incorporated herein by this reference):
     
2*   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 19, 1992, between the Company and Chico’s International, Inc. (Filed as Exhibit 2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-58134), as filed with the Commission on February 10, 1993, as amended)
 
3.1*   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended (Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Commission File No. 333-44678), as filed with the Commission on August 28, 2000)
 
3.2*   Articles of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (Filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 4, 2001, as filed with the Commission on August 30, 2001)
 
3.3*   Amended and Restated By-laws (Filed as Exhibit 3.5 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 4, 1993, as filed with the Commission on May 18, 1993)
 
4.1*   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended (Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Commission File No. 333-44678), as filed with the Commission on August 28, 2000)
 
4.2*   Articles of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 4, 2001, as filed with the Commission on August 30, 2001)
 
4.3*   Amended and Restated By-laws (Filed as Exhibit 3.5 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 4, 1993, as filed with the Commission on May 18, 1993)

27


Table of Contents

     
4.4*   Form of specimen Common Stock Certificate (Filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 5, 2001, as filed with the Commission on May 31, 2001)
 
10.1*   Employment Agreement between the Company and Marvin J. Gralnick, effective as of February 7, 2000 (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2000, as filed with the Commission on September 5, 2000)
 
10.2   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between the Company and Marvin J. Gralnick, effective as of September 26, 2001
 
10.3*   Employment Agreement for Helene B. Gralnick, effective as of February 7, 2000 (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2000, as filed with the Commission on September 5, 2000)
 
10.4   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between the Company and Helene B. Gralnick, effective as of September 26, 2001
 
10.5*   Employment Agreement for Charles J. Kleman (Filed as Exhibit 10.6.5 to the Company’s Form10-Q for the quarter ended April 4, 1993, as filed with the Commission on May 18, 1993)
 
10.6*   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between the Company and Charles J. Kleman, effective as of August 21, 2000 (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 28, 2000, as filed with the Commission on December 8, 2000)
 
10.7*   Employment Agreement for Scott A. Edmonds (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 2, 1995, as filed with the Commission on August 14, 1995)
 
10.8*   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between the Company and Scott A. Edmonds, effective as of August 21, 2000 (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 28, 2000, as filed with the Commission on December 8, 2000)
 
10.9*   Employment Agreement for Mori C. MacKenzie (Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 1, 1995, as filed with the Commission on November 13, 1995)
 
10.10*   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between the Company and Mori C. MacKenzie, effective as of August 21, 2000 (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 28, 2000, as filed with the Commission on December 8, 2000)
 
10.11   Employment Agreement between the Company and James P. Frain effective as of April 14, 2000
 
10.12*   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between the Company and James P. Frain effective as of February 13, 2001 (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended November 3, 2001, as filed with the Commission on December 5, 2001)
 
10.13*   Employment Agreement between the Company and Patricia A. Murphy, effective as of August 21, 2000 (Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 28, 2000, as filed with the Commission on December 8, 2000)
 
10.14*   Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between the Company and Patricia A. Murphy, effective as of August 21, 2000 (Filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended February 3, 2001, as filed with the Commission on April 30, 2001)

28


Table of Contents

     
10.15*   Employment Agreement between the Company and Tedford G. Marlow, dated August 28, 2000 (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2000, as filed with the Commission on September 5, 2000)
 
10.16   Separation and Release Agreement between the Company and Tedford G. Marlow, dated June 15, 2001
 
10.17*   1992 Stock Option Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-58134), as filed with the Commission on February 10, 1993, as amended)
 
10.18*   First Amendment to 1992 Stock Option Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 1994, as filed with the Commission on April 1, 1994)
 
10.19*   1993 Stock Option Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended January 2, 1994, as filed with the Commission on April 1, 1994)
 
10.20*   First Amendment to 1993 Stock Option Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended January 30, 1999, as filed with the Commission on April 28, 1999)
 
10.21   Second Amendment to 1993 Stock Option Plan
 
10.22   2002 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan
 
10.23*   1993 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 4, 1993, as filed with the Commission on May 18, 1993)
 
10.24*   1993 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended and restated October 9, 1998 (Filed as Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended January 30, 1999, as filed with the Commission on April 28, 1999)
 
10.25*   Third Amendment to Chico’s FAS, Inc. 1993 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended January 29, 2000, as filed with the Commission on April 25, 2000)
 
10.26*   Fourth Amendment to Chico’s FAS, Inc. 1993 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended January 29, 2000, as filed with the Commission on April 25, 2000)
 
10.27*   Fifth Amendment to Chico’s FAS, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 5, 2001, as filed with the Commission on May 31, 2001)
 
10.28   2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
 
10.29*   Indemnification Agreement with Marvin J. Gralnick (Filed as Exhibit 10.9.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 4, 1993, as filed with the Commission on August 13, 1993)
 
10.30*   Indemnification Agreement with Helene B. Gralnick (Filed as Exhibit 10.9.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 4, 1993, as filed with the Commission on August 13, 1993)
 
10.31*   Indemnification Agreement with Charles J. Kleman (Filed as Exhibit 10.9.5 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 4, 1993, as filed with the Commission on August 13, 1993)

29


Table of Contents

     
10.32*   Indemnification Agreement with Verna K. Gibson (Filed as Exhibit 10.9.6 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 4, 1993, as filed with the Commission on August 13, 1993)
 
10.33*   Indemnification Agreement with Scott A. Edmonds (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 2, 1995, as filed with the Commission on August 14, 1995)
 
10.34*   Indemnification Agreement with John W. Burden (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 4, 2001, as filed with the Commission on August 30, 2001)
 
10.35*   Indemnification Agreement with Ross E. Roeder (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 4, 2001, as filed with the Commission on August 30, 2001)
 
10.36*   Sample Form of Franchise Agreement (Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-58134) as filed with the Commission on February 10, 1993, as amended)
 
10.37*   Sample Form of Territory Development Agreement (Filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-58134) as filed with the Commission on February 10, 1993, as amended)
 
10.38*   Sample Form of Purchase Agreement (Filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-I (File No. 33-58134) as filed with the Commission on February 10, 1993, as amended)
 
10.39*   Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement by and among Bank of America, N.A., the Company and the subsidiaries of the Company dated as of May 12, 2000 (Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended July 29, 2000, as filed with the Commission on September 5, 2000)
 
10.40   First Amendment to Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement by and between Bank of America, N.A., the Company and the subsidiaries of the Company dated as of January 15, 2002
 
10.41*   Loan Agreement dated January 4, 1996 by and between Chico’s FAS, Inc. and Founders National Trust Bank (Filed as Exhibit 10.58 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995, as filed with the Commission on April 1, 1996)
 
10.42*   Amendment to Loan Agreement dated December 8, 1998 by and between Chico’s FAS, Inc. and NationsBank (South), N.A. (Filed as Exhibit 10.37 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended January 30, 1999, as filed with the Commission on April 28, 1999)
 
10.43*   Amendment and Restatement of the Chico’s FAS, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.47 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 3, 1994, as filed with the Commission on May 9, 1994)
 
10.44*   Nonemployee Director’s Stock Option Agreement by and between Chico’s FAS, Inc., and Verna K. Gibson (Filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-70620), as filed with the Commission on October 21, 1993, as amended)
 
10.45*   Form of Nonemployee Director’s Stock Option Agreement by and between Chico’s FAS, Inc. and Verna K. Gibson (Filed as Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended January 1, 1995, as filed with the Commission on April 1, 1995)
 
10.46*   Nonemployee Stock Option Agreement by and between Chico’s FAS, Inc. and Ross E. Roeder dated June 9, 1998 (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 1, 1998, as filed with the Commission on September 2, 1998)

30


Table of Contents

     
10.47*   Nonemployee Stock Option Agreement by and between Chico’s FAS, Inc. and Ross E. Roeder dated effective May 15, 2000 (Filed as Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 5, 2001, as filed with the Commission on May 31, 2001)
 
10.48*   Nonemployee Stock Option Agreement by and between Chico’s FAS, Inc. and Verna K. Gibson dated June 9, 1998 (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended August 1, 1998, as filed with the Commission on September 2, 1998)
 
10.49*   Nonemployee Stock Option Agreement by and between Chico’s FAS, Inc. and Verna K. Gibson dated effective May 15, 2000 (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 5, 2001, as filed with the Commission on May 31, 2001)
 
10.50*   Nonemployee Stock Option Agreement by and between Chico’s FAS, Inc. and John W. Burden dated effective May 15, 2000 (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 5, 2001, as filed with the Commission on May 31, 2001)
 
10.51*   Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.49 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended January 30, 1999, as filed with the Commission on April 28, 1999)
 
10.52*   First Amendment to Chico’s FAS, Inc. Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan (Filed as Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended January 29, 2000, as filed with the Commission on April 25, 2000)
 
10.53   Chico’s FAS, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective April 1, 2002
 
10.54   Lease Agreement between Joint Development Authority of Winder-Barrow County and Chico’s Real Estate, LLC dated as of March 25, 2002
 
13   Annual Report to Stockholders
 
21   Subsidiaries of Company
 
23   Consent to use of Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants
 
99.1   Letter to Commission Pursuant to Temporary Note 3T

     (b)  Reports on Form 8-K

The Company did not file any reports on Form 8-K during the fiscal year ended February 2, 2002.

31


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

     
CHICO’S FAS, INC    
 
By:  /s/  Marvin J. Gralnick   April 22, 2002

 
      MARVIN J. GRALNICK, Chief Executive Officer   Date

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

     
/s/ Marvin J. Gralnick   April 22, 2002

 
MARVIN J. GRALNICK, Chief Executive Officer, Director
(principal executive officer)
  Date
 
/s/ Charles J. Kleman   April 22, 2002

 
CHARLES J. KLEMAN, Chief Financial Officer, Director
(principal financial and accounting officer)
  Date
 
/s/ Helene B. Gralnick   April 22, 2002

 
HELENE B. GRALNICK, Senior Vice President - Design and Concept and Director   Date
 
/s/ Verna K. Gibson   April 22, 2002

 
VERNA K. GIBSON, Director   Date
 
/s/ John W. Burden   April 22, 2002

 
JOHN W. BURDEN, Director   Date
 
/s/ Ross E. Roeder   April 22, 2002

 
ROSS E. ROEDER, Director   Date

32

EXHIBIT 10.2

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 16th day of April, 2002, to be effective for all purposes as of September 26, 2001, by and between CHICO'S FAS, INC., a Florida corporation (the "Company"), and MARVIN J. GRALNICK, residing at 10731 Bromley Lane, Fort Myers, FL 33912 (the "Executive").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated as of February 7, 2000 by and between the Company and the Executive (the "Employment Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have agreed to amend the terms of the Employment Agreement in certain respects as set forth in this Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement (the "Amendment").

1. TERM

Section 2 of the Employment Agreement shall be replaced in its entirety by the following:

2. TERM.

Subject to the provisions of termination as hereinafter provided, the term of employment under this Agreement shall begin as of February 7, 2000 and shall continue through January 31, 2004; provided, however, that beginning on February 1, 2004 and on each February 1st (each a "Renewal Date") thereafter, the term of this agreement shall automatically be extended for one additional year unless either party gives the other written notice of termination at least ninety (90) days prior to any such Renewal Date.

2. COMPENSATION; REIMBURSEMENT, ETC.

Subsections (a), (b) and (c) of the Employment Agreement shall be replaced in their entirety as follows:

(a) Basic Salary. The Employer shall pay to the Executive as compensation for all services rendered by the Executive during the term of this Agreement a basic annualized salary as follows (the "Basic Salary"), or such other sum as the parties may agree on from time to time, payable monthly or in other

1.


more frequent installments, as determined by the Employer:

             Period                                   Basic Annualized Salary
             ------                                   -----------------------
For the period from February 7, 2000
          through January 31, 2001                            $  600,000

For the period from February 1, 2001
          through January 31, 2002                            $  750,000

For the period from February 1, 2002
          through January 31, 2003                            $  850,000

For the period from February 1, 2003
          through January 31, 2004 and thereafter             $1,000,000

The Board of Directors of the Employer shall have the right to increase the Executive's compensation from time to time by action of the Board of Directors. In addition, the Board of Directors of the Employer, in its discretion, may, with respect to any year during the term hereof, award a bonus or bonuses to the Executive in addition to the bonuses provided for in Section 3(b). The compensation provided for in this
Section 3(a) shall be in addition to any pension or profit sharing payments set aside or allocated for the benefit of the Executive.

(b) Bonuses. In addition to the Basic Salary to be paid pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement, during the term of this Agreement or any renewal or extension, the Company shall pay to the Executive as incentive compensation quarterly and annual bonuses in accordance with the incentive bonus plan(s) adopted from time to time by the Board or the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board (the "Committee"), as the case may be. Such plan for the initial three year term of this Agreement ending January 31, 2003 and the additional one year term of this Agreement ending January 31, 2004, among other things, shall establish a "Target Bonus" equal to 50% of the Executive's Basic Salary and a "Maximum Bonus" equal to 100% of the Executive's Basic Salary.

(c) Stock Options. The Executive shall participate in under the Employer's stock option plan or plans, in accordance with the terms thereof, through the grant by the Committee of nonqualified options to purchase shares of the Employer's common stock, as follows (the "Options"), provided that Executive remains employed by the Employer on the approximate date of grant:

2.


Approximate Date of Grant                      Number of Options
-------------------------                      -----------------
Effective Date of this Agreement                      75,000
February 1, 2001                                     100,000
February 1, 2002                                     125,000
February 1, 2003                                     125,000

The date of grant for each tranche of Options shall be the respective day on which the Committee acts to effectuate the respective grant. The initial exercise price for each tranche of the Options shall be the closing price for the Company's stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market (NMS) on the respective date of grant. The Options shall be subject to the terms of the applicable stock option plan under which they are issued.

3. DUTIES

Section 4 of the Employment Agreement shall be replaced in its entirety by the following:

4. DUTIES. The Executive is engaged as the Chief Executive Officer. In addition, the Executive shall have such other duties and hold such other offices as may from time to time be reasonably assigned to him by the Board of Directors of the Employer.

4. NOTICE ADDRESS

The notice address for the Executive in Section 20 of the Employment Agreement shall be changed to be the following:

To the Executive:

Marvin J. Gralnick
10731 Bromley Lane
Fort Myers, Florida 33912

5. MISCELLANEOUS

Unless specifically modified, added or deleted by this Amendment No.1, all terms and provisions of the Employment Agreement remain in full force and effect throughout the term of the Employment Agreement, as amended.

3.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment the day and year first above written.

CHICO'S FAS, INC.

By: /s/ Scott A. Edmonds
    Scott A. Edmonds, President

                           "Company"




/s/ Marvin J. Gralnick
MARVIN J. GRALNICK

                           "Executive"

4.


EXHIBIT 10.4

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 16th day of April, 2002, to be effective for all purposes as of September 26, 2001, by and between CHICO'S FAS, INC., a Florida corporation (the "Company"), and HELENE B. GRALNICK, residing at residing at 10731 Bromley Lane, Fort Myers, FL 33912 (the "Executive").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated as of February 7, 2000 by and between the Company and the Executive (the "Employment Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Executive have agreed to amend the terms of the Employment Agreement in certain respects as set forth in this Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement (the "Amendment").

1. TERM

Section 2 of the Employment Agreement shall be replaced in its entirety by the following:

2. TERM.

Subject to the provisions of termination as hereinafter provided, the term of employment under this Agreement shall begin as of February 7, 2000 and shall continue through January 31, 2004; provided, however, that beginning on February 1, 2004 and on each February 1st (each a "Renewal Date") thereafter, the term of this agreement shall automatically be extended for one additional year unless either party gives the other written notice of termination at least ninety (90) days prior to any such Renewal Date.

2. COMPENSATION; REIMBURSEMENT, ETC.

Subsections (a), (b) and (c) of the Employment Agreement shall be replaced in their entirety as follows:

(a) Basic Salary. The Employer shall pay to the Executive as compensation for all services rendered by the Executive during the term of this Agreement a basic annualized salary as follows (the "Basic Salary"), or such other sum as the parties may agree on from time to time, payable monthly or in other

1.


more frequent installments, as determined by the Employer:

                  Period                                      Basic Annualized Salary
                  ------                                      -----------------------
For the period from February 7, 2000
          through January 31, 2001                                   $230,000

For the period from February 1, 2001
          through January 31, 2002                                   $250,000

For the period from February 1, 2002
          through January 31, 2003                                   $275,000

For the period from February 1, 2003
          through January 31, 2004 and thereafter                    $300,000

The Board of Directors of the Employer shall have the right to increase the Executive's compensation from time to time by action of the Board of Directors. In addition, the Board of Directors of the Employer, in its discretion, may, with respect to any year during the term hereof, award a bonus or bonuses to the Executive in addition to the bonuses provided for in Section 3(b). The compensation provided for in this Section 3(a) shall be in addition to any pension or profit sharing payments set aside or allocated for the benefit of the Executive.

(b) Bonuses. In addition to the Basic Salary to be paid pursuant to Section 3(a) of this Agreement, during the term of this Agreement or any renewal or extension, the Company shall pay to the Executive as incentive compensation quarterly and annual bonuses in accordance with the incentive bonus plan(s) adopted from time to time by the Board or the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board (the "Committee"), as the case may be. Such plan for the initial three year term of this Agreement ending January 31, 2003 and the additional one year term of this Agreement ending January 31, 2004, among other things, shall establish a "Target Bonus" equal to 50% of the Executive's Basic Salary and a "Maximum Bonus" equal to 100% of the Executive's Basic Salary.

(c) Stock Options. The Executive shall participate in under the Employer's stock option plan or plans, in accordance with the terms thereof, through the grant by the Committee of nonqualified options to purchase shares of the Employer's common stock, as follows (the "Options"), provided that Executive remains employed by the Employer on the approximate date of grant:

2.


Approximate Date of Grant                   Number of Options
-------------------------                   -----------------
Effective Date of this Agreement                  25,000
February 1, 2001                                  30,000
February 1, 2002                                  30,000
February 1, 2003                                  30,000

The date of grant for each tranche of Options shall be the respective day on which the Committee acts to effectuate the respective grant. The initial exercise price for each tranche of the Options shall be the closing price for the Company's stock on the Nasdaq Stock Market (NMS) on the respective date of grant. The Options shall be subject to the terms of the applicable stock option plan under which they are issued.

3. DUTIES

Section 4 of the Employment Agreement shall be replaced in its entirety by the following:

4. DUTIES. The Executive is engaged as the Senior Vice President - Design and Concept. In addition, the Executive shall have such other duties and hold such other offices as may from time to time be reasonably assigned to him by the Board of Directors of the Employer.

4. NOTICE ADDRESS

The notice address for the Executive in Section 20 of the Employment Agreement shall be changed to be the following:

To the Executive:

Helene B. Gralnick
10731 Bromley Lane
Fort Myers, Florida 33912

5. MISCELLANEOUS

Unless specifically modified, added or deleted by this Amendment No.1, all terms and provisions of the Employment Agreement remain in full force and effect throughout the term of the Employment Agreement, as amended.

3.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment the day and year first above written.

CHICO'S FAS, INC.

By: /s/ Scott A. Edmonds
    Scott A. Edmonds, President

                      "Company"



/s/ Helene B. Gralnick
HELENE B. GRALNICK

                      "Executive"

4.


EXHIBIT 10.11

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT is made and entered into as of the 14th day of April, 2000, by and between CHICO'S FAS, INC. a Florida corporation (the "Employer"), and JAMES P. FRAIN (the "Employee").

WITNESSETH:

1. EMPLOYMENT. The Employer hereby employs the Employee, and the Employee hereby accepts such employment, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

2. TERM.

Subject to the provisions of termination as hereinafter provided, the term of employment under this Agreement shall begin April 14, 2000 and shall continue through March 31, 2001; provided, however, that beginning on April 1, 2001 and on each April 1st (each a "Renewal Date") thereafter, the term of this agreement shall automatically be extended for one additional year unless either party gives the other written notice of termination at least ninety (90) days prior to any such Renewal Date.

3. COMPENSATION; REIMBURSEMENT, ETC.

(a) The Employer shall pay to the Employee as compensation for all services rendered by the Employee during the term of this Agreement a basic annualized salary of $165,000 per year (the "Basic Salary"), or such other sum as the parties may agree on from time to time, payable monthly or in other more frequent installments, as determined by the Employer. The Board of Directors of the Employer shall have the right to increase the Employee's compensation from time to time by action of the Board of Directors. In addition, the Board of Directors of the Employer, in its discretion, may, with respect to any year during the term hereof, award a bonus or bonuses to the Employee in addition to the bonuses provided for in Section 3(b). The compensation provided for in this Section 3(a) shall be in addition to any pension or profit sharing payments set aside or allocated for the benefit of the Employee.

(b) The Employer shall reimburse the Employee for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Employee in the performance of his duties under this Agreement; provided, however, that the Employee must furnish to the Employer an itemized account, satisfactory to the Employer, in substantiation of such expenditures.

(c) The Employee shall be entitled to such fringe benefits including, but not limited to, medical and insurance benefits as may be provided from time to time by the Employer to other management employees of the Employer.


(d) The Employee shall provide his own automobile for use as an employee hereunder. The Employee shall at all times maintain said automobile in good repair and condition and shall insure both Employer and Employee against claims for bodily injury, death or property damage occurring as a result of its use to the limit of not less than Five Hundred Thousand ($500,000.00) Dollars in respect to any one accident and to the limit of not less than One Million ($1,000,000.00) Dollars in respect to any one accident and to the limit of not less than One Hundred Thousand ($100,000.00) Dollars in respect to property damage. The Employer shall provide the Employee with an automobile allowance of $1,000 per month ($12,000 per year).

4. DUTIES. The Employee is engaged as the Director of Marketing. In addition, the Employee shall have such other duties as may from time to time be reasonably assigned to him by the Board of Directors of the Employer.

5. EXTENT OF SERVICES; VACATIONS AND DAYS OFF.

(a) During the term of his employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall devote such time, energy and attention during regular business hours to the benefit and business of the Employer as may be reasonably necessary in performing his duties pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) The Employee shall be entitled to vacations with pay and to such personal and sick leave with pay in accordance with the policy of the Employer as may be established from time to time by the Employer.

6. FACILITIES. The Employer shall provide the Employee with a fully furnished office, and the facilities of the Employer shall be generally available to the Employee in the performance of his duties pursuant to this Agreement, it being understood and contemplated by the parties that all equipment, supplies and office personnel required in the performance of the Employee's duties under this Agreement shall be supplied by the Employer.

7. ILLNESS OR INCAPACITY, TERMINATION ON DEATH, ETC.

(a) If the Employee dies during the term of his employment, the Employer shall pay to the estate of the Employee such compensation, including any bonus compensation earned but not yet paid, as would otherwise have been payable to the Employee up to the end of the month in which his death occurs plus six (6) month's additional compensation. The Employer shall have no additional financial obligation under this Agreement to the Employee or his estate. After receiving the payments provided in this subparagraph (a), the Employee and his estate shall have no further rights under this Agreement.

(b) (i) During any period of disability, illness or incapacity during the term of this Agreement which renders the Employee at least temporarily unable to perform the services required under this Agreement for a period which shall not equal or exceed one hundred and eighty (180)

2.


continuous days, or one hundred and eighty (180) continuous days in any one (1) year period, the Employee shall receive the compensation payable under Section 3(a) of this Agreement plus any bonus compensation earned but not yet paid, less any benefits received by him under any disability insurance carried by or provided by the Employer. All rights of the Employee under this Agreement (other than rights already accrued) shall terminate as provided below upon the Employee's permanent disability (as defined below), although the Employee shall continue to receive any disability benefits to which he may be entitled under any disability income insurance which may be carried by or provided by the Employer from time to time.

(ii) The term "permanent disability" as used in this Agreement shall mean the inability of the Employee, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Employer, by reason of physical or mental disability to perform the duties required of him under this Agreement for a period of one hundred and eighty (180) days in any one-year period. Successive periods of disability, illness or incapacity will be considered separate periods unless the later period of disability, illness or in capacity is due to the same or related cause and commences less than six months from the ending of the previous period of disability. Upon such determination, the Board of Directors may terminate the Employee's employment under this Agreement upon ten (10) days' prior written notice. If any determination of the Board of Directors with respect to permanent disability is disputed by the Employee, the parties hereto agree to abide by the decision of a panel of three physicians. The Employee and Employer shall each appoint one member, and the third member of the panel shall be appointed by the other two members. The Employee agrees to make himself available for and submit to examinations by such physicians as may be directed by the Employer. Failure to submit to any such examination shall constitute a breach of a material part of this Agreement.

8. OTHER TERMINATIONS.

(a) (i) The Employee may terminate his employment hereunder upon giving at least ninety (90) days' prior written notice.

(ii) If the Employee gives notice pursuant to
Section 8(a) above, the Employer shall have the right to relieve the Employee, in whole or in part, of his duties under this Agreement (without reduction in compensation through the termination date).

(b) (i) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Employer may terminate the employment of the Employee hereunder only for good cause and upon written notice; provided, however, that no breach or default by the Employee shall be deemed to occur hereunder unless the Employee shall have failed to cure the breach or default within thirty (30) days after he received written notice thereof indicating that it is a notice of termination pursuant to this Section of this Agreement.

(ii) As used herein, "good cause" shall include:

3.


(1) the Employee's conviction of either a felony involving moral turpitude or any crime in connection with his employment by the Employer which causes the Employer a substantial detriment, but specifically shall not include traffic offenses;

(2) actions by the Employee which clearly are contrary to the best interests of the Employer;

(3) the Employee's willful failure to take actions permitted by law and necessary to implement policies of the Employer's Board of Directors which the Board of Directors has communicated to him in writing;

(4) the Employee's continued failure to attend to his duties as an management employee of the Employer; or

(5) any condition which either resulted from the Employee's substantial dependence, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Employer, on alcohol, or any narcotic drug or other controlled or illegal substance. If any determination of substantial dependence is disputed by the Employee, the parties hereto agree to abide by the decision of a panel of three physicians appointed in the manner and subject to the same penalties for noncompliance as specified in Section 7(b)(ii) of this Agreement.

(iii) Termination of the employment of the Employee for reasons other than those expressly specified in this Agreement as good cause shall be deemed to be a termination of employment "without good cause."

(c) (i) If the Employer shall terminate the employment of the Employee without good cause effective on a date earlier than the termination date provided for in Section 2 (with the effective date of termination as so identified by the Employer being referred to herein as the "Accelerated Termination Date"), the Employee until the date which is twelve
(12) months after the Accelerated Termination Date shall continue to receive the salary and other compensation and employee benefits that the Employer has heretofore in Section 3 agreed to pay and to provide for the Employee, in each case in the amount and kind and at the time provided for in Section 3; provided that, notwithstanding such termination of employment, the Employee's covenants set forth in Section 10 and Section 11 are intended to and shall remain in full force and effect.

(ii) The parties agree that, because there can be no exact measure of the damage that would occur to the Employee as a result of a termination by the Employer of the Employee's employment without good cause, the payments and benefits paid and provided pursuant to this Section 8(c) shall be deemed to constitute liquidated damages and not a penalty for the Employer's termination of the Employee's employment without good cause, and the Employer agrees that the Employee shall not be required to mitigate his damages.

4.


(d) If the employment of the Employee is terminated for good cause under Section 8(b)(ii) of this Agreement, or if the Employee voluntarily terminates his employment by written notice to the Employer under
Section 8(a) of this Agreement, the Employer shall pay to the Employee any compensation earned but not paid to the Employee prior to the effective date of such termination. Under such circumstances, such payment shall be in full and complete discharge of any and all liabilities or obligations of the Employer to the Employee hereunder, and the Employee shall be entitled to no further benefits under this Agreement.

9. DISCLOSURE. The Employee agrees that during the term of his employment by the Employer, he will disclose and disclose only to the Employer all ideas, methods, plans, developments or improvements known by him which relate directly or indirectly to the business of the Employer, whether acquired by the Employee before or during his employment by the Employer. Nothing in this Section 9 shall be construed as requiring any such communication where the idea, plan, method or development is lawfully protected from disclosure as a trade secret of a third party or by any other lawful prohibition against such communication.

10. CONFIDENTIALITY. The Employee agrees to keep in strict secrecy and confidence any and all information the Employee assimilates or to which he has access during his employment by the Employer and which has not been publicly disclosed and is not a matter of common knowledge in the fields of work of the Employer. The Employee agrees that both during and after the term of his employment by the Employer, he will not, without the prior written consent of the Employer, disclose any such confidential information to any third person, partnership, joint venture, company, corporation or other organization.

11. NONSOLICITATION.

The Employee hereby acknowledges that, during and solely as a result of his employment by the Employer, he has received and shall continue to receive: (1) special training and education with respect to the operations of a retail clothing chain and other related matters, and (2) access to confidential information and business and professional contacts. In consideration of the special and unique opportunities afforded to the Employee by the Employer as a result of the Employee's employment, as outlined in the previous sentence, the Employee hereby agrees as follows:

(a) During his employment with the Employer and, except as may be otherwise herein provided, for a period of two (2) years following the termination of his employment with the Employer, regardless of the reason for such termination, the Employee agrees he will refrain from and will not, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, officer, director, stockholder, employee, advisor, independent contractor, joint venturer, consultant, agent, representative, salesman or otherwise solicit any of the employees of the Employer to terminate their employment.

5.


(b) The period of time during which the Employee is prohibited from engaging in certain business practices pursuant to Section 11(a) shall be extended by any length of time during which the Employee is in breach of such covenants.

(c) It is understood by and between the parties hereto that the foregoing restrictive covenants set forth in Sections 11(a) and (b) are essential elements of this Agreement, and that, but for the agreement of the Employee to comply with such covenants, the Employer would not have agreed to enter into this Agreement. Such covenants by the Employee shall be construed as agreements independent of any other provision in this Agreement. The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Employee against the Employer, whether predicated on this Agreement, or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Employer of such covenants.

(d) It is agreed by the Employer and Employee that if any portion of the covenants set forth in this Section 11 are held to be invalid, unreasonable, arbitrary or against public policy, then such portion of such covenants shall be considered divisible both as to time and geographical area. The Employer and Employee agree that, if any court of competent jurisdiction determines the specified time period or the specified geographical area applicable to this Section 11 to be invalid, unreasonable, arbitrary or against public policy, a lesser time period or geographical area which is determined to be reasonable, non-arbitrary and not against public policy may be enforced against the Employee. The Employer and the Employee agree that the foregoing covenants are appropriate and reasonable when considered in light of the nature and extent of the business conducted by the Employer.

12. SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. The Employee agrees that damages at law will be an insufficient remedy to the Employer if the Employee violates the terms of Sections 9, 10 or 11 of this Agreement and that the Employer would suffer irreparable damage as a result of such violation. Accordingly, it is agreed that the Employer shall be entitled, upon application to a court of competent jurisdiction, to obtain injunctive relief to enforce the provisions of such Sections, which injunctive relief shall be in addition to any other rights or remedies available to the Employer. The Employee agrees to pay to the Employer all costs and expenses incurred by the Employer relating to the enforcement of the terms of Sections 9, 10 or 11 of this Agreement, including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel (both at trial and in appellate proceedings).

13. COMPLIANCE WITH OTHER AGREEMENTS. The Employee represents and warrants that the execution of this Agreement by him and his performance of his obligations hereunder will not conflict with, result in the breach of any provision of or the termination of or constitute a default under any Agreement to which the Employee is a party or by which the Employee is or may be bound.

14. WAIVER OF BREACH. The waiver by the Employer of a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement by the Employee shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach by the Employee.

6.


15. BINDING EFFECT; ASSIGNMENT. The rights and obligations of the Employer under this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Employer. It is expressly acknowledged that the provisions of Section 11 relating to noncompetition, nonsolicitation and nonacceptance may be enforced by the Employer's successors and assigns. This Agreement is a personal employment contract and the rights, obligations and interests of the Employee hereunder may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or hypothecated.

16. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement contains the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be changed only by an agreement in writing signed by the party against whom any waiver, change, amendment, modification or discharge is sought.

17. HEADINGS. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

18. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

19. NOTICE. All notices which are required or may be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when received if personally delivered; when transmitted if transmitted by telecopy or similar electronic transmission method; one working day after it is sent, if sent by recognized expedited delivery service; and five days after it is sent, if mailed, first class mail, certified mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid. In each case notice shall be sent to:

If to the Employee:            James P. Frain
                               4240 Steamboat Bend #101
                               Fort Myers, FL 33919

If to the Employer:            Chico's FAS, Inc.
                               11215 Metro Parkway
                               Ft. Myers, Florida  33912

with a copy to:                Gary I. Teblum, Esquire
                               Trenam, Kemker, Scharf, Barkin,
                                 Frye, O'Neill & Mullis, P.A.
                               Post Office Box 1102
                               Tampa, Florida 33601

7.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

CHICO'S FAS, INC.

By: /S/ Marvin J. Gralnick
   --------------------------------------

EMPLOYEE:

/s/ James P. Frain
-----------------------------------------
JAMES P. FRAIN

8.


EXHIBIT 10.16

CONFIDENTIAL
SEPARATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

THIS CONFIDENTIAL SEPARATION AND RELEASE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into the 15th day of June, 2001, by and between CHICO'S FAS, INC., a Florida corporation (the "Company"), and TEDFORD MARLOW ("Marlow").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Marlow and the Company are parties to that certain Employment Agreement dated as of September 6, 2000, as clarified by that certain letter agreement dated September 20, 2000 (collectively, the "Employment Agreement"), that certain Stock Option Agreement dated as of September 6, 2000 with respect to 220,000 options (the "220,000 Share Option Agreement") and that certain Stock Option Agreement dated as of September 6, 2000 with respect to 30,000 options (the "30,000 Share Option Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, Marlow has been an employee and officer of the Company; and

WHEREAS, the parties each acknowledge that the Company provided formal written notice to Marlow of non-renewal of the Employment Agreement by way of letter dated May 24, 2001 and delivered to and received by Marlow on May 24, 2001, such that absent an earlier termination in accordance with the terms of the Employment Agreement, the term of the Employment Agreement was to end on September 1, 2002; and

WHEREAS, Marlow and the Company each wish to agree finally and amicably to terms of a continued employment with the Company for a specified period and the terms and conditions of the termination of his service as an employee and officer of the Company (including any and all rights and obligations of the parties under the Employment Agreement, the 220,000 Share Option Agreement and the 30,000 Share Option Agreement) and Marlow desires to release the Company from any and all existing claims, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide certain continuation of employment benefits and certain termination benefits to Marlow; and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to have Marlow continue to remain subject to certain nondisclosure restrictions and nonsolicitation obligations in order to protect the Company's legitimate business interests and Marlow is willing to agree to same; and

Initials   TM         MG
         -------   -------
    Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
         -------   -------


WHEREAS, the parties desire to delineate their respective rights, duties, and obligations, and desire complete accord.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and the agreements of the parties set forth in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby covenant and agree as follows:

1. RECITALS AND DEFINITIONS.

(a) Recitals. The recitals set forth above are true and correct in every respect and are incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Definitions. AS USED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE
FOLLOWING TERMS HAVE THE MEANINGS SET FORTH BELOW:

"Applicable Termination Date" For purposes of this Agreement, the Applicable Termination Date shall be September 1, 2001 unless Marlow delivers to the Company the Extension Notice (as hereinafter defined) on or before 5:00
p.m., Ft. Myers time on August 25, 2001, in which event the Extension Notice will serve as an election by Marlow to extend his employment past September 1, 2001 and for his employment to terminate instead on, and for the Applicable Termination Date to be, September 15, 2001 with the understanding that the September 1, 2001 termination shall not take effect and instead, Marlow will continue to be employed through September 15, 2001, on which date Marlow's employment will terminate, with the rights and responsibilities of the parties thereafter being as described in this Agreement.

"Extension Notice" shall mean a written notice signed by Marlow and delivered to and received by the Company on or before 5:00 p.m., Ft. Myers time on August 25, 2001 which expressly sets forth that Marlow elects to extend his employment to September 15, 2001 in accordance with this Agreement and expressly states that such written notice is to be considered an Extension Notice for purposes of this Agreement. Such Extension Notice shall not be effective if at the time such Extension Notice is delivered Marlow is in material default or breach of any of his obligations under this Agreement.

2. RESIGNATIONS BY MARLOW.

(a) Effective as of the close of business on June 15, 2001, Marlow resigns from his position as Executive Vice President - Merchandising, Marketing and Product Development, and

Initials   TM         MG
         -------   -------
    Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
         -------   -------


the Company hereby accepts this resignation. It is agreed that effective as of the close of business on June 15, 2001, Marlow has no further privileges, duties or obligations in such capacity.

(b) If Marlow timely delivers the Extension Notice to the Company, then Marlow's employment with the Company shall be considered to have terminated effective as of the close of business on September 15, 2001. Otherwise, Marlow's employment with the Company shall be considered to have terminated effective as of the close of business on September 1, 2001.

3. DISCONTINUATION OF EMPLOYMENT AND TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT.

(a) Effective as of the close of business on June 15, 2001, the parties agree that (i) consistent with Section 2(a) of this Agreement, Marlow's position with the Company as Executive Vice President - Merchandising, Marketing and Product Development is discontinued, and (ii) except as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, the Employment Agreement is terminated and of no further force and effect and Marlow relinquishes any and all continuing rights and benefits he may have under the Employment Agreement or as Executive Vice President - Merchandising, Marketing and Product Development of the Company. The close of business on June 15, 2001 shall be referred to as the "Effective Time" under this Agreement.

(b) As provided in Section 9 of this Agreement, Marlow shall nevertheless continue as an employee of the Company until the close of business on the Applicable Termination Date. On the Applicable Termination Date, Marlow's employment by the Company in any and all capacities shall terminate and, except as otherwise required by applicable law or as provided for in this Agreement, Marlow relinquishes all remaining rights and benefits, if any, he may then have as an employee of the Company.

4. CONSIDERATION; CONTINUATION OF COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS.

(a) From the Date of this Agreement to September 1, 2001. So long as Marlow has not breached any of his obligations under this Agreement, the following compensation arrangements shall apply from the date of this Agreement to September 1, 2001 (the "Base Employment Continuation Period") and shall supercede the provisions of the Employment Agreement:

(1) Basic Salary. During the Base Employment Continuation Period, Marlow will continue to receive his current basic salary (that being an annualized basic salary of $500,000), payable on an every other week basis or in more frequent installments as may be determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

(2) Incentive Bonus. During the Base Employment Continuation Period, Marlow will continue to receive all but $50,000 of the incentive bonus that would have otherwise been payable to him during such period had his employment under the Employment Agreement continued through September 1, 2001 and had the bonus plan in effect for Marlow on the date

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-3-                     -------   -------


immediately preceding the date of this Agreement (the "Currently Effective Bonus Plan") continued in effect through September 1, 2001. Such incentive bonus payment (less the $50,000 reduction) shall be paid on such date as the bonus would have been paid under the Currently Effective Bonus Plan were the Currently Effective Bonus Plan to continue through September 1, 2001. In particular, any bonus so earned would be expected to be paid in or about the month of September 2001. Marlow shall become entitled to receive the $50,000 portion of the incentive bonus which is not to be paid under this Section
4(a)(2) (the "$50,000 Supplemental Incentive Bonus Amount") but only if the conditions to receipt of the $50,000 Supplemental Incentive Bonus Amount, as set forth in Section 4(g) hereof, are satisfied.

(3) Automobile. During the Base Employment Continuation Period, Marlow shall continue to be entitled to receive a monthly automobile allowance of $2,000 per month.

(4) Other Fringe Benefits. Marlow may be eligible for benefit continuation in accordance with the provisions of COBRA and acknowledges receipt of the required written notice in this regard. The Company will pay Marlow's COBRA costs from June 15, 2001 through September 1, 2001. Any and all other fringe benefits and benefit plan participations not specifically referenced in this Section 4 shall cease on June 15, 2001.

(b) If Marlow Timely Delivers an Extension Notice. So long as Marlow has not breached his obligations under this Agreement and if Marlow timely delivers an Extension Notice, the following compensation arrangements shall apply and shall supercede the provisions of the Employment Agreement, and the provisions of Section 4(c) hereof shall not be applicable (it being understood that the provisions of this Section 4(b) and the provisions of Section 4(c) hereof shall be mutually exclusive such that if one of such subsections applies, the other shall not):

(1) Basic Salary. During the period from September 1, 2001 and September 15, 2001 (the "Extended Employment Continuation Period"), Marlow will continue to receive his current basic salary (that being an annualized basic salary of $500,000), payable on the same type of pay period schedule as was in effect during the Base Employment Continuation Period. Marlow agrees that, after the end of the Extended Employment Continuation Period, he shall not be entitled to, and waives any and all right to, any additional basic salary including any basic salary which would otherwise be payable under and pursuant to the Employment Agreement and any and all other basic salary payments of any kind.

(2) No Incentive Bonus. Marlow agrees that both during the Extended Employment Continuation Period and thereafter, he shall not be entitled to, and waives any and all right to, any incentive bonuses (other than the incentive bonus payable under Section 4(a) hereof with respect to the Base Employment Continuation Period), including without limitation any bonuses that may relate to the second half of the Company's fiscal year which commenced February 4, 2001, any bonuses which would otherwise be payable under and pursuant to the Employment Agreement and any and all other bonuses of any kind.

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-4-                     -------   -------


(3) Automobile. With respect to the Extended Employment Continuation Period, Marlow shall be entitled to receive an additional automobile allowance of $1,000. Marlow agrees that, after the end of the Extended Employment Continuation Period, he shall not be entitled to, and waives any and all right to, any additional automobile allowance payments, including any automobile allowance payments which would otherwise be payable under and pursuant to the Employment Agreement and any and all other automobile allowance payments of any kind.

(4) Stock Options. As more particularly described in Section 5 hereof, because Marlow's employment extends through September 15, 2001 if Marlow timely delivers the Extension Notice, it would then be anticipated that, in accordance with their terms, (i) a portion of each of the 30,000 Share Option Agreement and the 220,000 Share Option Agreement would vest on September 6, 2001, (ii) such vested portions would be exercisable until December 15, 2001 and (iii) because Marlow's employment would terminate on September 15, 2001, the balance of the options represented by such stock option agreements would not vest in any respect as of such Applicable Termination Date and, it is specifically agreed that, as of such Applicable Termination Date, such options will terminate and become void.

(c) If Marlow Does Not Timely Deliver an Extension Notice. So long as Marlow has not breached his obligations under this Agreement and if Marlow does not timely deliver an Extension Notice, the following compensation arrangements shall apply and shall supercede the provisions of the Employment Agreement, and the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof shall not be applicable (it being understood that the provisions of this Section 4(c) and the provisions of Section 4(b) hereof shall be mutually exclusive such that if one of such subsections applies, the other shall not):

(1) Basic Salary. After the end of the Base Employment Continuation Period and through and until September 1, 2002, Marlow will continue to receive an amount equal to his current basic salary (that being an annualized basic salary of $500,000), payable on an every other week basis or in more frequent installments as may be determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

(2) Incentive Bonus. After the end of the Base Employment Continuation Period and through and until September 1, 2002, Marlow will continue to receive the incentive bonus that would have otherwise been payable to him had his employment under the Employment Agreement continued from the end of the Base Employment Continuation Period through September 1, 2002 and had the bonus plan in effect for Marlow on the date immediately preceding the date of this Agreement (the "Currently Effective Bonus Plan") continued in effect during the period from the end of the Base Employment Continuation Period through September 1, 2002. Such bonus payments shall be paid on such dates as the bonuses would have been paid under the Currently Effective Bonus Plan were the Currently Effective Bonus Plan to continue from the end of the Base Employment Continuation Period through September 1, 2002. In particular, any bonuses so earned would be expected to be paid in or about the months of March 2002 and September 2002.

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-5-                     -------   -------


(3) Automobile. After the end of the Base Employment Continuation Period and through and until September 1, 2002, Marlow shall continue to be entitled to receive an amount equal to his monthly automobile allowance of $2,000 per month.

(4) Other Fringe Benefits. Marlow may continue to be eligible for benefit continuation after the end of the Base Employment Continuation Period in accordance with the provisions of COBRA and acknowledges receipt of the required written notice in this regard. The Company will pay Marlow's COBRA costs from September 1, 2001 through September 1, 2002. Any election by Marlow to continue COBRA benefits after September 1, 2002 shall be subject to Marlow's payment of the COBRA costs associated with such continuation. As provided in Section 4(a)(4) hereof, any and all other fringe benefits and benefit plan participations not specifically referenced in this
Section 4 shall cease on June 15, 2001.

(5) Stock Options. As more particularly described in Section 5 hereof, because Marlow's employment extends through only September 1, 2001 if Marlow does not timely deliver the Extension Notice, none of the options represented by either the 30,000 Share Option Agreement or the 220,000 Share Option Agreement would vest (because employment would have terminated before the first vesting date of September 6, 2001) and thus it is specifically agreed that all of the options represented by such stock option agreements would not vest in any respect as of such Applicable Termination Date and, as of such Applicable Termination Date, such options will terminate and become void.

(d) Reimbursements and Advances. Marlow has advised the Company that he has appropriate substantiation and can prepare appropriate expense reports for certain reasonable expenditures incurred in connection with his employment by the Company through the date of this Agreement. If, on or before August 1, 2001 and in accordance with the Company's requirements and policies for expense substantiation and expense reports, Marlow submits expense reports substantiating such expenditures, the Company shall reimburse Marlow for such expenditures on or before September 1, 2001. Marlow shall not be entitled to any other reimbursements or advances for expenses incurred by Marlow in the performance of his duties under the Employment Agreement or, except as specified in Section 9 hereof, under this Agreement.

(e) Relocation Expenses and Commuting Expenses. Marlow acknowledges that he has already received all relocation expenses and commuting expenses to which he may have been entitled under the Employment Agreement or otherwise and shall be entitled to no further relocation expenses and no further commuting expenses.

(f) Discount on Clothing. From and after the applicable Termination Date under this Agreement (which date shall be September 1, 2001 if Marlow does not deliver the Extension Notice to the Company on or before August 25, 2001 and shall be September 15, 2001 if Marlow delivers the Extension Notice to the Company on or before August 25, 2001), Marlow shall no

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-6-                     -------   -------


longer be entitled to the currently existing Company-wide employee benefit which provides a 50% discount on purchases made at Company-owned stores.

(g) $50,000 Supplemental Incentive Bonus Amount. In exchange for Marlow's agreement to execute and the execution of the additional release attached hereto as Exhibit A when and as contemplated by Section 12(b) hereof and compliance with the remaining terms of this Agreement and Exhibit A, the Company agrees to pay to Marlow the $50,000 Supplemental Incentive Bonus Amount, which shall be paid within ten days after the Applicable Termination Date. Such payment shall be contingent on receipt by the Company of the executed additional release attached hereto as Exhibit A.

(h) Withholding and Taxes. All basic salary payments, incentive bonus payments, auto allowance payments and other payments made to Marlow pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to any and all applicable income tax withholding, FICA taxes, FUTA taxes and any other required deductions and withholdings.

(i) No Other Entitlements; Good and Complete Consideration.

(1) Marlow agrees that he is not otherwise entitled to payment or other benefit under any plans or policies of the Company, including, but not limited to, any severance plan.

(2) Marlow covenants and agrees that the amounts and considerations set forth in this Section 4 and Section 6 hereof are in full and complete satisfaction of any and all sums owed to Marlow, if any, by the Company and constitute good and complete consideration for his release contained in Section 12 hereof and obligations under Sections 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 15 and 16 hereof. Marlow agrees that the total of such consideration is in addition to that, if any, which he might otherwise be entitled.

5. STOCK OPTIONS.

(a) Acknowledgments.

(1) The parties acknowledge that, under the 30,000 Share Option Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions thereof,
(i) as a result of the Company's recent 3 for 2 stock split, the 30,000 options covered by the 30,000 Share Option Agreement which had an exercise price of $22.96 per share were adjusted to be an aggregate of 45,000 options with an exercise price of $15.31 per share, and (ii) as adjusted and subject to the other provisions of the 30,000 Share Option Agreement, 15,000 of such options are scheduled to vest on September 6, 2001 (the "First Tranche of 15,000"), 15,000 of such options are scheduled to vest on September 6, 2002 (the "Second Tranche of 15,000") and the remaining 15,000 of such options are scheduled to vest on September 6, 2003 (the "Third Tranche of 15,000").

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-7-                     -------   -------


(2) The parties acknowledge that, under the 220,000 Share Option Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions thereof,
(i) as a result of the Company's recent 3 for 2 stock split, the 220,000 options covered by the 220,000 Share Option Agreement which had an exercise price of $34.44 per share were adjusted to be an aggregate of 330,000 options with an exercise price of $22.96 per share, and (ii) as adjusted and subject to the other provisions of the 220,000 Share Option Agreement, 110,000 of such options are scheduled to vest on September 6, 2001 (the "First Tranche of 110,000"), 110,000 of such options are scheduled to vest on September 6, 2002 (the "Second Tranche of 110,000") and the remaining 110,000 of such options are scheduled to vest on September 6, 2003 (the "Third Tranche of 110,000").

(b) If Marlow Timely Delivers an Extension Notice. So long as Marlow has not breached his obligations under this Agreement and if Marlow timely delivers an Extension Notice, the parties acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Section 5(b) shall apply with respect to the stock options covered by both the 30,000 Share Option Agreement and the 220,000 Share Option Agreement, and the provisions of Section 5(c) shall not be applicable (it being understood that the provisions of this Section 5(b) and the provisions of Section 5(c) hereof shall be mutually exclusive such that if one of such subsections applies, the other shall not):

(1) Because Marlow will be continuing as an employee of the Company during the Extended Employment Continuation Period, the First Tranche of 15,000, in accordance with and subject to the terms of the 30,000 Share Option Agreement, is expected to (i) vest in full on September 6, 2001, and (ii) be exercisable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the 30,000 Share Option Agreement at any time commencing on September 6, 2001 and ending December 15, 2001 (i.e., three months after the termination of Marlow's employment with the Company on the Applicable Termination Date).

(2) Because Marlow's employment relationship with the Company will terminate on September 15, 2001, any and all rights to the options covered by the Second Tranche of 15,000 and any and all rights to the options covered by the Third Tranche of 15,000 will terminate in accordance with and subject to the terms of the 30,000 Share Option Agreement, because no portion of the options comprising the Second Tranche of 15,000 and no portion of the options comprising the Third Tranche of 15,000 will have vested or will have become exercisable as of that date. As such, Marlow confirms that, effective as of September 15, 2001 and as a result of the termination as of such date, (i) he shall be considered to have relinquished any and all rights he may then have, may have had or in the future would have had under the options comprising the Second Tranche of 15,000 and under the options comprising the Third Tranche of 15,000 and (ii) the options comprising the Second Tranche of 15,000 and the options comprising the Third Tranche of 15,000 shall become null and void in all respects.

(3) Because Marlow will be continuing as an employee of the Company during the Extended Employment Continuation Period, the First Tranche of 110,000, in accordance with and subject to the terms of the 220,000 Share Option Agreement, is expected to (i) vest in full on September 6, 2001, and (ii) be exercisable in accordance with the terms and conditions of the

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-8-                     -------   -------


220,000 Share Option Agreement at any time commencing on September 6, 2001 and ending December 15, 2001 (i.e., three months after the termination of Marlow's employment with the Company on the Applicable Termination Date).

(4) Because Marlow's employment relationship with the Company will terminate on September 15, 2001, any and all rights to the options covered by the Second Tranche of 110,000 and any and all rights to the options covered by the Third Tranche of 110,000 will terminate in accordance with and subject to the terms of the 220,000 Share Option Agreement, because no portion of the options comprising the Second Tranche of 110,000 and no portion of the options comprising the Third Tranche of 110,000 will have vested or will have become exercisable as of that date. As such, Marlow confirms that, effective as of September 15, 2001 and as a result of the termination as of such date, (i) he shall be considered to have relinquished any and all rights he may then have, may have had or in the future would have had under the options comprising the Second Tranche of 110,000 and under the options comprising the Third Tranche of 110,000 and (ii) the options comprising the Second Tranche of 110,000 and the options comprising the Third Tranche of 110,000 shall become null and void in all respects.

(c) If Marlow Does Not Timely Deliver an Extension Notice. So long as Marlow has not breached his obligations under this Agreement and if Marlow does not timely deliver an Extension Notice, the parties acknowledge and agree that the provisions of this Section 5(c) shall apply with respect to the stock options covered by both the 30,000 Share Option Agreement and the 220,000 Share Option Agreement, and the provisions of Section 5(b) hereof shall not be applicable (it being understood that the provisions of this
Section 5(c) and the provisions of Section 5(b) hereof shall be mutually exclusive such that if one of such subsections applies, the other shall not):

(1) Because Marlow's employment relationship with the Company will terminate on September 1, 2001, any and all rights to the options covered by the 30,000 Share Option Agreement will terminate in accordance with and subject to the terms of the 30,000 Share Option Agreement, because no portion of any of the options under the 30,000 Share Option Agreement will have vested or will have become exercisable as of that date. As such, Marlow confirms that, effective as of September 1, 2001 and as a result of his termination as of such date, (i) he shall be considered to have relinquished any and all rights he may then have, may have had or in the future would have had under the options covered by the 30,000 Share Option Agreement and (ii) all of the options covered by the 30,000 Share Option Agreement, including the First Tranche of 15,000, the Second Tranche of 15,000 and the Third Tranche of 15,000 shall become null and void in all respects.

(2) Because Marlow's employment relationship with the Company will terminate on September 1, 2001, any and all rights to the options covered by the 220,000 Share Option Agreement will terminate in accordance with and subject to the terms of the 220,000 Share Option Agreement, because no portion of any of the options under the 220,000 Share Option Agreement will have vested or will have become exercisable as of that date. As such, Marlow confirms that, effective as of September 1, 2001 and as a result of his termination as of such date, (i)

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-9-                     -------   -------


he shall be considered to have relinquished any and all rights he may then have, may have had or in the future would have had under the options covered by the 220,000 Share Option Agreement and (ii) all of the options covered by the 220,000 Share Option Agreement, including the First Tranche of 110,000, the Second Tranche of 110,000 and the Third Tranche of 110,000 shall become null and void in all respects.

6. PURSUIT OF CLAIM AND LIMITED INDEMNIFICATION WITH RESPECT TO DORADO DISPUTE.

(1) The parties acknowledge that a dispute exists between Dorado of Naples ("Dorado") and Marlow relative to a contract under which Marlow, subject to specified terms and conditions, was to purchase certain real estate from Dorado and that counsel for Dorado has advised the law firm of Smoot Adams (counsel for Marlow and his wife) that suit had been filed regarding this matter. Marlow is seeking return of a $100,000 deposit that he had given to Dorado and Dorado has asserted that the deposit has been forfeited as liquidated damages.

(2) The Company agrees to pay Marlow's reasonable costs and expenses incurred with the Smoot Adams firm in defending against Dorado's position that it is entitled to retain the entire deposit and in pursuing Marlow's claim that he is entitled to a return of the deposit, it being understood that such agreement to pay reasonable costs and expenses shall not extend to costs and expenses in defending any other claims asserted by Dorado. Although Marlow and the Company believe that Marlow should be entitled to a return of the full deposit under the terms of the applicable real estate contract and intend to vigorously defend Dorado's claim to the contrary and to vigorously pursue Marlow's claim for a return of the deposit, the Company agrees to indemnify Marlow for any portion of the deposit that may not be returned by Dorado after the dispute has been finally resolved either by way of final court action, binding arbitration or settlement; provided however that the Company's liability to Marlow with respect to this indemnity for any unreturned deposit or any other liability of Marlow under the applicable real estate contract shall under no circumstances exceed $100,000.

(3) Because of the Company's agreement to pay the reasonable costs and expense of litigation and to provide Marlow with this limited indemnity, it is agreed that the Company, at its option, shall have the right to take the primary role in directing the defense/pursuit of this dispute from the perspective of Marlow's interest, with Marlow also providing input and having the right to consult in good faith. In addition, provided that any settlement relates only to the payment/retention of money and does not require any payment of money by Marlow (other than forfeiture of all or a portion of the deposit), the Company may require that such settlement be entered into and effectuated, after consultation in good faith with Marlow.

7. RETURN OF COMPANY ASSETS AND PROPERTY. As promptly as possible following the execution of this Agreement, Marlow will return to the Company (1) all company credit cards and company calling cards in Marlow's possession, (2) all keys and security badges providing access to any of the Company's facilities and all Company owned equipment in Marlow's possession, and (3)

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-10-                    -------   -------


all documents, papers, information and software remaining in his possession that he obtained from the Company, or that belong to the Company, without retaining any copies thereof.

8. REMOVAL OF PERSONAL PROPERTY FROM THE COMPANY'S OFFICES. The Company acknowledges that certain property belonging to Marlow may remain physically located at the Company's offices, including without limitation, certain office furniture, computer equipment and wall hangings. The Company agrees to permit Marlow, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice to a senior officer of the Company and for a period ending on June 30, 2001, to remove or arrange for the removal of such personal effects.

9. TRANSITION EMPLOYMENT.

(1) From the date hereof, through and including the Applicable Termination Date, and for no additional compensation other than provided in this Agreement, Marlow shall continue as an employee of the Company under common law rules and, as such, shall make himself available to provide such advice and assistance as the Company may from time to time during such period reasonably request in order to effectuate a smooth transition of management associated with Marlow's departure from the Company on the Applicable Termination Date; provided that such services shall not exceed, without the consent of Marlow, twenty five hours from the date of this Agreement until September 1, 2001 (and an additional five hours if the Applicable Termination Date is extended in the manner provided herein to September 15, 2001); and provided further that all such services shall be provided by way of communications directly with Marvin Gralnick or Scott Edmonds or as otherwise may be authorized in writing by Marvin Gralnick or Scott Edmonds. During the Base Employment Continuation Period and any Extended Employment Continuation Period, the Company shall have the right to control and direct Marlow not only as to the results to be accomplished by Marlow but also as to the detail and means by which such results are accomplished by Marlow. The parties acknowledge that, among other matters, Marlow's services as an employee are being continued until the Applicable Termination Date because of his past involvement in helping to coordinate efforts concerning the Company's relationships with the factories utilized to assemble the Company's merchandise and fabric purchases and warehousing for the fabric and because of the importance of such relationships, merchandise and inventories to the continued success of the Company.

(2) The Company anticipates that the services to be rendered by Marlow from June 15, 2001 through the Applicable Termination Date will be performed away from the Company's Ft. Myers offices with communications provided principally by way of telephone; however, Marlow agrees to provide such services at the Ft. Myers offices of the Company if expressly requested to do so by senior executives of the Company and if his reasonable costs of travel to Ft. Myers are paid by the Company in accordance with the Company's expense reimbursement policies. Otherwise, in the performance of such services, Marlow shall not be required to travel.

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-11-                    -------   -------


10. PROPERTY RIGHTS AND USE OR DISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION; NONSOLICITATION. Marlow shall continue to be bound in all respects by the provisions of the Employment Agreement relating to Confidentiality as contained in Section 10 thereof and the provisions of the Employment Agreement relating to Nonsolicitation as contained in Section 11 thereof; and notwithstanding the termination of the Employment Agreement in all other respects, such Sections 10 and 11 shall continue in force and effect as separately enforceable agreements as if such provisions were contained herein. Such continuing obligations shall be in addition to Marlow's obligations arising under applicable law including without limitation the obligations relating to trade secrets arising under Chapter 688, Florida Statutes. For purposes of the continuing effectiveness of the provisions of Section 11 of the Employment Agreement, Marlow's employment under Section 9 of this Agreement shall be considered continued employment of Marlow by the Company through the end of the Base Employment Continuation Period or the Extended Employment Continuation Period, as the case may be, and the additional two (2) year restriction period contemplated by the provisions of Section 11 of the Employment Agreement shall be considered to begin as of the applicable Termination Date (September 1, 2001 or September 15, 2001, as the case may be).

11. NON-DISPARAGEMENT; PUBLIC DISCLOSURE.

(1) Marlow covenants and agrees that he will not make any disparaging remarks, whether orally or in writing, about the Company, its subsidiaries and/or related entities, its products, services, officers, Board of Directors, managers, supervisors, and employees, to any persons whatsoever. The obligation under this Section includes, but is not limited to, refraining from making any disparaging, degrading or demeaning remarks or casting any aspersions on the Company which are reasonably likely to have a harmful effect on its reputation. Marlow will not communicate with the press or make any press release or other similar public disclosure regarding the circumstances leading up to this Agreement except after consulting in good faith with the Company.

(2) Neither the Company nor any of its directors or senior officers will issue any formal Company sponsored release or formal Company sponsored communication with the press, or issue any press release or other similar formal public disclosure regarding the circumstances leading up to this Agreement, except after consulting in good faith with Marlow; provided however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to prohibit the Company from making any disclosure which is required in order to fulfill the Company's disclosure obligations imposed by law.

12. GENERAL RELEASES BY MARLOW; CONDITION TO SUBSEQUENT DELIVERY OF GENERAL RELEASES BY THE COMPANY.

(1) Marlow, for himself, his heirs, personal representatives, and assigns, does hereby remise, release and forever discharge the Company and its respective officers, directors, employees, agents, shareholders, and affiliates, including, but not limited to, the Company, its respective predecessors, successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators, the Company's benefit

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-12-                    -------   -------


plans, including the 401(k) Plan, the benefit plan's trustees, administrators, and all other fiduciaries, employees, and their agents (collectively, "Releasees"), of and from any and all manner of actions and causes of action, suits, debts, claims, and demands whatsoever at law or in equity, known or unknown, actual or contingent, which Marlow and his heirs, executors, administrators, agents, distributees, beneficiaries, successors in interest and assignees, ever had or now have or in the future may have, by reason of any matter, cause or thing whatsoever from the beginning of the world to the day of the date of these presents. The Release by Marlow includes, but is not limited to the following (except that such Release shall not operate to release the Company from its express obligations under this Agreement):

(1) Any and all claims for salary, wages, compensation, monetary relief, employment benefits, including but not limited to, any claims for benefits under, or contribution to, an associate benefits plan, profit sharing or any retirement plan, capital stock, bonuses, merit and longevity increases, and all other benefits of all kind, earnings, backpay, front pay, liquidated, and other damages, interest, attorney's fees and costs, compensatory damages, punitive damages, damage to character, damage to reputation, emotional distress, mental anguish, depression, injury, impairment in locating employment, financial loss, pain and suffering, injunctive and declaratory relief arising from his employment with the Company or his separation thereof.

(2) Any and all claims growing out of, resulting from, or connected in any way to Marlow's employment with the Company, and/or the separation thereof, including any and all claims for discrimination, including but not limited to discrimination on the basis of race, national origin, color, religion, handicap or disability, age, sex, harassment of any kind, including sexual harassment, retaliation, whistleblowing, breach of contract, rescission, promises, claims under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA") [29 U.S.C. Sections 1001-1461], as amended, including ERISA Section 510 and any claims to benefits under any and all bonus, severance or any other similar plan sponsored by the Company now and hereafter, torts of all kinds, including but not limited to, misrepresentation, negligent or otherwise, fraud, defamation, slander, libel, worker's compensation retaliation, interference with an advantageous business relationship, negligent employment, including negligent hiring, negligent retention, and negligent supervision, discrimination, claims or rights under state and federal whistleblower legislation, including Sections 448.101-448.105, Florida Statutes, as amended, the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 [Pub. L. 99-509], as amended ("COBRA"), the Florida Health Insurance Coverage Continuation Act ("FHICCA"), the Family and Medical Leave Act [29 U.S.C. Sections 2601-2654], as amended ("FMLA"), the Americans with Disabilities Act [42 U.S.C. Sections 12101-12213], as amended ("ADA"), the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, as amended ("ADEA"), the Polygraph Protection Act, the Internal Revenue Code [Title 26, U.S.C.], as amended, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act [29 U.S.C. Section 621-630], as amended ("OWBPA"), the Equal Pay Act [29 U.S.C. Section 206(d)], as amended ('EPA"), Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 [42 U.S.C. Section 2000e-2000e-17], as amended ("Title VII"), the Florida Civil Rights Act of 1992 [Sections 760.02-760.11, Fla. Stats.], as amended ("FCRA"), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 [38 U.S.C. Sections 4301-4333] ("USERRA"), the National Labor Relations Act [29 U.S.C. Sections 151-169], as amended ("NLRA"), the Occupational Safety

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-13-                    -------   -------


and Health Act [29 U.S.C. Sections 651-678], as amended ("OSHA"), the Fair Labor Standards Act [29 U.S.C. Sections 201-219], as amended ("FLSA"), retaliation pursuant to Section 440.205 Florida Statutes, and any other claim of any kind.

(3) Marlow agrees that if he violates this Agreement by suing Releasees with respect to any matter for which he has herein released the Company, he will pay all costs, damages, and expenses of defending the suit incurred by Releasees or those associated with Releasees, including reasonable attorneys' fees and all further costs and fees.

(2) In exchange for Marlow's agreement to execute the release attached hereto as Exhibit A on or shortly after the applicable Termination Date, and provided such release is executed and delivered to the Company on or shortly after the applicable Termination Date and subject to compliance with the remaining terms of this Agreement and the terms of the release set forth in Exhibit A, the Company shall pay the $50,000 Supplemental Incentive Bonus Amount as more specifically provided in Section 4(g) hereof and shall execute and deliver the release attached hereto as Exhibit B.

13. ENFORCEMENT; ATTORNEYS' FEES. If, within 10 days after demand to comply with the obligations of one of the parties to this Agreement served in writing on the other, compliance or reasonable assurance of compliance is not forthcoming, and the other party engages the services of an attorney to enforce rights under this Agreement, the prevailing party in any action shall be entitled to recover all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees before and at trial and in appellate proceedings).

14. NOTICES. Any notice, request, demand, consent, approval, instruction or other communication required or permitted under this Agreement (collectively a "notice") shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if delivered in person, sent by telex or telecopier, sent by a reputable overnight courier service or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

If to Marlow:            Tedford Marlow
                         553 Weed Street
                         New Caanan, Connecticut 06840
                         Telecopy: (203) 966-6180
                                                 -------

If to the Company:       Chico's FAS, Inc.
                         11215 Metro Parkway
                         Ft. Myers, FL 33912
                         Attn: Marvin J. Gralnick
                         President and Chief Executive Officer
                         Telecopy: (941) 277-7035


                                   Initials   TM         MG
                                            -------   -------
                                       Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
                    -14-                    -------   -------


Any notice which is delivered personally in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to have been duly given to the party to whom it is directed upon actual receipt by such party (or by such party's agent for notices hereunder). Any notice which is addressed and mailed in the manner herein provided shall be presumed to have been duly given to the party to whom it is addressed at the close of business, local time of the recipient, on the fifth day after the date it is so placed in the mail. Any notice which is telexed or telecopied in the manner provided herein shall be presumed to have been duly given to the party to whom it is directed upon confirmation of such telex or telecopy. Any notice which is sent by a reputable overnight courier service in the manner provided herein shall be presumed to have been duly given to the party to which it is addressed at the close of business on the next day after the day it is deposited with such courier service.

Any person wishing to change the person or address to whom notices are to be given may do so by complying with the foregoing notice provisions.

15. OTHER FUTURE COOPERATION. It is agreed and understood that, notwithstanding the other provisions of this Agreement, Marlow will continue after the Employment Continuation Period to make himself available and cooperate in any reasonable manner at reasonable times in providing assistance to the Company in concluding any matters which are presently pending but only to the extent that Marlow was directly involved in such matter while in the Company's employ. In securing such cooperation, the Company will be reasonable in considering other commitments and time constraints that Marlow may have at the time such assistance is requested. It is understood that such cooperation and assistance shall be without additional compensation to Marlow. Should Marlow ever receive notice of a subpoena in the future or other attempt to talk with him or attempt to obtain his testimony relating to or regarding the Company in any way, Marlow agrees to notify counsel for the Company, Gary I. Teblum, 101 E. Kennedy Boulevard, Suite 2700, Tampa, Florida 33602, (813) 227-7457 (phone) or (813) 229-6553 (fax) and to provide a copy of any subpoena or request, within two (2) calendar days of receipt of such notice. Further, Marlow agrees to and authorizes, at the Company's expense, the assertion of an objection or objections and a motion for protective order, motion to quash or other legal proceeding ("legal proceeding") in order that all legal rights of the Company, including those set forth in the Agreement, may be fully protected. Marlow agrees that he will not respond to any attempt to talk with him or obtain his testimony, should a legal proceeding be asserted, until such legal proceeding has been finally determined. Marlow further agrees that a representative, in behalf of, chosen by, and at the expense of the Company, will have the opportunity to participate fully during any testimony, statements or communication by him in any proceeding relating to the Company, including raising objections to any examination, examining witnesses, and the right to have a record made by a court reporter or other means of the testimony, statements or communication or objections. Within the restrictions set forth in this Section 15, Marlow shall provide truthful testimony to or before a court or regulatory body.

16. WAIVER OF REINSTATEMENT/COVENANT NOT TO RE-APPLY. As part of the settlement, Marlow specifically waives any present and future claim to reinstatement or employment with the

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-15-                    -------   -------


Company at any time in the future. Marlow further specifically agrees, as a condition of his receipt and retention of the sums and other consideration provided for herein, not to seek employment with the Company at any time in the future.

17. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS; APPLICABLE LAW. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Marlow and his heirs, administrators, representatives, executors, successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Releasees and each of them, and to their respective heirs, administrators, representatives, executors, successors and assigns. This Agreement shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the state of Florida.

18. COMPLETE AGREEMENT. This Agreement shall constitute the full and complete agreement between the parties concerning its subject matter and fully supersedes any and all other prior agreements or understandings between the parties regarding the subject matter hereto. This Agreement shall not be modified or amended except by a written instrument signed by both Marlow and an authorized representative of the Company.

19. SEVERABILITY. The unenforceability or invalidity of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect its other provisions and to the extent necessary to give such other provisions effect, they shall be deemed severable.

20. WAIVER OF BREACH; SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. The waiver of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any other breach. Each of the parties to this Agreement will be entitled to enforce its rights under this Agreement specifically to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in its favor. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that money damages may not be an adequate remedy for any breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement and that any party may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief in order to enforce or prevent any violations of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

21. NO ADMISSIONS OF LIABILITY. This Agreement shall not in any way be construed as an admission by the Company or Marlow of any improper actions or liability whatsoever as to one another, and each specifically disclaims any liability to or improper actions against the other or any other person, on the part of itself, its employees or its agents.

22. REVERSION OF THE PROCEEDS. Marlow covenants and agrees that all monies received under this Agreement will become immediately due and payable to the Company if Marlow should ever disavow this Agreement, breach any term of this Agreement or if the Agreement is found to be unenforceable.

23. ACKNOWLEDGMENT /VOLUNTARY SIGNING OF AGREEMENT. Marlow warrants, represents, and agrees that he has been encouraged to seek advice from anyone of his choosing regarding this Agreement, including his attorney, accountant or tax advisor prior to his signing it; that this Agreement represents written notice to do so; and that he has been given the opportunity and

               Initials   TM         MG
                        -------   -------
                   Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
-16-                    -------   -------


sufficient time to seek such advice; and that he fully understands the meaning and contents of this Agreement. MARLOW UNDERSTANDS THAT HE HAD THE RIGHT TO TAKE UP TO TWENTY-ONE (21) DAYS TO CONSIDER WHETHER OR NOT HE DESIRES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT. Marlow acknowledges that he has completely read this Agreement and that prior to signing he has had sufficient opportunity to examine it and ask questions and consult with his attorneys and other persons of his own choosing prior to entering into this Agreement. Marlow further acknowledges that this Agreement is being signed voluntarily and without coercion or duress and with full understanding of its terms and effects. Marlow has not been promised any benefit except for the mutual consideration set out herein and there are no other understandings or oral/written agreements relating to the separation of his employment relationship except those set out above. Marlow specifically states that he is executing this Agreement knowingly and voluntarily.

24. Ability to Revoke Agreement. MARLOW UNDERSTANDS THAT HE MAY REVOKE THIS AGREEMENT BY NOTIFYING THE COMPANY IN WRITING OF SUCH REVOCATION WITHIN SEVEN (7) DAYS OF HIS EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THAT THIS AGREEMENT IS NOT EFFECTIVE UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH SEVEN (7) DAYS. HE UNDERSTANDS THAT UPON THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH SEVEN (7) DAY PERIOD THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE BINDING UPON HIM AND HIS HEIRS, ADMINISTRATORS, REPRESENTATIVES, EXECUTORS, SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS AND WILL BE IRREVOCABLE.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement, as of the date first above written.

WITNESS:                               CHICO'S FAS, INC.



/s/ Scott Edmonds                      By: /s/  Marvin J. Gralnick
/s/ Robin Martin                           Marvin J. Gralnick
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer

I UNDERSTAND THAT BY SIGNING THIS AGREEMENT, I AM GIVING UP RIGHTS I MAY HAVE. I UNDERSTAND THAT I DO NOT HAVE TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT.

WITNESS:

/s/ Traci Fields                       /s/ Tedford Marlow
/s/ Mary M. Curry                      Tedford Marlow


                                                     Initials   TM         MG
                                                              -------   -------
                                                         Date 6/15/01   6/15/01
                                      -17-                    -------   -------


EXHIBIT 10.21

SECOND AMENDMENT TO 1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN

This Second Amendment to the Chico's FAS, Inc. 1993 Stock Option Plan, which permits the grant of stock options with a vesting schedule more accelerated than over a period of three years, is hereby adopted, effective this 8th day of February, 2002, as follows:

1. The lead in paragraph to Section 2.4 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

No ISO shall be exercisable either in whole or in part prior to twelve (12) months from the date it is granted. The Committee, in its discretion exercised at the time that it grants an ISO, shall establish such further restrictions on when an ISO shall become partially or fully exercisable; and, unless otherwise specified by the Committee in the grant and reflected in the option agreement or certificate, the vesting provisions for the ISO shall be in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

2. The lead in paragraph to Section 3.4 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

The Committee, in its discretion exercised at the time that it grants a NSO, shall establish such further restrictions on when a NSO shall become partially or fully exercisable; and, unless otherwise specified by the Committee in the grant and reflected in the option agreement or certificate, the vesting provisions for the NSO shall be in accordance with the following vesting schedule:


EXHIBIT 10.22

CHICO'S FAS, INC.

2002 OMNIBUS STOCK AND INCENTIVE PLAN


CHICO'S FAS, INC.
2002 OMNIBUS STOCK AND INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE 1........................................................................................1
        Establishment; Purpose; Awards...........................................................1
               1.1     Establishment; Purpose....................................................1
               1.2     Types of Awards Under Plan................................................1

ARTICLE 2........................................................................................1
        DEFINITIONS..............................................................................1
               2.1     "Award(s)"................................................................1
               2.2     "Award Agreement(s)"......................................................1
               2.3     "Board" or "Board of Directors"...........................................1
               2.4     "Change in Control".......................................................2
               2.5     "Code"....................................................................2
               2.6     "Committee"...............................................................2
               2.7     "Common Stock"............................................................2
               2.8     "Company" ................................................................2
               2.10    "Exchange Act"............................................................3
               2.11    "Fair Market Value".......................................................3
               2.12    "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO".........................................3
               2.13    "Insider".................................................................3
               2.14    "Non-Employee Director"...................................................3
               2.15    "Non-Qualified Stock Option" or "NSO".....................................3
               2.16    "Option"..................................................................3
               2.17    "Option Period"...........................................................4
               2.18    "Participant".............................................................4
               2.19    "Performance-Based Exception".............................................4
               2.20    "Plan"....................................................................4
               2.21    "Plan Administrator"......................................................4
               2.22    "Restricted Stock"........................................................4
               2.23    "Restricted Stock Units"..................................................4
               2.24    "Restriction Agreement"...................................................4
               2.25    "Restriction Period"......................................................4
               2.26    "Securities Exchange Act of 1934".........................................4
               2.27    "Stock Option Agreement"..................................................4
               2.28    "Subsidiary"..............................................................4

ARTICLE 3........................................................................................4
        Eligible Persons.........................................................................4
               3.1     Eligibility...............................................................4


               3.2     Selection of Participants.................................................5
               3.3     General Effect of Award...................................................5

ARTICLE 4........................................................................................5
        Shares Subject to the Plan and Maximum Awards............................................5
               4.1     Sources of Shares Available for Grants and Limits on Shares Subject to the
                       Plan......................................................................5
               4.2     Maximum Awards............................................................6
               4.3     Adjustments to Limitations................................................6

ARTICLE 5........................................................................................7
        Administration...........................................................................7
               5.1     General...................................................................7
               5.2     Power and Authority.......................................................7
               5.3     Other Factors; Determinations Final.......................................8
               5.4     Quorum; Actions...........................................................9
               5.5     Delegation................................................................9
               5.6     No Liability; Indemnification.............................................9

ARTICLE 6.......................................................................................10
        Stock Options...........................................................................10
               6.1     General Method of Grant..................................................10
               6.2     Automatic Grants - Non-Employee Directors................................10
               6.3     Number of Shares.........................................................10
               6.4     Option Price.............................................................11
               6.5     Date of Grant............................................................11
               6.6     Method of Payment........................................................11
               6.7     Option Exercise Period...................................................12
               6.8     Certain Interpretations..................................................13
               6.9     Exercise and Vesting of Options..........................................13
               6.10    Multiple Grants in Single Agreement......................................14
               6.11    Minimum Exercise.........................................................14
               6.12    Other Provisions.........................................................14
               6.13    Special Provisions for Incentive Stock Options...........................15

ARTICLE 7.......................................................................................15
        Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.............................................15
               7.1     Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units;
                       Restriction Period.......................................................15

               7.2     Restricted Stock.........................................................16
               7.3     Restricted Stock Units...................................................16
               7.4     Lapse of Restrictions; Awards Subject to Time Goal.......................17


               7.5     Lapse of Restrictions; Awards Subject to Price/Time Goal or Performance
                       Goal.....................................................................17
               7.6     Forfeitures..............................................................17

ARTICLE 8.......................................................................................18
        Miscellaneous...........................................................................18
               8.1     Adjustment of Number of Shares, Etc......................................18
               8.2     Transferability..........................................................19
               8.3     Change in Control........................................................19
               8.4     Performance Based Compensation...........................................19
               8.5     Beneficiary Designation..................................................19
               8.6     Tax Withholding..........................................................20
               8.7     Gender and Number........................................................20
               8.8     Choice of Law............................................................20
               8.9     No Stockholder Rights....................................................20
               8.10    Amendments; Exchanges, Termination or Suspension.........................21
               8.11    Listing and Registration of Common Stock.................................21
               8.12    Compliance with Applicable Laws..........................................22
               8.13    Stock Certificates; Book Entry...........................................22
               8.14    No Implied Rights to Employees...........................................22
               8.15    Necessity for Delay......................................................22
               8.16    Use of Proceeds..........................................................23
               8.17    No Obligation to Exercise................................................23
               8.18    Assignment by Company; Third Party Beneficiaries.........................23
               8.19    Effective Date...........................................................23
               8.20    Term of the Plan.........................................................23


CHICO'S FAS, INC.
2002 OMNIBUS STOCK AND INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE 1

ESTABLISHMENT; PURPOSE; AWARDS

1.1 Establishment; Purpose. Chico's FAS, Inc. (the "Company") hereby establishes the 2002 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan (the "Plan") in order to (i) attract and retain Participants as long-term employees or directors; (ii) motivate Participants, by means of appropriate incentives, to achieve long-range goals; (iii) provide incentive compensation opportunities that are competitive with those of other similar companies; and (iv) further identify Participants' interests with those of the Company's other stockholders through compensation based on the Company's common stock; and, as a result of the foregoing, promote the long-term financial interest of the Company and its stockholders.

1.2 Types of Awards Under Plan. Under the Plan, the Company may grant Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units.

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS

The following words and terms as used herein shall have that meaning set forth in this Article 2, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context. Whenever appropriate, words used in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa, and the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.

2.1 "Award(s)" shall mean any award or benefit granted or awarded under the Plan, including, without limitation, Options, Restricted Stock, and Restricted Stock Units.

2.2 "Award Agreement(s)" shall mean any document, agreement or certificate deemed by the Committee as necessary or advisable to be entered into with or delivered to a Participant in connection with or as a condition precedent to the valid completion of the grant of an Award under the Plan. Award Agreements include Stock Option Agreements and Restriction Agreements.

2.3 "Board" or "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

                      Chico's FAS, Inc.                          Page 1
               Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan

2.4      "Change in Control" shall mean:

         (a)      a change in control of the Company of a nature that
                  is required, pursuant to the Exchange Act to be
                  reported in response to Item 1(a) of a Current

Report on Form 8-K or Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A, in each case, as such requirements are in effect on January 1, 2002;

(b) the adoption by the Company of a plan of dissolution or liquidation;

(c) the closing of a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

(d) the closing of a merger, reorganization or similar transaction (a "Transaction") involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or, if the Company is the surviving corporation, immediately following the closing of the Transaction, persons who were stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the Transaction own less than 75% of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation's voting securities; or

(e) the acquisition of "Beneficial Ownership" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act as in effect on January 1, 2002) of the Company's securities comprising 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities by any "person" (as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, but not including any trustee or fiduciary acting in that capacity for an employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company) and such person's "affiliates" and "associates" (as those terms are defined under the Exchange Act).

Notwithstanding any provision above to the contrary, no Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred with respect to any particular Participant by virtue of a transaction, or series of transactions, that results in the Participant, or a group of persons including the Participant, acquiring the Beneficial Ownership of more than 25% of the combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities.

2.5 "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Reference to a specific section of the Code shall include a reference to any successor or replacement provision.

2.6 "Committee" shall mean the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board of Directors, as defined in Article 5.

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 2 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


2.7 "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

2.8 "Company" shall mean Chico's FAS, Inc. and its successors.

2.9 "Employee" shall mean any employee of the Company or of a Subsidiary. Directors who are employed by the Company or by a Subsidiary shall be considered Employees under the Plan.

2.10 "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor statute.

2.11 "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) if the Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(b) if the Common Stock is then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or Nasdaq SmallCap Market, its closing price on such market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(c) if the Common Stock is publicly traded but is not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and is not listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or

(d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Committee in good faith.

2.12 "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO" shall mean an Option that is intended to qualify as an "incentive stock option" under Section 422 of the Code.

2.13 "Insider" shall mean an individual who is, on the relevant date, subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

2.14 "Non-Employee Director" shall mean (a) a member of the Board of Directors who is not an Employee or (b) a member of the board of directors (or comparable governing body) of a Subsidiary who is not an Employee.

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 3 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


2.15 "Non-Qualified Stock Option" or "NSO" shall mean an Option that is not intended to qualify as an "incentive stock option" under Section 422 of the Code.

2.16 "Option" shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option granted in accordance with the provisions of Article 6.

2.17 "Option Period" is defined in Section 6.6.

2.18 "Participant" shall mean any Employee or any Non-Employee Director to whom an Award is granted under the Plan or who holds an outstanding Award.

2.19 "Performance-Based Exception" shall mean the performance-based exception from the tax deductibility limitation imposed by
Section 162(m) of the Code, as set forth in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

2.20 "Plan" shall mean the Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as amended from time to time.

2.21 "Plan Administrator" shall mean the Company's Vice President
- Human Resources, or such other person designated by the Committee to act as Plan Administrator.

2.22 "Restricted Stock" shall mean shares of Common Stock subject to the provisions of Article 7 and granted in an Award in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.

2.23 "Restricted Stock Units" shall mean the right to receive shares of Common Stock or the cash equivalent thereof subject to the provisions of Article 7 granted as an Award in accordance with the provisions of Article 7.

2.24 "Restriction Agreement" is defined in Section 7.4.

2.25 "Restriction Period" is defined in Section 7.3.

2.26 "Securities Exchange Act of 1934" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor or replacement statute or regulation of similar import.

2.27 "Stock Option Agreement" is defined in Section 6.1.

2.28 "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation that at the time qualifies as a subsidiary of the Company under the definition of "subsidiary corporation" contained in Section 424(f) of the Code.

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 4 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


ARTICLE 3

ELIGIBLE PERSONS

3.1 Eligibility. All Employees and Non-Employee Directors are eligible to participate in the Plan. The Company may grant an Award to any Employee who is in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary on the date of a grant of such Award. The Company may grant an Award (other than an Incentive Stock Option) to any person who is a Non-Employee Director on the date of a grant of such Award. During the term of the Plan, the Company shall automatically grant Non-Qualified Stock Options to Non-Employee Directors at such times, in such amounts and in accordance with such terms as are hereinafter provided in the Plan.

3.2 Selection of Participants.

(a) Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from all Employees those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and size of each Award.

(b) The Board of Directors shall determine the discretionary Awards to be granted to the Non-Employee Directors in accordance with the Company's compensation program for Non-Employee Directors, as such program may be determined from time to time.

3.3 General Effect of Award. Each Participant to whom the Committee or the Board of Directors has granted an Award shall be bound by the terms of the Plan and the Award Agreement applicable to him or her.

ARTICLE 4

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN AND MAXIMUM AWARDS

4.1 Sources of Shares Available for Grants and Limits on Shares Subject to the Plan. The Common Stock for which Awards are granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:

(a) The shares of Common Stock with respect to which Awards are made under the Plan shall be shares currently authorized but unissued or currently held or subsequently acquired by the Company as treasury shares, including shares purchased in the open market or in private transactions for use under the Plan.

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 5 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


(b) The maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be delivered to Participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan shall be equal to the sum of: (i) two million (2,000,000) shares of Common Stock; (ii) any shares of Common Stock available for future awards under any prior option plan of the Company (the "Prior Plans") as of the Effective Date (including without limitation the 1992 Stock Option Plan, the 1993 Stock Option Plan and the Non-Employee Directors' Stock Option Plan); and (iii) any shares of Common Stock that are represented by options granted under any Prior Plans which are forfeited, expire or are canceled without delivery of shares of Common Stock.

(c) To the extent provided by the Committee (or by the Board with respect to any Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors), any Award may be settled in cash rather than Common Stock. To the extent any shares of Common Stock covered by an Award are not delivered to a Participant or beneficiary because the Award is forfeited or canceled, or the shares of Common Stock are not delivered because the Award is settled in cash or used to satisfy the applicable tax withholding obligation, such shares shall not be deemed to have been delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Common Stock available for delivery under the Plan.

(d) If the exercise price of any Option granted under the Plan or any Prior Plan is satisfied by tendering shares of Common Stock to the Company (by either actual delivery or by attestation), only the number of shares of Common Stock issued net of the shares of Common Stock tendered shall be deemed delivered for purposes of determining the maximum number of shares of Stock available for delivery under the Plan.

4.2 Maximum Awards. Subject to Section 4.3, the following additional limitations on the maximum numbers of shares of Common Stock in the case of certain Awards are imposed under the Plan:

(a) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued in conjunction with Awards granted pursuant to Article 7 (relating to Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units) shall be four hundred thousand (400,000) shares.

(b) The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be covered by Awards granted to any one individual pursuant to Article 6 (relating to Options) shall be two hundred fifty thousand (250,000) shares during any one calendar-year period.

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 6 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


(c) For Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units that are intended to be "performance-based compensation"
(as that term is used for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code), no more than one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of Common Stock may be subject to such Awards granted to any one individual during any one-calendar-year period. If, after shares have been earned, the delivery is deferred, any additional shares attributable to dividends during the deferral period shall be disregarded.

4.3 Adjustments to Limitations. The number of shares and the limitations on the number of shares set forth in each of the foregoing provisions of this Article 4 shall be subject to adjustment as provided in
Section 8.1.

ARTICLE 5

ADMINISTRATION

5.1 General. Except as otherwise determined by the Board of Directors in its discretion or as otherwise expressly provided for in this Article 5, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee, or if no Committee is appointed and serving as provided herein, by the full Board of Directors. The Committee shall consist of not less than two (2) nor more than five (5) persons, each of whom shall be a member of the Board and a "disinterested person" (as such term is defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) and who also qualify as outside directors within the meaning of
Section 162(m) of the Code and the related regulations. The Board of Directors may from time to time remove members from, or add members to, the Committee. Vacancies on the Committee, howsoever caused, shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

5.2 Power and Authority. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have complete authority, in its discretion:

(a) to interpret the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder, and to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and the Awards granted hereunder;

(b) to determine the terms and provisions of Awards granted hereunder and to make such determinations as to the Participants to receive Awards, the form, amount and timing of such Awards, the terms and provisions of such Awards, and the Award Agreements evidencing the same, which need not be uniform and which the Committee may make selectively among Participants who receive, or who are to receive, Awards under the Plan, whether or not the Participants are similarly situated;

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 7 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


(c) to determine to whom Options shall be granted, the times and the prices at which Options are granted, the Option periods, the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each Option, whether each Option shall be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option, and to determine the terms and provisions of each Option (which need not be identical);

(d) to determine to whom Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be granted, the Restriction Period, the number of shares of Restricted Stock, the terms and provisions (which need not be identical) of awards of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units and whether the Participant has met the goals on or before the close of the Restriction Period;

(e) to impose such limitations with respect to Options, shares issued pursuant to Options, and Restricted Stock, including without limitation, any relating to the application of federal or state securities laws, as the Committee may deem necessary or desirable;

(f) to condition the granting of any Award upon a Participant's entering into a confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nonacceptance, and/or "lock-up" agreement, including without limitation, a confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nonacceptance, and/or "lock-up" agreement included as part of the Award Agreement;

(g) to determine the dates of employment or service of any Participant, and the reasons for termination of any Participant;

(h) to determine whether any leave of absence constitutes a termination of employment or service for purposes of the Plan and Awards made pursuant to the Plan and the impact, if any, of such leave of absence on awards theretofore made under the Plan;

(i) to determine when a person's change of status with respect to the Company constitutes a termination of such person's employment or service for purposes of the Plan and Awards made pursuant to the Plan;

(j) to make such determinations as it deems equitable with respect to the impact, if any, of leaves of absence from the Company upon Awards hereunder;

(k) to grant dividend equivalents upon Awards (other than Restricted Stock for which Participants are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions paid with

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 8 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


respect to shares of Common Stock so held), provided that any such dividend equivalents shall be subject to the terms and conditions imposed by the Committee;

(l) to amend the terms and conditions of any Award Agreement after the grant of the Award to which such Award Agreement relates, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, in a manner that is not adverse to the rights of the Participant receiving such Award as set forth in the Award Agreement or under the Plan; and

(m) to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan and Awards.

With respect to the Non-Employee Directors, the authority conferred by this Section 5.2 shall rest with the Board of Directors and not the Committee.

5.3 Other Factors; Determinations Final. In making determinations under this Article 5, the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective Participant, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company and such other factors as the Committee or the Board, in its discretion, deems relevant. The Committee's determination and the Board's determination on all of the matters referred to in this Article 5 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.

5.4 Quorum; Actions. The Committee shall select one of its members as chairman, and shall hold meetings at such times and places as it may determine. The acts of a majority of the Committee in meetings at which a quorum is present, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee, shall be valid acts of the Committee.

5.5 Delegation. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of a stock exchange, the Committee and the Board shall have the authority to delegate administrative duties, including the authority to respond to and decide claims or appeals under the Plan and to interpret the Plan terms, to one or more of its members, to the Plan Administrator or to any other person or persons selected by it. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Committee or the Board may delegate its authority with respect to (a) non-ministerial actions with respect to Insiders; (b) non- ministerial actions with respect to Awards that are intended to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception; and (c) certifying that any performance goals and other material terms attributable to Awards intended to qualify for the Performance-Based Exception have been satisfied. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, at any time.

5.6 No Liability; Indemnification. No member of the Committee or the Board shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. To the fullest extent permitted

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 9 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


by law, each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee or the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company's approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided that the person shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before the person undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract or under a policy of insurance, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

ARTICLE 6

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1 General Method of Grant. Each Option granted under the Plan to Employees shall be authorized by the Committee and each Option granted under the Plan to Non-Employee Directors shall be authorized by the Board (other than automatic grants to Non-Employee Directors which are considered to have been authorized by the adoption of the Plan). Each Option shall be evidenced by a written agreement or option certificate in such form as the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, from time to time shall approve or authorize (the "Stock Option Agreement"), which shall be executed by the Company and by the Participant, and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Article 6.

6.2 Automatic Grants - Non-Employee Directors.

(a) Each Non-Employee Director shall be granted automatically (and following the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors, without the need for any further action on the part of the Board of Directors) an NSO for 10,000 shares of Common Stock upon his or her initial appointment to the Board and the grant date of such Option shall be the date of such initial appointment.

(b) In addition, each year, as of the date of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Company, each Non-Employee Director who immediately prior to the Annual Meeting is then serving as a member of the Board and who is either reelected or continues as a member of the Board after the adjournment of the Annual Meeting shall be granted automatically (and following the adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors, without the need for any further action on the part of the Board of Directors) an NSO for 10,000 shares of Common Stock and the grant date of such Option shall be the date of such Annual Meeting.

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 10 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


(c) The number of shares of Common Stock which are to be initially reflected in each automatic grant under this Section 6.2 shall remain at 10,000 shares and shall not be adjusted as a result of the types of events covered by Section 8.1. For example, if the Company were to effectuate a two-for-one stock split, the then outstanding NSO's previously granted to Non-Employee Directors under this Section 6.2 would be proportionately and appropriately adjusted as provided for in Section 8.1. However, any Non-Employee Director newly-elected after such stock split would receive an NSO for 10,000 shares upon his or her initial appointment and at the next following Annual Meeting, each of the Non-Employee Directors entitled to receive automatic grants under Section 6.2(b) would receive an NSO for 10,000 shares of Common Stock.

6.3 Number of Shares.

(a) The number of shares of Common Stock covered by an Option granted to an Employee shall be established in each case by the Committee on the date of grant.

(b) Except as otherwise provided with respect to automatic grants provided for in Section 6.2, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by an Option granted to a Non-Employee Director shall be established in each case by the Board on or as of the date of grant.

6.4 Option Price.

(a) The price at which shares of Common Stock covered by each Option granted to an Employee may be purchased pursuant thereto shall be established or determined by a method established in each case by the Committee on or as of the date of grant and such price or method shall be stated in the Stock Option Agreement; provided, however, that the purchase price shall be an amount not less than the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock at the time the Option is granted.

(b) The price at which shares of Common Stock covered by each Option automatically granted to a Non-Employee Director pursuant to
Section 6.2 shall be the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant.

(c) With respect to Options granted to a Non-Employee Director other than automatic grants pursuant to Section 6.2, the price at which shares of Common Stock covered by each such Option may be purchased pursuant thereto shall be established or determined by a method established in each case by the Board on or as of the date of grant and such price or method shall be stated in the Stock Option Agreement; provided, however, that the price at which shares of Common Stock may be purchased shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant.

6.5 Date of Grant. Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.2 with respect to automatic grants of Options to Non-Employee Directors, the date on which or as of which the Committee or the

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 11 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


Board, as the case may be, approves the grant of an Option shall be considered to be the respective "date of grant" for all purposes under the Plan.

6.6 Method of Payment. The purchase price of the shares of Common Stock which may be purchased pursuant to each Option shall be subject to the following:

(a) Subject to the other provisions of this Section 6.6, the full option price for shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of any Option shall be paid at the time of exercise (except that, in the case of an exercise arrangement approved by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, and described in Section 6.6(c), payment may be made as soon as practicable after the exercise).

(b) The option price shall be payable (A) in United States dollars in cash or by check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company, (B) by the delivery of shares of Common Stock already owned by the Participant, in a manner acceptable to the Committee or the Board, as the case may be; (C) by any other legally permissible means acceptable to the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, specified in the Stock Option Agreement; or (D) at the discretion of the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, through a combination of some or all of the preceding payment methods provided such combination is specified in the Stock Option Agreement. Shares of Common Stock delivered as payment will be valued at their Fair Market Value on the day of delivery for the purpose of determining the extent to which the option purchase price has been paid thereby, or as otherwise determined by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, in its respective discretion pursuant to any reasonable method contemplated by Section 422 of the Code.

(c) To the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, may permit a Participant to elect to pay the option purchase price upon the exercise of an Option by irrevocably authorizing a third party to sell shares of Common Stock (or a sufficient portion of the shares) acquired upon exercise of the Option and remit to the Company a sufficient portion of the sale proceeds to pay the entire option purchase price and any tax withholding resulting from such exercise and sale.

                      Chico's FAS, Inc.                         Page 12
               Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan

6.7      Option Exercise Period.

(a) Each Stock Option Agreement with respect to each Option automatically granted to a Non-Employee Director pursuant to Section 6.2 shall provide that the Option may be exercised by the Participant in such portions and at such times as may be specified in such Stock Option Agreement, within a period ending ten (10) years after the date of grant (the "Option Period"). Subject to the Option Period specified in this Section 6.7(a) and the vesting and exercise provisions of Section 6.9, if a Participant ceases to be a director of the Company for any reason before the date of expiration of the Option Period of any Option automatically granted to a Non-Employee Director pursuant to Section 6.2, all rights to exercise such Option and purchase Common Stock thereunder shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the date of expiration of the applicable Option Term or (ii) five (5) years following the date on which such person ceases to be a director of the Company.

(b) Each Stock Option Agreement with respect to any Option other than an Option automatically granted to a Non-Employee Director pursuant to Section 6.2 shall provide that the Option may be exercised by the Participant in such portions and at such times as may be specified in such Stock Option Agreement, subject to an Option Period ending not later than ten
(10) years after the date of grant; provided, however, that the Option Period shall end on the date specified in such Stock Option Agreement or, with respect to any Option granted to an Employee, if earlier, the ending date of the period specified in the next sentence. An Option granted to an Employee may be exercised only during the Option Period and only:

                  (1)      during the continuance of the Participant's
                           employment with the Company or a
                           Subsidiary;

                  (2)      if the Participant terminates employment
                           with the Company or a Subsidiary other than
                           by reason of death, during the period
                           ending ninety (90) days after the date of
                           termination of employment, but only to the
                           extent that the right to exercise such
                           Options had vested on or before the date of
                           termination and had not previously been
                           exercised; provided, that if the
                           Participant's' employment is terminated by
                           reason of disability (within the meaning of
                           Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), or if the
                           Participant dies during the ninety (90) day
                           period, the ninety (90) day exercise period
                           shall be extended to one (1) year; or

                  (3)      if the Participant dies while employed by
                           the Company or a Subsidiary, during the
                           period ending on the first anniversary of
                           the Participant's death, but only to the
                           extent that the right to exercise such
                           Options had vested on or before the date of
                           death and had not previously been
                           exercised.

                      Chico's FAS, Inc.                         Page 13
               Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan

6.8      Certain Interpretations.

(a) Whether an authorized leave of absence or absence for military or governmental service shall constitute termination of employment for purposes of the Plan shall be determined by the Committee, whose determination shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons. Transfers of employment between the Company and any of its Subsidiaries shall not be considered to be a termination of employment for the purposes of the Plan.

(b) In the event of the death of a Participant, Options held by the Participant may be exercised, to the extent permitted in the Stock Option Agreement and in Section 6.7, by the person or persons entitled to do so under the Participant's will, or, if the Participant fails to make testamentary disposition of said Options or dies intestate, by the Participant's legal representative or representatives.

6.9 Exercise and Vesting of Options.

(a) One hundred percent (100%) of the total number of shares of Common Stock covered by each Option automatically granted to a Non-Employee Director pursuant to Section 6.2 shall become exercisable on the last to occur of (i) the date which is six (6) months after the date of the grant of the Option or (ii) the completion of the Non-Employee Director's first one term-year as a member of the Board (as used herein, the term "term-year" means that period from one Annual Meeting to the subsequent Annual Meeting).

(b) Unless otherwise specified by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, and reflected in the Stock Option Agreement, the right to exercise each Option other than an Option automatically granted to a Non-Employee Director pursuant to Section 6.2 shall accrue in accordance with the following vesting schedule:

          TIME AFTER             SHARES VESTED
        DATE OF GRANT           AND EXERCISABLE
        -------------           ---------------
Less than 1 year                         0%
1 year but less than 2 years        33 1/3%
2 years but less than 3 years       66 2/3%
3 years or more                        100%

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall be 100% vested in the number of shares of Common Stock originally covered by an Option in the event Participant dies or becomes totally and permanently disabled (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) while still employed by

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 14 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


the Company or upon a Change in Control while the Participant is still so employed. When it deems other special circumstances to exist, the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, in its discretion may accelerate the time at which an Option may be exercised or may modify the terms of the Option to provide for other special circumstances under which the right to exercise the Option would be accelerated if, under previously established exercise terms, such Option was not immediately exercisable in full, even if the acceleration would permit the Option to be exercised more rapidly than the vesting set forth above in the vesting schedule set forth above or in the Stock Option Agreement, or as otherwise specified by the Committee or the Board, would permit.

6.10 Multiple Grants in Single Agreement. In the discretion of the Committee, a single Stock Option Agreement may include both Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Options, or separate Stock Option Agreements may be set forth for Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Options.

6.11 Minimum Exercise. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if an Option covers 100 or more shares of Common Stock, then the Participant may exercise such Option only with respect to at least 100 shares at any one time, and if any Option covers fewer than 100 shares, then the Participant must exercise such Option for all shares covered by the Option at one time.

6.12 Other Provisions. The Stock Option Agreements under the Plan may contain such other terms, provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as shall be determined by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, in its discretion, including, without limitation, provisions: (i) relating to the vesting and termination of Options; (ii) relating to exercisability of Options, including without limitation immediate exercisability and separate vesting of the rights to shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise; (iii) restricting the transferability of such shares during a specified period; and
(iv) requiring the resale of such shares to the Company, at a price as specified in the Stock Option Agreement, if the Participant's employment by the Company terminates prior to a time specified in the Stock Option Agreement.

6.13 Special Provisions for Incentive Stock Options. Each Option that is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 422 of the Code, and each Option that is intended to qualify as another type of incentive stock option that may subsequently be authorized by law, shall comply with the applicable provisions of the Code pertaining to such options. Accordingly, the provisions of the Plan with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be construed in a manner consistent with such requirements, and no person shall be eligible to receive any Incentive Stock Options under the Plan if such person would not be able qualify for the benefits of incentive stock options under Section 422 of the Code. Without limitation on the foregoing, and notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.13, if any Incentive Stock Option is granted to any person at a time when such person owns, within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code, more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the employer corporation (or a parent or subsidiary of such corporation within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code), the price at which each share of Common Stock covered by such Option may be purchased pursuant to such Option shall not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 15 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


Market Value of the shares of Common Stock at the time the Option is granted, and such Option must be exercised no event later than the fifth anniversary of the date on which the Option was granted. Moreover, as long as and to the extent required by the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time an Incentive Stock Option is granted) of the shares of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Participant in any calendar year under the Plan and under all other incentive stock option plans of the Company and any parent and subsidiary corporations of the Company (as those terms are defined in Section 424 of the Code) shall not exceed $100,000.

ARTICLE 7

RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS.

7.1 Awards of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units; Restriction Period.

(a) At the time of an Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, there shall be established for each Participant a restriction period (the "Restriction Period"), which shall lapse (i) upon the completion of a period of time ("Time Goal") as shall be determined by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, (ii) upon the achievement of stock price goals within certain time periods ("Price/Time Goal") as shall be determined by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, or (iii) upon achievement of performance or other objectives ("Performance Goal") as shall be determined by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Section 7.1(a) and except a otherwise provided in Section 7.4, Section 7.5 or Section 8.3, with respect to any Award of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units which is to be subject to a Time Goal, such Time Goal established by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, at the time of grant shall not provide for a lapse of the applicable restrictions more rapidly than would be permitted by the following schedule:

          TIME AFTER            SHARES AS TO WHICH
        DATE OF GRANT           RESTRICTION LAPSES
        -------------           ------------------
Less than 1 year                          0%
1 year but less than 2 years         33 1/3%
2 years but less than 3 years        66 2/3%
3 years or more                         100%

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 16 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


7.2 Restricted Stock. The Committee or the Board, as the case may be, may award to any Participant shares of Common Stock, subject to this Article 7 and such other terms and conditions as the Committee or the Board may prescribe ("Restricted Stock"). Each certificate for Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the Participant and deposited by the Participant, together with a stock power endorsed in blank, with the Plan Administrator. Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan shall be evidenced by a signed written agreement containing such terms and conditions as the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, may from time to time determine in its discretion (the "Restriction Agreement"). Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, except as hereinafter provided, during the Restriction Period. Except for such restrictions on transfer, the Participant as owner of such Restricted Stock shall have all the rights of a holder of such Common Stock. If provided in the Restriction Agreement approved by the Committee at the time of grant, a Participant may transfer Restricted Stock to a trust, provided that the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, may require that the Participant submit an opinion of his or her legal counsel, satisfactory to the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, that such holding has no adverse tax or securities law consequences for the Company. With respect to Restricted Stock that is issued subject to a Time Goal, a Price/Time Goal or a Performance Goal, the Plan Administrator shall redeliver to the Participant (or the Participant's legal representative or designated beneficiary) the certificates deposited pursuant to this subsection (b) at the expiration of the Restriction Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Restricted Stock is issued subject to a Time Goal, a Price/Time Goal or Performance Goal and the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, determines that a Participant has not achieved the Time Goal, the Price/Time Goal or the Performance Goal before the end of the Restriction Period, the Participant shall have no further rights with respect to the Restricted Stock, all such shares shall be forfeited and the Committee shall have the right to complete a blank stock power in order to return such shares to the Company.

7.3 Restricted Stock Units. The Committee or the Board, as the case may be, may award to a Participant a right to receive Common Stock or the cash equivalent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, in the Committee's or the Board's discretion, at the end of the Restriction Period ("Restricted Stock Units") subject to achievement of a Time Goal, a Price/Time Goal or a Performance Goal established by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be. Restricted Stock Units awarded under the Plan shall be evidenced by a signed written agreement containing such terms and conditions as the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, may from time to time determine in its discretion (the "Restriction Agreement"). With respect to Restricted Stock Units that are subject to a Time Goal, a Price/Time Goal or a Performance Goal, the Plan Administrator shall deliver notice to the Participant (or the Participant's legal representative or designated beneficiary) at the end of the Restriction Period as to whether the Participant has achieved the Time Goal, the Price/Time Goal or the Performance Goal, as the case may be. If the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, determines that a Participant has not achieved the Time Goal, the Price/Time Goal or the Performance Goal, as the case may be, before the end of the Restriction Period, the Participant shall have no further rights with respect to the Restricted Stock Units.

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 17 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


7.4 Lapse of Restrictions; Awards Subject to Time Goal. In the event a Participant ceases employment or service with the Company with the consent of the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, or upon the Participant's death or permanent disability (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) before the end of the Restriction Period and the Participant has received an Award subject to a Time Goal, the restrictions imposed under this Article 7 shall lapse with respect to the number of those shares or units subject to a Time Goal as shall be determined by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be. In no event, however, shall the number of shares or units be less than a number equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of completed months elapsed after the date of the Award subject to a Time Goal to the date of termination and the denominator of which is the number of months in the Restriction Agreement, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units awarded to the Participant subject to the Time Goal.

7.5 Lapse of Restrictions; Awards Subject to Price/Time Goal or Performance Goal. In the event a Participant ceases employment or service with the Company with the consent of the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, or upon the Participant's death or permanent disability (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) before the end of the Restriction Period and the Participant has received an Award subject to a Price/Time Goal or a Performance Goal, the restrictions imposed under this Article 7 shall lapse upon the achievement of the Price/Time Goal or the Performance Goal within two
(2) years of the Participant's termination of employment or service with respect to such number of shares or units subject to a Price/Time Goal or the Performance Goal, as the case may be, as shall be determined by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be. In no event, however, shall the number of shares or units be less than a number equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of completed months elapsed after the date of the Award subject to a Price/Time Goal or the Performance Goal, as the case may be, to the date of termination and the denominator of which is the number of months elapsed after the date of the Award subject to a Price/Time Goal or the Performance Goal to the date of achievement of the Price/Time Goal or the Performance Goal, as the case may be, multiplied by (ii) the number of shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units awarded to the Participant subject to the Price/Time Goal or the Performance Goal, as the case may be.

7.6 Forfeitures. In the event a Participant ceases employment or service with the Company for any other reason, all Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units theretofore awarded to that Participant that are still subject to restrictions shall be forfeited and the Committee shall have the right to complete the blank stock power with respect to any such Restricted Stock.

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Adjustment of Number of Shares, Etc.

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 18 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


(a) Division/Combination of Shares. In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split or other division or consolidation of shares or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on Common Stock) or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock effected without any receipt of consideration by the Company, then, in any such event, the number of shares of Common Stock that remain available under the Plan, the number of shares covered by each outstanding Option, the exercise price per share covered by each outstanding Option, the purchase price per share and the number and any purchase price for any other Awards involving Common Stock (or equivalents) granted but not yet issued, in each case, shall be proportionately and appropriately adjusted for any such increase or decrease.

(b) Change Affecting Shares of Common Stock. Subject to any required action by the stockholders, if any change occurs in the Common Stock by reason of any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares, or of any similar change affecting Common Stock, then, in any such event, the number and type of shares of Common Stock then covered by each outstanding Option, the purchase price per share covered by each outstanding Option and the purchase price per share and the number and any purchase price for any other Awards involving Common Stock (or equivalents) granted but not yet issued, in each case, shall be proportionately and appropriately adjusted for any such change.

(c) Change in Par Value. In the event of a change in the Common Stock as presently constituted that is limited to a change of all of its authorized shares with par value into the same number of shares with a different par value or without par value, the shares resulting from any change shall be deemed to be Common Stock within the meaning of the Plan.

(d) Discretion Concerning Adjustments. To the extent that the foregoing adjustments relate to stock or securities of the Company, such adjustments shall be made by, and in the discretion of, the Board of Directors, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive; provided, however, that any Incentive Stock Option granted pursuant to Article 6 shall not be adjusted in a manner that causes such Option to fail to continue to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Code.

(e) No Additional Rights Upon Stock Adjustments. Except as hereinabove expressly provided in this Section 8.1, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any division or consolidation of shares of stock of any class or the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease the number of shares of stock of any class or by reason of any dissolution, liquidation, merger or consolidation, or spin-off of assets or stock of another corporation; and any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, or warrants or options for shares of stock of any class shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock, any Option, any other Award (or equivalents) granted but not yet issued.

             Chico's FAS, Inc.                         Page 19
      Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan

(f)      No Affect on Company's Right to Adjust. The

existence of the Plan, or the grant of an Option or other Award under the Plan, shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate, or to dissolve, to liquidate, to sell, or to transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

8.2 Transferability. Except as otherwise provided by the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, Awards granted under the Plan shall be non-transferable, and its terms shall state that it is non-transferable and that, during the lifetime of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant; notwithstanding the foregoing, Awards shall be transferable by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

8.3 Change in Control. In the event of a Change in Control, any Option, Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units subject to a Time Goal shall immediately become fully vested without regard to any other terms of the Award.

8.4 Performance Based Compensation. The Committee may designate whether any Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units being granted to any Participant is intended to be "performance-based compensation" as that term is used in section 162(m) of the Code. Any such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units designated as intended to be "performance-based compensation" shall be conditioned on the achievement of one or more performance measures, to the extent required by Section 162(m) of the Code. For Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units intended to be "performance-based compensation," the grant of the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units and the establishment of the performance measures shall be made during the period required under
Section 162(m) of the Code.

8.5 Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant under the Plan may name, from time to time, any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit (other than an Option) under the Plan is to be paid in case of his or her death before the Participant receives any or all of such benefit. Each designation will be effective only with the written consent of the Participant's spouse and will revoke all prior designations by that Participant, shall be in the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Plan Administrator during his or her lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, benefits (other than those under Options) that are vested and remain unpaid at the Participant's death shall be paid to his or her estate.

8.6 Tax Withholding.

(a) Power to Withhold; Methods to Satisfy. The Company shall have the power to withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state or local withholding or other tax due from the Company with respect to any amount payable and/or shares issuable under the Plan, and the Company may defer such payment or issuance unless indemnified to its satisfaction. Whenever under the Plan payments are to be made in cash, such payments shall be made net

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 20 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


of an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state or local withholding tax liability. The Committee or the Board, as the case may be, in its discretion, and subject to such requirements as the Committee or the Board may impose prior to the occurrence of such withholding, may permit such withholding obligations to be satisfied through cash payment by the Participant, through the surrender of shares of Common Stock which the Participant already owns, or through the surrender of shares of Common Stock to which the Participant is otherwise then entitled under the Plan.

(b) Irrevocable Elections by Participants. Subject to the consent of the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, with respect to
(i) the exercise of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, (ii) the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, or (iii) the issuance of any other stock Award under the Plan, a Participant may make an irrevocable election (an "Election") to (A) have shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable under (i) withheld, or (B) tender back to the Company shares of Common Stock received pursuant to (i), (ii), or (iii), or (C) deliver back to the Company pursuant to
(i), (ii), or (iii) previously acquired shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value sufficient to satisfy all or part of the Participant's estimated tax obligations associated with the transaction. Such Election must be made by a Participant prior to the date on which the relevant tax obligation arises. The Committee or the Board, as the case may be, may disapprove of any Election, may suspend or terminate the right to make Elections, or may provide with respect to any Award under the Plan that the right to make Elections shall not apply to such Awards.

8.7 Gender and Number. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, words in the masculine gender when used in the Plan will include the feminine gender, the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular.

8.8 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of the Plan and all Awards made under the Plan shall be governed by the substantive laws of the State of Florida (but any provision of Florida law shall not apply if the application of such provision would result in the application of the law of a state or jurisdiction other than Florida).

8.9 No Stockholder Rights. No Participant hereunder shall have any rights of a stockholder of the Company by reason of being granted an Award under the Plan until the date on which he or she becomes a record owner of shares of Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option or otherwise received under the Plan (the "record ownership date"). No adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property), distributions, or other rights for which the record date is prior to the record ownership date.

8.10 Amendments; Exchanges, Termination or Suspension.

(a) Amendment. The Plan may be amended from time to time by written resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that no Participant's existing rights are adversely affected thereby without the consent of such person, and provided further that, without approval of the stockholders

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 21 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


of the Company, no amendment shall (i) increase the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Awards granted under the Plan, (ii) change the designation of the class of employees eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options, (iii) decrease the minimum Option price set forth in Section 6.4 of the Plan, (iv) extend the period during which an Option may be granted or exercised beyond the maximum period specified in the Plan, (v) otherwise materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for participation in the Plan, (vi) otherwise materially increase the benefits under the Plan, or (vii) withdraw the authority to administer the Plan as to Awards made to Employees from the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may amend the Plan to incorporate or conform to requirements imposed by and amendments made to the Code or regulations promulgated thereunder which the Board deems to be necessary or desirable to preserve (A) incentive stock option status for outstanding Incentive Stock Options and to preserve the ability to issue Incentive Stock Options pursuant to the Plan, (B) the deductibility by the Company of amounts taxed to Plan Participants as ordinary compensation income, and (C) the status of any Award as exempt from registration requirements under any securities law for which the Award was intended to be exempt. The foregoing prohibitions in this Section 8.10 shall not be affected by adjustments in shares and purchase price made in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.1.

(b) Certain Exchanges, Etc. , Stockholder Approval Required. Subject to the terms and conditions and within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Awards or accept the surrender by the affected Participants of outstanding Awards (to the extent not previously exercised) and authorize the granting of a new Award in substitution therefor; provided, however, any such modification or surrender and substitution which reduces the exercise price of an outstanding Award or cancels an outstanding Award and grants one or more replacement Awards with a lower exercise price shall require the approval of the stockholders of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no modification of an Award shall, without the consent of the affected Participant, adversely affect or otherwise impair any of the rights of the Participant or obligations of the Company under any outstanding Award previously granted under the Plan.

(c) Termination; Suspension. The Board of Directors may terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time by written resolution. No suspension or termination shall impair the rights of Participants under outstanding Awards without the consent of the Participants affected thereby.

8.11 Listing and Registration of Common Stock. Each Award shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Board of Directors shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Common Stock that is the subject thereof or that is covered thereby upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal laws, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such Award or the issuance or purchase of Common Stock thereunder, such Award may not be exercised unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board of Directors. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the provisions of this Section 8.11 become operative, and if, as a result thereof, the exercise

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 22 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


of an Award is delayed, then and in that event, the term of the Award shall not be affected. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation under the Plan to cause any shares of Common Stock to be registered or qualified under any federal or state law or listed on any stock exchange or admitted to any national marketing system.

8.12 Compliance with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have no liability to deliver any shares of Common Stock under the Plan or make any other distribution of benefits under the Plan unless such delivery or distribution would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933), and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity.

8.13 Stock Certificates; Book Entry. To the extent that the Plan provides for issuance of stock certificates to reflect the issuance of shares of Common Stock, the issuance may be effected on a non-certificated basis, to the extent not prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of any stock exchange.

8.14 No Implied Rights to Employees.

(a) Existence of Plan. The existence of the Plan shall in no way give any employee the right to continued employment, give any director the right to continued service on the Board, give any employee or director the right to receive any Awards or any compensation under the Plan, or otherwise provide any employee or director any rights not specifically set forth in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

(b) Granting of Awards. The granting of Awards under the Plan shall in no way give any employee the right to continued employment, give any director the right to continued service on the Board, give any employee or director the right to receive any additional Awards or any additional compensation under the Plan, or otherwise provide any employee or director any rights not specifically set forth in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

8.15 Necessity for Delay. If at any time the Committee or the Board, as the case may be, shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock covered by the Plan or any Award upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the Plan, the offer, issue or purchase of shares of Common Stock thereunder, or the grant or exercise of any Award, the Plan shall not be effective as to later offerings of shares of Common Stock and grants of Awards to which such determination is applicable, and each outstanding Award to which such determination is applicable, by its terms, shall not be exercisable, unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee or the Board, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation under the Plan to cause any shares of

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 23 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


Common Stock to be registered or qualified under any federal or state law or listed on any stock exchange or admitted to any national marketing system.

8.16 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to an Award will be used for general corporate purposes.

8.17 No Obligation to Exercise. The granting of any Award under the Plan shall impose no obligation upon any Participant to exercise such Award.

8.18 Assignment by Company; Third Party Beneficiaries. The Company's rights, benefits and remedies under the Plan and any Award Agreements shall be enforceable by the Company's successors and assigns, whether by merger or otherwise, including without limitation, the Company's rights to enforce and obtain the benefit of any restrictive covenants arising under any confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation, nonacceptance and/or "lock-up" agreement to which a Participant is a party (including without limitation, any agreement included as a part of the Award Agreement). It is the specific intent of the Company that any successor or assignee of the Company be a third-party beneficiary of any such agreement and that any restrictive covenants and other provisions in any such agreements are intended to benefit any such successors and assigns.

8.19 Effective Date. The Plan has been approved by the Board of Directors and shall be effective upon the approval of the stockholders of the Company at the Company's 2002 annual meeting (the "Effective Date").

8.20 Term of the Plan. The Plan shall be unlimited in duration and, in the event of complete Plan termination pursuant to Section 8.10 shall remain in effect as long as any Awards under it are outstanding; provided, however, that no Awards may be granted under the Plan after the earlier of (a) the ten-year anniversary of the Effective Date (except for Awards granted pursuant to commitments entered into prior to such ten-year anniversary) or (b) the date of a complete Plan termination pursuant to Section 8.10; and, provided further however that, upon any termination of only a portion of the Plan pursuant to Section 8.10 occurring prior to the ten year anniversary of the Effective Date, no Awards may be granted under the portion of the Plan so terminated after the date of such partial termination pursuant to Section 8.10.

Chico's FAS, Inc. Page 24 Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan


EXHIBIT 10.28

CHICO'S FAS, INC.
2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

APPROVED FEBRUARY 8, 2002


CHICO'S FAS, INC.
2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ARTICLE 1............................................................................................       1
         ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND SHARES COVERED...................................................       1
                  1.1     Plan Established...........................................................       1
                  1.2     Purpose....................................................................       1
                  1.3     Shares Covered; Annual Adjustment..........................................       1
                  1.4     Source of Shares...........................................................       1
                  1.5     Section 423 Plan...........................................................       1

ARTICLE 2............................................................................................       1
         DEFINITIONS.................................................................................       1
                  2.1     "Account"..................................................................       2
                  2.2     "Board" or "Board of Directors"............................................       2
                  2.3     "Code".....................................................................       2
                  2.4     "Committee"................................................................       2
                  2.5     "Common Stock".............................................................       2
                  2.6     "Company"..................................................................       2
                  2.7     "Compensation".............................................................       2
                  2.8     "Eligible Employee"........................................................       2
                  2.9     "Fair Market Value"........................................................       2
                  2.10    "Offering Period"..........................................................       3
                  2.11    "Participant"..............................................................       3
                  2.12    "Plan".....................................................................       3
                  2.13    "Plan Administrator".......................................................       3
                  2.14    "Purchase Documents".......................................................       3
                  2.15    "Section 423"..............................................................       3
                  2.16    "Securities Exchange Act of 1934" .........................................       3
                  2.17    "Shares"...................................................................       3
                  2.18    "Subsidiary"...............................................................       3

ARTICLE 3............................................................................................       3
         ADMINISTRATION..............................................................................       3
                  3.1     Committee..................................................................       3
                  3.2     Organization...............................................................       4
                  3.3     Power and Authority........................................................       4
                  3.4     No Liability; Indemnification..............................................       4


ARTICLE 4............................................................................................       5
         EMPLOYEES ELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE...........................................................       5
                  4.1     General Eligibility Standards..............................................       5
                  4.2     Certain Exclusions.........................................................       5

ARTICLE 5...........................................................................................        6
         OFFERING PERIODS; PURCHASE PRICE; NUMBER OF SHARES OFFERED.................................        6
                  5.1     Offering Periods..........................................................        6
                  5.2     Number of Shares Available for Purchase...................................        6
                  5.3     Purchase Price Generally..................................................        6
                  5.4     Alternative Purchase Price................................................        6
                  5.5     Number of Shares Offered to Eligible Employees............................        6

ARTICLE 6...........................................................................................        7
         PARTICIPATION AND PAYMENT..................................................................        7
                  6.1     Election To Participate...................................................        7
                  6.2     No Revocation of Election.................................................        8
                  6.3     No Interest...............................................................        8
                  6.4     Custodial Safekeeping Arrangement.........................................        8
                  6.5     Delivery of Certificates Representing Shares..............................        9
                  6.6     Rights as Stockholder.....................................................        9
                  6.7     Termination of Employment.................................................        9
                  6.8     Rights Not Transferable...................................................        9

ARTICLE 7...........................................................................................       10
         PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS.........................................................................       10
                  7.1     Election of Payroll Deduction............................................        10
                  7.2     Maintenance of Accounts..................................................        10
                  7.3     Use of Accounts To Purchase Common Stock.................................        10
                  7.4     Withdrawals..............................................................        10

ARTICLE 8..........................................................................................        11
         MISCELLANEOUS.............................................................................        11
                  8.1     Stock Adjustments........................................................        11
                  8.2     Necessity for Delay......................................................        12
                  8.3     Term of Plan.............................................................        12
                  8.4     Amendment of the Plan; Termination.......................................        12
                  8.5     Application of Funds.....................................................        12
                  8.6     No Obligation to Participate.............................................        12
                  8.7     No Implied Rights to Employees...........................................        12
                  8.8     Withholding..............................................................        13


8.9     Participants' Personal Tax Responsibilities..............................        13
8.10    Designation of Beneficiary...............................................        13
8.11    Choice of Law............................................................        13
8.12    Effective Date of Plan; Stockholder Approval.............................        13


CHICO'S FAS, INC.
2002 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

ARTICLE 1

ESTABLISHMENT, PURPOSE AND SHARES COVERED

1.1 Plan Established. Chico's FAS, Inc. (the "Company") hereby establishes an employee stock purchase plan, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, to be known as the Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan").

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to provide eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries with a convenient way to purchase of the Company's stock, in order to provide an incentive for their continued employment and to enhance such employees' sense of participation in the affairs of the Company and interest in assuring the continued success of the Company.

1.3 Shares Covered; Annual Adjustment. Subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 1.3 and elsewhere in the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be offered under the Plan is 400,000. On the first day of each new fiscal year, the aggregate number of shares that may be offered under the Plan shall be increased automatically by a number of shares equal to (1) one-half of one percent (1/2%) of the Company's total outstanding shares as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year or (2) such lesser number of shares (which may be zero) as may be specified by the Board of Directors prior to the last day of such preceding fiscal year.

1.4 Source of Shares. The shares subject to the Plan and issued under the Plan may be authorized and previously unissued shares or may be previously issued shares acquired in the open market or from other sources.

1.5 Section 423 Plan. It is the intention of the Company to have the Plan qualify as an "employee stock purchase plan" under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The provisions of the Plan, accordingly, shall be construed so as to extend and limit participation in a manner consistent with the requirements of such Section 423. Any term not expressly defined in the Plan but defined for purposes of such Section 423 shall have the same definition in the Plan, unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context.

ARTICLE 2

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 1


DEFINITIONS

The following words and terms as used in the Plan shall have that meanings set forth therefor in this Article 2 unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context. Whenever appropriate, words used in the singular shall be deemed to include the plural and vice versa, and the masculine gender shall be deemed to include the feminine gender.

2.1 "Account" shall mean the payroll deduction account maintained for an electing Eligible Employee as provided in Article 7.

2.2 "Board" or "Board of Directors" shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.3 "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Reference to a specific section of the Code shall include a reference to any successor or replacement provision.

2.4 "Committee" shall mean the Compensation and Benefits Committee of the Board.

2.5 "Common Stock" shall mean the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

2.6 "Company" shall mean Chico's FAS, Inc., a Florida corporation, and any successor.

2.7 "Compensation" shall mean an Eligible Employee's regular salary and wages, overtime pay, bonuses and commissions (in all cases, before any reduction for elective contributions to any Code Section 401(k) or Code
Section 125 Plan), but shall not include credits or benefits under the Plan, or any amount contributed by the Company to any pension, profit sharing or employee stock ownership plan, or any employee welfare, life insurance or health insurance plan or arrangement, or any deferred compensation plan or arrangement.

2.8 "Eligible Employee" shall mean any individual employed by the Company or any Subsidiary who meets the eligibility requirements and is not excluded under the limitations set forth in Article 4. The Committee shall have the sole power to determine who is and who is not an Eligible Employee.

2.9 "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Common Stock determined as follows:

(a) if the Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 2


as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(b) if the Common Stock is then quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or Nasdaq SmallCap Market, its closing price on such market on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(c) if the Common Stock is publicly traded but is not quoted on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and is not listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or

(d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Committee in good faith.

2.10 "Offering Period" shall mean any of the periods during which subscriptions for Shares may be tendered, as more particularly described in
Section 5.1.

2.11 "Participant" shall mean an Eligible Employee who has become a participant in the Plan through the purchase of Shares in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

2.12 "Plan" shall mean this Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as set forth herein and as amended from time to time.

2.13 "Plan Administrator" shall mean the Company's Vice President
- Human Resources, or such other person designated by the Committee to act as Plan Administrator.

2.14 "Purchase Documents" shall mean the documents as defined in
Section 6.1.

2.15 "Section 423" shall mean Section 423 of the Code, or any amendment thereto, or any replacement or successor statute of similar import.

2.16 "Securities Exchange Act of 1934" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any successor or replacement statute or regulation of similar import.

2.17 "Shares" shall mean shares of the Common Stock.

2.18 "Subsidiary" shall mean any corporation that at the time qualifies as a subsidiary of the Company under the definition of "subsidiary corporation" contained in Section 424(f) of the Code.

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 3


ARTICLE 3

ADMINISTRATION

3.1 Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, or if no Committee is appointed and serving as provided herein, by the full Board of Directors. The Committee shall consist of not less than two (2) nor more than five (5) persons, each of whom shall be a member of the Board and a "disinterested person" (as such term is defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), and none of whom shall be eligible to participate under the Plan. The Board of Directors may from time to time remove members from, or add members to, the Committee. Vacancies on the Committee, howsoever caused, shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

3.2 Organization. The Committee shall select one of its members as chairman, and shall hold meetings at such times and places as it may determine. The acts of a majority of the Committee in meetings at which a quorum is present, or acts reduced to or approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee, shall be valid acts of the Committee.

3.3 Power and Authority. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee shall have full authority, in its discretion: (a) to determine the employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries who are eligible to participate in the Plan; (b) to determine the purchase price of the Common Stock being offered; and (c) to interpret the Plan, and to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations with respect thereto. The interpretation and construction by the Committee of any provision of the Plan over which it has discretionary authority shall be final and conclusive. All actions and policies of the Committee shall be consistent with the qualification of the Plan at all times as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code.

3.4 No Liability; Indemnification. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company's approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided that the person shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before the person undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company's Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract or under a policy of insurance, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 4


ARTICLE 4

EMPLOYEES ELIGIBLE TO PARTICIPATE

4.1 General Eligibility Standards. Any person, including any officer but not a person who is solely a director, who is employed by the Company or any Subsidiary on the first day of an Offering Period is eligible to participate in the Plan with respect to that offering, except (a) a person who has been employed less than one year; (b) a person whose customary employment is 20 hours or fewer per week; and (c) a person whose customary employment is for not more than five months in any calendar year.

4.2 Certain Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, no person shall be eligible to participate in the Plan, to subscribe for or purchase any Common Stock under the Plan if:

(a) immediately after the subscription, the person, together with any other person whose stock would be attributed to such employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code, would own stock and/or hold outstanding options to purchase stock, possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary (as determined in accordance with the provisions of Section 423(b)(3) of the Code);

(b) the subscription would provide the person rights to purchase shares under all employee stock purchase plans of the Company and any parent and subsidiary corporations to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of Fair Market Value of such shares (or such other limit as may be imposed by the Code), determined at the time such right to subscribe accrues, in respect of any calendar year in which such right to subscribe is outstanding at any time;

(c) the person provides services to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as an independent contractor who is reclassified as a common law employee for any reason except for federal income and employment tax purposes;

(d) the subscription is otherwise prohibited by law; or

(e) the person's employment is terminated for any reason prior to the time revocation or cancellation of participation in an Offering is prohibited under Section 6.2 (in which event such person no longer shall be an Eligible Employee and any previous subscription for Shares in such Offering Period shall be null and void).

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 5


ARTICLE 5

OFFERING PERIODS; PURCHASE PRICE; NUMBER OF SHARES OFFERED

5.1 Offering Periods. There shall be 20 Offering Periods under the Plan. The first Offering Period shall commence on July 1, 2002 and shall conclude on July 31, 2002. The second Offering Period shall commence on September 1, 2002 and shall conclude on September 30, 2002. Thereafter, a separate Offering Period shall commence on the first day and conclude on the last day of the months of March and September in each of the years 2003 through 2011, inclusive.

5.2 Number of Shares Available for Purchase. Subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan limiting the number of Shares which may be purchased hereunder, there shall be no limit on the aggregate number of Shares for which subscriptions may be made with respect to any particular Offering Period. The right of an Eligible Employee to subscribe for Shares in an Offering Period shall not accrue until the first day of that Offering Period.

5.3 Purchase Price Generally. Unless the Committee acts to set the purchase price as provided in Section 5.4, the per Share purchase price applicable to an Offering Period shall be 85% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the last trading day immediately preceding the first day of the Offering Period.

5.4 Alternative Purchase Price. The Committee, in its discretion, may decide not to set the per Share purchase price under Section 5.3 but instead to set the per Share purchase price for an Offering Period on an alternative basis, such per Share purchase price being equal to 85% of the lesser of:

(a) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the last trading day immediately preceding the first day of the Offering Period, or

(b) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the last trading day immediately preceding the last day of the Offering Period.

Any decision to employ the alternative per Share purchase price determination under this Section 5.4 shall be made by the Committee not less than one month prior to the commencement of the Offering Period(s) to which the alternative purchase price procedure is to apply. The Committee shall notify Eligible Employees promptly of any decision to set the per Share purchase price pursuant to this Section 5.4.

5.5 Number of Shares Offered to Eligible Employees.

(a) Subject to the limitations set forth in this
Section 5.5 and any adjustments required by other provisions of the Plan, in each Offering Period, an Eligible Employee shall be entitled to subscribe for one share of Common Stock for each Two Hundred Fifty ($250.00) of Compensation paid to

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 6


him for the calendar year immediately preceding the year in which the Offering Period occurs. Subscriptions shall be allowed for full Shares only. Any rights to subscribe for fractional shares of Common Stock shall be void and disregarded; and, any computation resulting in fractional shares shall be rounded down to the next lowest whole number of Shares.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.5(a), in any Offering Period, no Eligible Employee shall be entitled to subscribe for more than four hundred (400) Shares; no Eligible Employee who is entitled to subscribe for ten (10) or more Shares shall be permitted to subscribe for fewer than ten (10) Shares; and, no Eligible Employee who is entitled to subscribe for fewer than ten (10) Shares shall be entitled to subscribe for fewer than the maximum number of Shares he or she is entitled to purchase.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.1, no stock adjustment referred to therein shall operate to change (i) from ten (10) the minimum number of Shares required to be subscribed for by an Eligible Employee in any Offering Period, (ii) from four hundred (400) the maximum number of Shares that may be subscribed for by an Eligible Employee in any Offering Period, or (iii) from Two Hundred Fifty ($250.00) the dollar amount used in computing the number of Shares for which an Eligible Employee is entitled to subscribe in any Offering Period.

(d) If, with respect to any Offering Period, the aggregate Shares subscribed for by Eligible Employees computed in accordance with other provisions of the Plan exceed the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan, the aggregate number of Shares covered by such subscriptions shall be reduced to such lower number of Shares as may be necessary to eliminate the over-subscription. Such reduction shall be effected in respect of the subscriptions of Eligible Employees participating in such Offering Period on a proportionate basis as equitably as possible; but, in no event shall such reduction result in a subscription for fewer than the minimum number of Shares or a subscription for fractional Shares. In the event of an over-subscription and cutback as provided in this Section 5.5(d), the Company shall refund any excess payments for subscribed Shares as soon as practicable after closing of the Offering Period.

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 7


ARTICLE 6

PARTICIPATION AND PAYMENT

6.1 Election To Participate.

(a) During any Offering Period, an Eligible Employee desiring to become a Participant must (1) complete a subscription agreement, indicating the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased, and such other documents as the Company may require (the "Purchase Documents") and (2) tender to the Plan Administrator the Purchase Documents and cash or a check (payable in U.S. funds) for the full purchase price for the Shares covered by the Purchase Documents (less any amount to be withdrawn from such Eligible Employee's Payroll Deduction Account pursuant to Section 7.3) at any time before the conclusion of the Offering Period. Such Eligible Employee will become a Participant upon acceptance by the Company of the Purchase Documents and consideration for the Shares being purchased under the Plan immediately after the close of the Offering Period.

(b) With respect to any Offering Period in which the Committee has elected to employ the alternative per Share purchase price determination pursuant to Section 5.4, the Eligible Employee shall tender an amount equal to the purchase price based on the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the last trading day before the commencement of the Offering Period. If the final purchase price is less than the amount tendered, the Company shall refund the excess amount to the Eligible Employee as soon as practicable after the close of the Offering Period.

(c) Purchase Documents and cash or check received by the Plan Administrator before or after an Offering Period shall be void and shall be given no effect with respect to the particular Offering Period; and, the Plan Administrator shall return such documents and cash or check to the involved person as soon as practicable after receipt.

6.2 No Revocation of Election. No election to participate in an Offering Period may be revoked or cancelled by an Eligible Employee once the Purchase Documents and full payment have been tendered to the Company. Any such election, however, is subject to cancellation or reduction by the Company as provided elsewhere in the Plan.

6.3 No Interest. No interest shall be payable on the purchase price of the Shares subscribed for or on the funds returned to employees as a result of an over-subscription, an overpayment, or pursuant to Section 6.1 for early or late delivery.

6.4 Custodial Safekeeping Arrangement.

(a) For the purpose of assuring compliance with applicable provisions of the tax laws, the Committee in its discretion may condition the issuance of Shares under the Plan upon the delivery of certificates representing such Shares to the Company as temporary custodial safekeeping agent for the benefit of the Eligible Employee purchasing the Shares under the Purchase Documents.

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 8


(b) Such custodial safekeeping arrangement shall not affect the right of the affected Participants as owners of such Shares and such shares may be sold or otherwise transferred by the owners thereof during the pendency of the custodial safekeeping arrangement. A written safekeeping receipt evidencing the Shares so held in safekeeping, bearing the name of the Participant, indicating the number of the certificate or certificates and the number of Shares so represented shall be delivered promptly to each Participant. In its capacity as safekeeping agent for Participants purchasing Shares, the Company shall act in accordance with instructions received from such Participants, which instructions are to be confirmed in writing if deemed appropriate by the Company.

(c) The custodial safekeeping arrangement shall terminate upon the first to occur of (1) the sale or other transfer of the Shares by the owner or (2) the second anniversary of the issuance of the Shares.

6.5 Delivery of Certificates Representing Shares.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.5(b), as soon as practicable after the completion of each Offering Period, the Company shall cause a certificate or certificates representing the Common Stock purchased in the Offering Period to be issued in the name of each Participant.

(b) If determined by the Committee in its discretion to be appropriate in order to administer the custodial safekeeping arrangements of
Section 6.4, but only for so long as such provisions remain in effect, certificates representing Shares shall not be delivered to Participants but shall be delivered to the Company to be held by the Company as temporary custodial safekeeping agent for the benefit of each Participant pursuant to
Section 6.4.

(c) Upon the termination of any custodial safekeeping arrangement applicable to Shares issued to any Participant pursuant to
Section 6.4, the certificate(s) representing the Shares owned by the Participant, registered in the name of the Participant, shall be delivered promptly to such Participant.

(d) Certificate(s) representing shares of Common Stock to be delivered to a Participant under the Plan will be registered in the name of the Participant, or if the Participant so directs, by written notice to the Company prior to the termination date of the pertinent offering, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, in the names of the Participant and one such other person as may be designated by the Participant, as joint tenants with rights of survivorship.

6.6 Rights as Stockholder. No Eligible Employee participating in the Plan shall have any right as a stockholder until after the completion of the Offering Period in which he or she participated and the date on which he or she becomes a record owner of the Shares purchased under the Plan (the "Record Ownership Date"). No adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the Record Ownership Date.

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 9


6.7 Termination of Employment. An Eligible Employee whose employment is terminated for any reason (including but not limited to termination because of death, retirement or disability) shall have no right to participate in the Plan after termination. However, the termination shall not affect any election to participate in the Plan that is made prior to termination in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.1 and as to which, at the time of such termination, the Eligible Employee's right to withdraw from or cancel his or her purchase of Common Stock in the Offering Period is no longer permitted under Section 6.2.

6.8 Rights Not Transferable. The right of an Eligible Employee to participate in the Plan shall not be transferable, and no right of an Eligible Employee under the Plan may be exercised after his death, by his Personal Representative or anyone else, or during his lifetime by any person other than the Eligible Employee.

ARTICLE 7

PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS

7.1 Election of Payroll Deduction. Each Eligible Employee may elect to have a portion of his or her Compensation deducted from each paycheck (or, if the Company so permits, from only the first paycheck in each month), which amounts shall not exceed in the aggregate Twenty-Five Thousand Dollars ($25,000.00) in any calendar year. Elections to begin, change or terminate payroll deductions may be made on such forms as may be provided from time to time by the Company and in accordance with rules established by the Committee, which rules may include, among other things, limitations on the number of times changes are permitted and when changes are permitted and effective. A change shall be effective no earlier than the first full payroll period following receipt of the new form by the Committee. The Committee may, however, on a uniform and non-discriminatory basis delay the effective date of any change if it determines that such a delay is either necessary or appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan.

7.2 Maintenance of Accounts. A separate Account shall be maintained for each Eligible Employee who has amounts withheld from his Compensation under this Article 7. The maintenance of separate Accounts shall not require the segregation of any assets from any other assets held under this Article 7. The Accounts shall not bear interest. Each Account shall be adjusted from time to time to reflect the amounts withheld from the Compensation of the Eligible Employee to whom the Account relates, the amounts withdrawn by such Eligible Employee for purchases of Common Stock under the Plan, and for other amounts withdrawn by such Eligible Employee from the Account.

7.3 Use of Accounts To Purchase Common Stock. At the time that an Eligible Employee elects to participate in an offering under Section 6.1, the Eligible Employee may elect to have a specified

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 10


amount from his Account (up to the whole amount thereof) used to pay all or a portion of the purchase price.

7.4 Withdrawals. At any time that a person is no longer an employee (including by reason of death) or an Eligible Employee, the balance in such person's Account shall be paid to such person or his legal representative. In addition, the Committee may also permit the complete withdrawal of the amounts in an Account under such uniform and non-discriminatory conditions as it may impose from to time to time (including, without limitation, not permitting the Eligible Employee making such withdrawal from again electing payroll deductions for a specified period of time). Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.3 and this Section 7.4, an Eligible Employee shall not withdraw any amount from his Account, in whole or in part.

ARTICLE 8

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Stock Adjustments.

(a) In the event of any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a stock split or other division or consolidation of shares or the payment of a stock dividend (but only on the Common Stock) or any other increase or decrease in the number of such shares effected without any receipt of consideration by the Company, then, in any such event, the number of shares of Common Stock that remain available under the Plan, and the number of shares of Common Stock and the purchase price per share of Common Stock then subject to subscription by Eligible Employees, shall be proportionately and appropriately adjusted for any such increase or decrease.

(b) Subject to any required action by the stockholders, if any change occurs in the shares of Common Stock by reason of any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares, or of any similar change affecting the shares of Common Stock, then, in any such event, the number and type of shares then subject to subscription by Eligible Employees, and the purchase price thereof, shall be proportionately and appropriately adjusted for any such change.

(c) In the event of a change in the Common Stock as presently constituted that is limited to a change of all of its authorized shares with par value into the same number of shares with a different par value or without par value, the shares resulting from any change shall be deemed to be shares of Common Stock within the meaning of the Plan.

(d) To the extent that the foregoing adjustments relate to stock or securities of the Company, such adjustments shall be made by, and in the discretion of, the Committee, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 11


(e) Except as hereinabove expressly provided in this
Section 8.1, an Eligible Employee shall have no rights by reason of any division or consolidation of shares of stock of any class or the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or by reason of any dissolution, liquidation, merger or consolidation, or spin-off of assets or stock of another corporation; and any issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, or warrants or options for shares of stock of any class shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number or price of shares of Common Stock subject to any subscription.

(f) The existence of the Plan, and any subscription for Shares hereunder, shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge or to consolidate, or to dissolve, to liquidate, to sell, or to transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

8.2 Necessity for Delay. If at any time the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares covered by the Plan upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the Plan or the offering, issue or purchase of Shares thereunder, the Plan shall not be effective as to later offerings unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if the provisions of this
Section 8.2 become operative and if, as a result thereof, an Offering Period is missed in whole or in part, then and in that event, the missed portion of the Offering Period shall be passed and the term of the Plan shall not be affected. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision in the Plan, the Company shall have no obligation under the Plan to cause any Shares to be registered or qualified under any federal or state law or listed on any stock exchange or admitted to any national marketing system.

8.3 Term of Plan. The Plan, unless sooner terminated as provided in Section 8.4, shall commence upon its adoption by the Board and shall terminate on the conclusion of the Offering Period commencing on September 1, 2011.

8.4 Amendment of the Plan; Termination. The Board shall have the right to revise, amend or terminate the Plan at any time without notice, provided that no Eligible Employee's existing rights are adversely affected thereby without the consent of the Eligible Employee, and provided further that, without approval of the stockholders of the Company, no such revision or amendment shall (1) increase the total number of Shares to be offered other than with evergreen increases provided for in Section 1.3; (2) change the formula by which the price at which the Shares shall be sold is determined; (3) increase the maximum number of Shares that an Eligible Employee may purchase;
(4) materially modify the requirements as for becoming an Eligible Employee under the Plan; (5) otherwise materially increase the benefits under the Plan to Eligible Employees; or (6) remove the administration of the Plan from the Committee. The foregoing prohibitions shall not be affected by adjustments in Shares and purchase price made in accordance with the provisions of
Section 8.1. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 12


amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide Eligible Employees with the benefits available under Section 423 of the Code relating to employee stock purchase plans or to bring the Plan or rights granted under the Plan into compliance therewith.

8.5 Application of Funds. The proceeds received by the Company from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan will be used for general corporate purposes.

8.6 No Obligation to Participate. The offering of Shares under the Plan shall impose no obligation upon any Eligible Employee to subscribe to purchase any such Shares.

8.7 No Implied Rights to Employees. The existence of the Plan, and the offering of Shares under the Plan, shall in no way give any employee the right to continued employment, give any employee the right to receive any Common Stock or any additional Common Stock under the Plan, or otherwise provide any employee any rights other than those specifically set forth in the Plan.

8.8 Withholding. Whenever (1) the Company proposes or is required to issue, transfer or approve the transfer or Shares issued under the Plan or
(2) if a Participant previously receiving Shares under the Plan makes any disposition of such Shares prior to the expiration of the holding periods required under Section 423(a)(1) of the Code, and such Participant is then employed by the Company, then in either event, the Company shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to require a Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state or local withholding tax liability. Pending receipt of such payment, the Company may delay the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares or may deduct the required amount from amounts otherwise due and payable to the Participant by the Company. Whenever under the Plan payments are to be made in cash, such payments shall be made net of an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state or local withholding tax liability.

8.9 Participants' Personal Tax Responsibilities. Each Participant shall be personally responsible to pay or make adequate provision to pay any individual foreign, federal, state or local tax obligations which may arise as a result of his or her acquisition or disposition of Shares.

8.10 Designation of Beneficiary. A Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any Shares and, if applicable, funds from the Participant's Account in the event of the Participant's death subsequent to the end of an Offering Period but prior to delivery to the Participant of such Shares and funds. In addition, a Participant may file a written designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participant's Account in the event of the Participant's death during an Offering Period. Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice in the form prescribed by the Committee. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under the Plan who is living (or if an entity, is otherwise in existence) at the time of the Participant's death, the Company shall deliver such Shares and funds to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its sole discretion, may deliver such shares and/or cash to the spouse or to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 13


spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may determine

8.11 Choice of Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of the Plan shall be governed by the substantive laws of the State of Florida (but any provision of Florida law shall not apply if the application of such provision would result in the application of the law of a state or jurisdiction other than Florida).

8.12 Effective Date of Plan; Stockholder Approval. The Plan shall become effective upon its adoption by the Board of Directors, with such date being the effective date of the Plan; provided that (1) the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months after its adoption by the Board and (2) no Purchase Documents may be tendered and no Shares may be purchased prior to such approval by the Company's stockholders.

February 8, 2002 Chico's FAS, Inc. 2002 ESPP Page 14


EXHIBIT 10.40

FIRST AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING CREDIT AND TERM LOAN AGREEMENT ("Agreement") made and entered into May 12, 2000 by and among BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., the successor in interest to NationsBank, N.A. ("Lender") and CHICO'S FAS, INC., a Florida corporation ("FAS"), CHICO'S CONCEPT, INC., a Florida corporation ("Concept") CHICO'S DISTRIBUTION, INC., a Florida corporation
("Distribution") and CHICO'S MEDIA, INC., a Florida corporation ("Media")
(individually "Obligor" and collectively, "Obligors") is dated effective this January 15, 2002.

BACKGROUND

WHEREAS, Lender has established a real estate term facility and a revolving credit facility for Obligors pursuant to the Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Obligors have requested the Lender to extend the maturity date of the real estate term facility; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to set forth the mutually agreed upon terms and conditions to the Agreement to address the extension of the maturity of the real estate term facility.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements, covenants and conditions herein, Obligors and Lender agree as follows:

1. The following Definitions under Section 1 are hereby amended:

"Real Estate Loan" means the loan between FAS and Lender, in the principal amount, as of January 31, 2002, of $5,155,500.00.

"Real Estate Loan Maturity Date" shall mean February 15, 2012.

"Real Estate Note" means that certain Renewal Promissory Note dated January 15, 2002 to Lender from FAS in the original principal sum of Five Million One Hundred Fifty Thousand Five Hundred and 00/100 Dollars and all further extensions, consolidations and renewals thereof.

"Security Instruments" shall mean Mortgage And Security Agreement, dated June 14, 1994, recorded at O.R. Book 2510, Page 3237, as amended by instruments recorded in O.R. Book 2558, Page 1030, O.R. Book 2576, Page 0693, O.R. Book 2641, Page 0680, Assignment in O.R. Book 2665, Page 2918, and Future Advance And Modification in O.R. Book 2665, Page 2925, and Amended and Restated Mortgage Security Agreement and Assignment of Rents recorded in O.R. Book 2665, Page 2931, all of the Public Records of Lee County, Florida, and such further amendments and restatements, recorded in O.R. Book 2665, Page 2931, of the Public Records of Lee County, Florida and as further amended on even date of this Amendment to the Agreement, together with Uniform Commercial Code filing statements associated therewith, recorded under filing statement 940000163547 with the Secretary of State, as may have been continued from time to time, and filing statement, recorded in O.R. Book 2510, Page 3256, of the Public Records of Lee County, Florida, as may have been continued from time to time, and Collateral Assignment Of Rents And Leases, dated June 14, 1994, recorded in O.R. Book 2510, Page 3249, and modified in O.R. Book 2558, Page 1030, O.R. Book 2576, Page 0693, O.R. Book 2641, Page 680, and assigned in O.R. Book 2665, Page 2918, all of the Public Records of Lee County, Florida, as further modified from time to time. Security Instruments shall further include any and all security agreements and any and all other documents evidencing a pledge of assets to secure the Real Estate Note.


"Title Agent" shall mean Trenam, Kemker, Scharf, Barkin, Frye, O'Neill & Mullis, P.A. as agent for Chicago Title Insurance Company.

"Title Policy" shall mean Chicago Title Insurance Company Policy No. 10-2003-107-00000001 and all endorsements thereto, up to and including endorsement No. 4.

2. Section 1.4 paragraph a is amended to read:

1.4 INTEREST CALCULATIONS.

A. Except as otherwise provided herein under 1.4(d), Interest on the Loans shall, until an Event of Default or maturity, accrue interest at the Libor Rate as adjusted pursuant to the following performance standards schedule based upon the ratio of Obligors' Total Funded Debt to Obligors' EBITDA on a Consolidated Basis:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
RATIO LEVEL                         INTEREST RATE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.26 x >                            Default Rate
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.51 to 2.25 x                      Libor Rate + 290 Basis Pts.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.01 to 1.50 x                      Libor Rate + 220 Basis Pts.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
.51 to 1.00 x                       Libor Rate + 150 Basis Pts.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 to .50 x                          Libor Rate + 80 Basis Pts.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3. Section 2.3 is hereby amended to read:

2.3 REAL ESTATE LOAN.

A. FAS has granted Lender a first priority perfected lien on the parcel of land and improvements owned by FAS in fee simple located in Lee County, Florida, consisting of a commercial building, and pledged under the Security Instruments consisting of the mortgage and collateral assignment of rents. In connection with the modification and extension of the maturity date of the Real Estate Loan, FAS will secure the delivery of a mortgagee title insurance commitment to endorse the Title Policy, proposing to insure the mortgage, as modified, as a valid first mortgage lien upon the Real Estate after recordation of the modification of the mortgage, the original final mortgagee policy endorsement for which shall be delivered to Lender no less than 30 days following the execution and delivery of the mortgage modification agreement. The premium for the mortgagee title insurance endorsement coverage shall be paid for by FAS at the time of execution of this amendment. The final policy, as endorsed, shall contain only such exceptions as are acceptable to Lender. The modification to the mortgage shall be recorded in the Public Records of Lee County, Florida.

B. Concept, Distribution and Media shall execute reaffirmations of these respective Guaranty Agreements in connection with the extension of the maturity date of the Real Estate Loan.

3. Additional Representations and Warranties of the Obligors. Obligors hereby make the following additional representations and warranties under
Section 4, to the Lender. So long as any of the Indebtedness is outstanding:

a. No Change. Since the last Statement Date, there has been no material adverse change in the business, operations, assets, or financial or other condition of Obligors except as specifically disclosed to Lender in writing or in the SEC Reports or in Financial Statements delivered by Obligors to Lender since the Statement Date. Since the last Statement Date, no Obligor has entered into, incurred, or assumed any material long-term debt, mortgages, or material leases.


b. No Legal Bar. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents and specifically this amendment and the documents associated with the Real Estate Loan and the borrowing hereunder and the use of the proceeds thereof, will not violate any material Requirement of Law or any material Contractual Obligation of any Obligor or create or result in the creation of any Lien on any assets of any Obligor except in favor of Lender.

c. No Material Litigation. That, except as disclosed in the SEC Reports or in Exhibit "A" hereto, there is no material litigation, investigation, or proceeding (including, without limitation, claims arising out of violation of any Environmental Laws or improper use or disposal of any Hazardous Substances) of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of any Obligor threatened by or against any Obligor, or against any of such parties' properties or revenues which is likely to be adversely determined and which, if adversely determined, is likely to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, property, or financial or other condition of such Obligor.

d. Taxes. Each Obligor has filed or caused to be filed all tax returns that are required to be filed and have paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on said returns or on any assessments made against them or any of their property other than taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and as to which such Obligor has established adequate reserves.

e. Assets. Each Obligor has good and marketable title to all property and assets reflected in the most current Financial Statements, except property and assets sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business subsequent to the respective dates thereof. No Obligor has any outstanding material liens on any of their material properties or material assets nor are there any material security agreements to which either of them is a party, or title retention agreements, whether in the form of leases or otherwise, of any personal property except as reflected in the most current Financial Statements.

4. Each Obligor acknowledges that they have no claims of offset or defenses to the Indebtedness and hereby confirm that there has been no Event of Default under the Agreement or the Loan Documents. Each Obligor waives any and all claims of offset or defenses to the Loan Documents and the Indebtedness as a condition to the extension of the maturity date of the Real Estate Loan by Lender.

5. These covenants shall be deemed supplemental to the covenants contained within the Agreement unless they expressly conflict with such covenants in which event these provisions shall prevail.

6. In all other respects, Obligors and Lender hereby ratify and confirm the terms and conditions of the Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

OBLIGORS:

CHICO'S FAS, INC., a Florida corporation

/s/ Sheryl L. Terzian                  By: /s/ Charles J. Kleman
----------------------------------        --------------------------------------
Print name: Sheryl L. Terzian          Print Name: Charles J. Kleman
           -----------------------     Its Executive Vice President - Finance


Witness as to all
                                       CHICO'S CONCEPT, INC., a Florida
                                       corporation



                                       By: /s/ Charles J. Kleman
                                          --------------------------------------
                                       Print Name: Charles J. Kleman
                                       Its Treasurer


CHICO'S DISTRIBUTION, INC.,
a Florida corporation

By: /s/ Charles J. Kleman
   --------------------------------------
Print Name: Charles J. Kleman
Its President

CHICO'S MEDIA, INC., a Florida corporation

 /s/ Sheryl L. Terzian                 By: /s/ Charles J. Kleman
----------------------------------        --------------------------------------
Print name: Sheryl L. Terzian          Print Name: Charles J. Kleman
           -----------------------     Its Secretary

Witness as to all


                                       LENDER:


                                       BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.



 /s/ Sheryl L. Terzian                 By: /s/ James Allgood
----------------------------------        --------------------------------------
Print name: Sheryl L. Terzian          James Allgood, Senior Vice President
           -----------------------

 /s/ Charles J. Kleman
----------------------------------
Print name: Charles J. Kleman
           -----------------------


EXHIBIT 10.53

CHICO'S FAS, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                  PAGE
                                                                                                                  ----
ARTICLE I TITLE AND DEFINITIONS.................................................................................     1
         1.1      Definitions...................................................................................     1

ARTICLE II PARTICIPATION........................................................................................     5
         2.1      Election to Participate.......................................................................     5
         2.2      New Eligible Employees........................................................................     5

ARTICLE III DEFERRAL ELECTIONS..................................................................................     5
         3.1      Elections to Defer Compensation...............................................................     5
         3.2      Investment Elections..........................................................................     6

ARTICLE IV DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS AND TRUST FUNDING..................................................................     6
         4.1      Deferral Accounts.............................................................................     6
         4.2      Company Contribution Account..................................................................     7
         4.3      Trust Funding.................................................................................     7

ARTICLE V VESTING...............................................................................................     8

ARTICLE VI DISTRIBUTIONS........................................................................................     8
         6.1      Distribution of Deferral Account and Company Contribution Account.............................     8
         6.2      Early Non-Scheduled Distributions............................................................     10
         6.3      Hardship Distribution........................................................................     10
         6.4      Inability to Locate Participant..............................................................     11

ARTICLE VII ADMINISTRATION.....................................................................................     11
         7.1      Committee....................................................................................     11
         7.2      Committee Action.............................................................................     11
         7.3      Powers and Duties of the Committee...........................................................     11
         7.4      Construction and Interpretation..............................................................     12
         7.5      Information..................................................................................     12
         7.6      Compensation, Expenses and Indemnity.........................................................     12
         7.7      Quarterly Statements.........................................................................     13
         7.8      Disputes.....................................................................................     13

ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................................................     14
         8.1      Unsecured General Creditor...................................................................     14
         8.2      Restriction Against Assignment...............................................................     14
         8.3      Withholding..................................................................................     14
         8.4      Amendment, Modification, Suspension or Termination...........................................     15
         8.5      Governing Law................................................................................     15
         8.6      Receipt or Release...........................................................................     15
         8.7      Payments on Behalf of Persons Under Incapacity...............................................     15
         8.8      Limitation of Rights and Employment Relationship.............................................     15
         8.9      Headings.....................................................................................     15

(i)

CHICO'S FAS, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

WHEREAS, the Company, as defined below, desires to establish this Deferred Compensation Plan for a select group of management or other highly compensated employees within the meaning of Sections 201, 301 and 401 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, to be effective April 1, 2002;

NOW, THEREFORE, this Plan is hereby adopted to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

TITLE AND DEFINITIONS

1.1 Definitions.

(a) Whenever the following words and phrases are used in this Plan, with the first letter capitalized, they shall have the meanings specified below.

(b) "Account" or "Accounts" shall mean all of such accounts as are specifically authorized for inclusion in this Plan.

(c) "Base Salary" shall mean a Participant's annual base salary, excluding bonus, commissions, incentive and all other remuneration for services rendered to Company but prior to reduction for any deferral of salary credited to this Plan, or salary contributed to a plan established pursuant to Sections 125 or 132 of the Code or qualified pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code. In the case of a member of the Board, "Base Salary" shall mean the Board member's cash retainer otherwise to be paid for service as a member of the Board

(d) "Beneficiary" or "Beneficiaries" shall mean the person or persons, including a trustee, personal representative or other fiduciary, last designated in writing by a Participant in accordance with procedures established by the Committee to receive the benefits specified hereunder in the event of the Participant's death. No beneficiary designation shall become effective until it is filed with the Committee. Any designation shall be revocable at any time through a written instrument filed by the Participant with the Committee with or without the consent of the previous Beneficiary. If there is no such designation or if there is no surviving designated Beneficiary, then the Participant's surviving spouse shall be the Beneficiary. If there is no surviving spouse to receive any benefits payable in accordance with the preceding sentence, the duly appointed and currently acting personal representative of the Participant's estate (which shall include either the Participant's probate estate or living trust) shall be the Beneficiary. In any case where there is no such personal representative of the Participant's estate duly appointed and acting in that capacity within 90 days after the Participant's death (or such extended period as the Committee determines is reasonably necessary to allow such personal representative to be appointed, but not to exceed 180 days after the Participant's death), then Beneficiary shall mean


the person or persons who can verify by affidavit or court order to the satisfaction of the Committee that they are legally entitled to receive the benefits specified hereunder. In the event any amount is payable under the Plan to a minor, payment shall not be made to the minor, but instead be paid (a) to that person's living parent(s) to act as custodian, (b) if that person's parents are then divorced, and one parent is the sole custodial parent, to such custodial parent, or (c) if no parent of that person is then living, to a custodian selected by the Committee to hold the funds for the minor under the Uniform Transfers or Gifts to Minors Act in effect in the jurisdiction in which the minor resides. If no parent is living and the Committee decides not to select another custodian to hold the funds for the minor, then payment shall be made to the duly appointed and currently acting guardian of the estate for the minor or, if no guardian of the estate for the minor is duly appointed and currently acting within 60 days after the date the amount becomes payable, payment shall be deposited with the court having jurisdiction over the estate of the minor. Payment by Company pursuant to any unrevoked Beneficiary designation, or to the Participant's spouse or estate if no such designation exists, of all benefits owed hereunder shall terminate any and all liability of Company.

(e) "Board of Directors" or "Board" shall mean the Board of Directors of Chico's FAS, Inc.

(f) "Bonuses" shall mean the bonuses earned as of the last day of Chico's second fiscal quarter and the last day of Chico's fiscal year, if a Participant is in the employ of the Company on such day.

(g) "Change of Control" shall mean (i) a "change of control" of a nature that is required, pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Act"), to be reported in response to Item (a) of a Current Report on Form 8-K or Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A, in each case as such requirements are in effect on January 1, 2002; (ii) the adoption by the Company of a plan of dissolution or liquidation; (iii) the closing of the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; (iv) the closing of a merger, reorganization or similar transaction (a "Transaction") involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or, if the Company is the surviving corporation, immediately following the closing of the Transaction, persons who were stockholders of the Company immediately prior to the Transaction own less than 75% of the combined voting power of the surviving corporation's voting securities; or (v) the acquisition of "Beneficial Ownership" (as defined in rule 13d-3 under the Act in effect on January 1, 2002) of the Company's securities comprising 25% of the combined voting power of the Company's outstanding securities by a "person" (as that term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, but not including any trustee or fiduciary acting in that capacity for an employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company) and such person's "affiliates" and "associates" (as those terms are defined under the Act).

(h) "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(i) "Committee" shall mean the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan in accordance with Article VII.

-2-

(j) "Company" shall mean Chico's FAS, Inc., a Florida corporation, and those of its subsidiaries and affiliates that are designated by the Board to authorize their Eligible Employees to participate in the Plan and shall be included within the term "Company."

(k) "Company Contribution Account" shall mean the bookkeeping account maintained by Company for each Participant that is credited with an amount equal to the Company Discretionary Contribution Amount, if any, and Company Matching Contribution Amount, if any, and earnings and losses on such amounts pursuant to Section 4.2.

(l) "Company Discretionary Contribution Amount" shall mean the discretionary amount determined by the Board to be credited to the Company Contribution Account of a Participant for a Plan Year. Such amount may differ from Participant to Participant both in amount, including no contribution, and as a percentage of Compensation.

(m) "Company Matching Contribution Amount" shall mean the amount credited to the Company Contribution Account of a Participant for a Plan Year to make up for matching contributions not permitted to be made to the Savings Plan, because of the limitations of the Code, based on the rate of the Participant's contributions to the Savings Plan.

(n) "Compensation" shall mean an Eligible Employee's Base Salary and Bonus earned after becoming a Participant.

(o) "Deferral Account" shall mean the bookkeeping account maintained by the Company for each Participant that is credited with amounts equal to (1) the portion of the Participant's Compensation that he or she elects to defer, and (2) earnings and losses pursuant to Section 4.1.

(p) "Disability" shall mean the Participant's inability to perform each and every duty of his or her occupation or position of employment due to illness or injury as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee.

(q) "Distributable Amount" shall mean the vested balance in the Participant's Deferral Account and Company Contribution Account.

(r) "Early Distribution" shall mean an election by Participant in accordance with Section 6.2 to receive a withdrawal of amounts from his or her Deferral Account and Company Contribution Account prior to the time at which such Participant would otherwise be entitled to such amounts.

(s) "Effective Date" shall mean April 1, 2002.

(t) "Eligible Employee" shall mean each non-employee member of the Board or an employee of the Company who is eligible to participate in the Company's management bonus plan or who is a regional manager, whose Compensation potential for a Plan Year is in excess of $100,000 (except as otherwise specified by the Committee) and who is in the top 10% of all employees of the Company ranked by Compensation.

-3-

(u) "Enrollment Agreement" shall mean the authorization form which an Eligible Employee files with the Committee to participate in the Plan.

(v) "Fund" or "Funds" shall mean one or more of the investment funds selected by the Committee pursuant to Section 3.2(b).

(w) "Hardship Distribution" shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness or accident of the Participant or of his or her Dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code), loss of a Participant's property due to casualty, or other similar or extraordinary and unforseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant. The circumstances that would constitute an unforseeable emergency will depend upon the facts of each case, but, in any case, a Hardship Distribution may not be made to the extent that such hardship is or may be relieved (i) through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, (ii) by liquidation of the Participant's assets, to the extent the liquidation of assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship, or (iii) by cessation of deferrals under this Plan.

(x) "Initial Election Period" shall mean the 30-day period prior to the Effective Date of the Plan, or the 30-day period following the time an employee shall be designated by the Company as an Eligible Employee.

(y) "Interest Rate" shall mean, for each Fund, an amount equal to the net gain or loss on the assets of such Fund measured at the end of each business day.

(z) "Participant" shall mean any Eligible Employee who becomes a Participant in this Plan in accordance with Article II.

(aa) "Payment Date" shall mean the date selected by the Participant to receive a distribution in accordance with Article VI.

(bb) "Plan" shall mean the Chicos FAS, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.

(cc) "Plan Year" shall mean the period beginning on April 1, 2002 and ending on December 31, 2002 and each calendar year thereafter.

(dd) "Savings Plan" shall mean the Company's savings plan qualified under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code.

(ee) "Scheduled Withdrawal Date" shall mean the Early Distribution Payment Date elected by the Participant for an in-service withdrawal of amounts from his or her Accounts deferred in a given Plan Year, and earnings and losses attributable thereto, as set forth on the election form for such Plan Year.

(ff) "Termination Date" shall mean the date of termination of a Participant's active employment with the Company without regard to any compensation continuation arrangement.

(gg) "Trust" shall mean the Company Deferred Compensation Plan Trust.

-4-

(hh) "Trustee" shall mean Wachovia Bank, N.A.

ARTICLE II

PARTICIPATION

2.1 Election to Participate. Annually, all Eligible Employees will be offered the opportunity to defer Compensation. Any Eligible Employee may enroll in the Plan by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement with the Committee on or before December 1 of the Plan Year prior to the Plan Year in which the election is to become effective. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, for the Plan Year beginning on the Effective Date, the executed Enrollment Agreement will be due during the Initial Election Period and shall relate to Compensation to be paid after that Enrollment Agreement is filed with the Committee.

2.2 New Eligible Employees. An employee who first becomes an Eligible Employee after the beginning of a Plan Year may enroll in the Plan for that Plan Year by filing a completed and fully executed Enrollment Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.1, during that Eligible Employee's Initial Election Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, any election by an Eligible Employee, pursuant to this section, to defer Compensation shall apply only to such amounts as are earned by the Eligible Employee after the date on which such Enrollment Agreement is filed.

ARTICLE III

DEFERRAL ELECTIONS

3.1 Elections to Defer Compensation.

(a) General Rule. Subject to the provisions of Article II, each Eligible Employee may elect to defer Compensation by filing with the Committee an Enrollment Agreement.

(b) Deferral Elections. An Eligible Employee may (i) elect to defer (as a result of payroll reduction) only Compensation earned on or after the time the Enrollment Agreement is filed, (ii) make an election as to Base Salary, Bonus (either or both semi-annual Bonuses as designated in the Enrollment Agreement) or both, and (iii) make an election of a percentage which shall not exceed 80% of the Eligible Employee's Base Salary or 100% of the Eligible Employee's Bonus, provided that the total amount deferred by a Participant shall be limited in any Plan Year, if necessary, to satisfy Social Security Tax (including Medicare), income tax and employee benefit plan withholding requirements as determined in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee. The minimum contribution which may be made in any Plan Year by an Eligible Employee shall not be less than $2,500, on an annual basis, provided such minimum contribution can be satisfied from any element of Compensation. The Enrollment Agreement shall also specify whether an Early Distribution is being elected, the Scheduled Withdrawal Date and the amount subject to that election, and shall provide such other information as the Committee shall require.

-5-

(c) Duration of Compensation Deferral Election. A Participant may increase, decrease or terminate a deferral election with respect to Compensation for any subsequent Plan Year by filing a new election not less than 30 days prior to the beginning of the next Plan Year, which election shall be effective on the first day of the next following Plan Year. In the event no new Enrollment Agreement is filed, all elections shall continue into each succeeding Plan Year.

(d) Elections other than Elections during the Initial Election Period. Subject to the limitations of Section 3.1(b) above, any Eligible Employee who has terminated a prior Compensation deferral election may elect to again defer Compensation, by filing a new Enrollment Agreement, to defer Compensation in a timely manner as described in Sections 3.1(b) and 3.1(c) above.

3.2 Investment Elections.

(a) At the time of making the deferral elections described in Section 3.1, the Participant shall designate, on the Enrollment Agreement, the types of Funds in which the Participant's Account will be deemed to be invested for purposes of determining the amount of earnings to be credited to that Account. In making the designation pursuant to this Section 3.2, the Participant may specify that all or any multiple of his or her Account be deemed to be invested, in whole percentage increments, in one or more of the types of Funds provided under the Plan as communicated from time to time by the Committee. Effective as of the end of any business day, a Participant may change the designation made under this Section 3.2 by filing a change in the manner specified by the Committee. If a Participant fails to elect a type of Fund under this Section 3.2, he or she shall be deemed to have elected the Money Market type of Fund. The Interest Rate of each such Fund shall be used to determine the amount of earnings or losses to be credited to Participant's Account under Article IV.

(b) Although the Participant may designate the type of Funds, the Company and the Committee shall not be bound by such designation. The Committee may select from time to time, in its sole and absolute discretion, commercially available investments of each of the types communicated by the Committee to the Participant pursuant to Section 3.2(a) above to be the Funds.

ARTICLE IV

DEFERRAL ACCOUNTS AND TRUST FUNDING

4.1 Deferral Accounts.

The Committee shall establish and maintain a Deferral Account for each Participant under the Plan. Each Participant's Deferral Account shall be further divided into separate subaccounts ("Fund Subaccounts"), each of which corresponds to a Fund elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.2(a). A Participant's Deferral Account shall be credited as follows:

(a) On the fifth business day after amounts are withheld and deferred from a Participant's Compensation, the Committee shall credit the Fund Subaccounts of the Participant's Deferral Account with an amount equal to the Compensation deferred by the Participant in

-6-

accordance with the Participant's election under Section 3.2(a); that is, the portion of the Participant's deferred Compensation that the Participant has elected to be deemed to be invested in a certain type of Fund shall be credited to the Fund Subaccount corresponding to that Fund;

(b) Each business day, each Fund Subaccount of a Participant's Deferral Account shall be credited with earnings or losses in an amount equal to that determined by multiplying the Interest Rate for the corresponding Fund Subaccount by the balance credited to such Fund Subaccount as of the end of the prior day with such balance including any contributions that have been credited to that fund Subaccount as of the end of the prior day.

(c) In the event that a Participant elects for all or a portion of a given Plan Year's deferral of Compensation to have a Scheduled Withdrawal Date, all amounts attributed to the deferral of Compensation for such Plan Year to the extent of the Scheduled Withdrawal Date election shall be accounted for in a manner which allows separate accounting for the deferral of Compensation and associated investment gains and losses allocated to a Scheduled Withdrawal Date.

4.2 Company Contribution Account.

The Committee shall establish and maintain a Company Contribution Account for each Participant under the Plan. Each Participant's Company Contribution Account shall be further divided into separate Fund Subaccounts, each of which corresponds to the Fund(s) elected by the Participant pursuant to Section 3.2(a). A Participant's Company Contribution Account shall be credited as follows:

(a) On the fifth business day after a Company Discretionary Contribution Amount or Company Matching Contribution Amount, the Committee shall credit the Fund Subaccounts of the Participant's Company Contribution Account with an amount equal to any such portion of the (i) Company Discretionary Contribution Amount applicable to that Participant, if any, and/or (ii) Company Matching Contribution Amount applicable to that Participant, if any, which the Participant elected to be deemed to be invested in each type of Fund Subaccount; and

(b) Each business day, each Fund Subaccount of a Participant's Company Contribution Account shall be credited with earnings or losses in an amount equal to that determined by multiplying the Interest Rate for the corresponding Fund Subaccount by the balance credited to such Fund Subaccount as of the end of the prior day with such balance including any contributions that have been credited to that fund Subaccount as of the end of the prior day.

4.3 Trust Funding.

The Company has created a Trust with the Trustee. The Company shall cause the Trust to be funded each year. The Company's contributions to the Trust (after taking into account any earnings of the Fund Subaccounts) shall include (i) an amount equal to the amount deferred by each Participant;
(ii) the aggregate amount of Company Discretionary Contribution Amounts, if any, (iii) the aggregate amount of Company Matching Contribution Amounts, if any;

-7-

and (iv) the amount determined by applying the Interest Rate to the amounts determined under (i), (ii) and (iii).

Although the principal of the Trust and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of Company and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries as set forth therein, neither the Participants nor their Beneficiaries shall have any preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership in, any assets of the Trust prior to the time such assets are paid to the Participants or Beneficiaries as benefits and all rights created under this Plan shall be unsecured contractual rights of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries against the Company. Any assets held in the Trust will be subject to the claims of Company's general creditors under federal and state law in the event of insolvency as defined in Section 4.2(a) of the Trust.

Except as provided in the preceding paragraph, the assets of the Plan and Trust shall never inure to the benefit of the Company and the same shall be held for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits to Participants and their Beneficiaries and for deferring reasonable expenses of administering the Plan and Trust.

ARTICLE V

VESTING

A Participant shall be 100% vested in his or her Deferral Account. A Participant shall be vested in the Company Discretionary Contribution Amount and Company Matching Contribution Amount credited to his or her Company Contribution Account at the time provided in accordance with the vesting schedule contained in the Savings Plan.

ARTICLE VI

DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1 Distribution of Deferral Account and Company Contribution Account.

(a) Distribution Without Scheduled Withdrawal Date. In the case of a Participant who (i) terminates employment with Company other than by reason of death, (ii) has an Account balance of more than $50,000, and (iii) has at least attained the age of 50 with 10 or more years of service with the Company, the Distributable Amount shall be paid to the Participant in substantially equal annual installments over fifteen (15) years commencing on the Participant's Payment Date. The Payment Date shall be on the first day of the thirteenth month following the Participant's Termination Date unless the Participant elects, no later than the Participant's Termination Date, on a form provided by the Committee, a later Payment Date which may be in January of any of the immediately succeeding four Plan Years. An optional form of benefit may also be elected by the Participant, on a form provided by the Committee and submitted by the Participant no later than the Participant's Termination Date, from among the following:

(1) A lump sum distribution on the Participant's Payment Date.

-8-

(2) Substantially equal quarterly or annual installments over five (5), ten (10) or fifteen (15) years, beginning on the Participant's Payment Date.

A Participant may modify the form of benefit that he or she has previously elected, provided such modification occurs no later than the Participant's Termination Date.

In the case of a Participant who terminates employment with Company and has an Account balance of $50,000 or less or who has not attained age 50 with at least 10 years of service, the Distributable Amount shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum distribution as soon as practicable following the Participant's Termination Date.

The Participant's Account shall continue to be credited with earnings pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 4.2 until all amounts credited to his or her Account under the Plan have been distributed. Annual or quarterly installment payments, if any, shall commence at the Payment Date elected by the Participant in accordance with this Section, in an amount equal to (i) the value of the Participant's Account as of the business day the Funds are deemed to be liquidated to make the payment, divided by (ii) the number of installment payments elected by the Participant. The remaining installments shall be paid in an amount equal to (i) the value of the Account as of the business day the Funds are deemed to be liquidated to make the payment divided by (ii) the number of installments remaining. All distributions shall be made on a pro rata basis from among a Participant's Accounts and Fund Subaccounts.

(b) Distribution With Scheduled Withdrawal Date. In the case of a Participant who has elected a Scheduled Withdrawal Date for a distribution while still in the employ of the Company, such Participant shall receive his or her Distributable Amount, but only with respect to those deferrals of Compensation and earnings on such deferrals of Compensation as shall have been elected by the Participant to be subject to the Scheduled Withdrawal Date in accordance with Section 1.1(ee). A Participant's Scheduled Withdrawal Date with respect to deferrals of Compensation deferred in a given Plan Year can be no earlier than January of the third Plan Year following the last day of the Plan Year for which the deferrals of Compensation are made. The Participant's distribution on a Scheduled Withdrawal Date shall be paid to the Participant in either in: (i) one lump sum in January of the Plan Year elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement covering that Scheduled Withdrawal Date; or (ii) if the amount to be distributed is at least $25,000, annual installments payable over up to five years commencing in January of the Plan Year elected by the Participant in the Enrollment Agreement covering that Scheduled Withdrawal Date, in the same manner as is provided in the last paragraph of subsection (a) above. A Participant may extend the Scheduled Withdrawal Date for any Plan Year, provided such extension request occurs at least one year before the Scheduled Withdrawal Date and the extension is for a period of not less than two years from the Scheduled Withdrawal Date. The Participant shall have the right to twice modify any Scheduled Withdrawal Date. In the event a Participant has a Termination Date prior to a Scheduled Withdrawal Date, other than by reason of death, the portion of the Participant's Account associated with a Scheduled Withdrawal Date, which has not been distributed prior to such Termination Date shall be included in the Participant's Account balance and distributed in accordance with Section 6.1(a).

(c) Distribution on Account of Death. In the case of a Participant who dies while employed by the Company or after his or her Termination Date with a vested balance in

-9-

his or her Account, whether or not then being paid in installments, such Participant's Beneficiary or Beneficiaries shall receive a lump sum distribution as soon as practicable following the Participant's death of all Account balances.

6.2 Early Non-Scheduled Distributions.

A Participant shall be permitted to elect an Early Distribution from his or her Account prior to the Payment Date, subject to the following restrictions:

(a) The election to take an Early Distribution shall be made by filing a form provided by and filed with the Committee prior to the end of any calendar month.

(b) The amount of the Early Distribution may equal up to 90% of his vested Account balance.

(c) The amount described in subsection (b) above shall be paid in a single cash lump sum as soon as practicable after the end of the calendar month in which the Early Distribution election is made.

(d) If a Participant requests an Early Distribution of his or her vested Account, the remaining balance of his or her Account shall be reduced by 10% of the amount requested to be distributed, to a maximum reduction of $100,000, which shall be permanently forfeited and the Company shall have no obligation to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary with respect to such forfeited amount.

(e) If a Participant receives an Early Distribution of either all or a part of his or her Account, the Participant will be ineligible to participate in the Plan for the balance of the Plan Year and the following Plan Year. All distributions shall be made on a pro rata basis from among a Participant's Accounts and Fund Subaccounts.

6.3 Hardship Distribution.

A Participant shall be permitted to elect a Hardship Distribution from his or her vested Accounts in accordance with Section 1.1(w) prior to the Payment Date, subject to the following restrictions:

(a) The election to take a Hardship Distribution shall be made by filing a form provided by and filed with the Committee prior to the end of any calendar month.

(b) The Committee shall have made a determination that the requested distribution constitutes a Hardship Distribution in accordance with Section 1.1(w).

(c) The amount determined by the Committee to qualify as a Hardship Distribution shall be paid in a single cash lump sum as soon as practicable after the end of the calendar month in which the Hardship Distribution election is made and approved by the Committee.

-10-

(d) If a Participant receives a Hardship Distribution, the Participant will be ineligible to participate in the Plan for the balance of the Plan Year.

6.4 Inability to Locate Participant.

In the event that the Committee is unable to locate a Participant or Beneficiary within two years following the required Payment Date, the amount allocated to the Participant's Accounts shall be forfeited. If, after such forfeiture, the Participant or Beneficiary later claims such benefit, such benefit shall be reinstated without interest or earnings after the date of the forfeiture.

ARTICLE VII

ADMINISTRATION

7.1 Committee.

The Committee shall be appointed by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board of Directors. The number of members comprising the Committee shall be determined by the Board, which may from time to time vary the number of members. A member of the Committee may resign by delivering a written notice of resignation to the Board. The Board may remove any member by delivering a certified copy of its resolution of removal to such member. Vacancies in the membership of the Committee shall be filled promptly by the Board.

7.2 Committee Action.

The Committee shall act at meetings by affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Committee. Any action permitted to be taken at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a written consent to the action is signed by all members of the Committee and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Committee. A member of the Committee shall not vote or act upon any matter which relates solely to himself or herself as a Participant. The Chair or any other member or members of the Committee designated by the Chair may execute any certificate or other written direction on behalf of the Committee.

7.3 Powers and Duties of the Committee.

(a) The Committee shall enforce the Plan in accordance with its terms, shall be charged with the general administration of the Plan, and shall have all powers necessary to accomplish its purposes, including, but not by way of limitation, the following:

(1) To select the Funds in accordance with
Section 3.2(b) hereof;

(2) To construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan and to make factual determinations;

-11-

(3) To compute and certify to the amount and kind of benefits payable to Participants and their Beneficiaries;

(4) To maintain all records that may be necessary for the administration of the Plan;

(5) To provide for the disclosure of all information and the filing or provision of all reports and statements to Participants, Beneficiaries or governmental agencies as shall be required by law;

(6) To make and publish such rules for the regulation of the Plan and procedures for the administration of the Plan as are not inconsistent with the terms hereof;

(7) To appoint any agent, and to delegate such powers and duties in connection with the administration of the Plan as the Committee may from time to time prescribe; and

(8) To take all other actions necessary for the administration of the Plan.

7.4 Construction and Interpretation.

The Committee shall have full discretion to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of this Plan, which interpretations or construction shall be final and binding on all parties, including but not limited to the Company and any Participant or Beneficiary and the Enrollment Agreement of each Participant shall constitute that Participant's acknowledgement and acceptance of the terms of the Plan and the Committee's authority and discretion. The Committee shall administer such terms and provisions in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner and in full accordance with any and all laws applicable to the Plan.

7.5 Information.

To enable the Committee to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to the Compensation of all Participants, their death or other events which cause termination of their participation in this Plan, and such other pertinent facts as the Committee may require.

7.6 Compensation, Expenses and Indemnity.

(a) The members of the Committee shall serve without compensation for their services hereunder.

(b) The Committee is authorized at the expense of the Company to employ such legal counsel as it may deem advisable to assist in the performance of its duties hereunder. Expenses and fees in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

-12-

(c) To the extent permitted by applicable state law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Committee and each member thereof, the Board of Directors and any delegate of the Committee who is an employee of the Company against any and all expenses, liabilities and claims, including legal fees to defend against such liabilities and claims arising out of their discharge in good faith of responsibilities under or incident to the Plan, other than expenses and liabilities arising out of willful misconduct. This indemnity shall not preclude such further indemnities as may be available under insurance purchased by the Company or provided by the Company under any bylaw, agreement or otherwise, as such indemnities are permitted under state law.

7.7 Quarterly Statements.

Under procedures established by the Committee, a Participant shall receive a statement with respect to such Participant's Accounts on a quarterly basis.

7.8 Disputes.

(a) Claim.

A person who believes that he or she is being denied a benefit to which he or she is entitled under this Plan (hereinafter referred to as "Claimant") must file a written request for such benefit with the Company's Vice President of Human Resources, setting forth his or her claim. The request must be addressed to the Vice President at the Company's then principal place of business.

(b) Claim Decision.

Upon receipt of a claim, the Vice President shall advise the Claimant that a reply will be forthcoming within ninety (90) days and shall, in fact, deliver such reply within such period. The Vice President may, however, extend the reply period for an additional ninety (90) days for special circumstances.

If the claim is denied in whole or in part, the Vice President shall inform the Claimant in writing, using language calculated to be understood by the Claimant, setting forth: (i) the specified reason or reasons for such denial; (ii) the specific reference to relevant provisions of the Plan on which such denial is based; (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim and an explanation of why such material or such information is necessary; (iv) appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to submit the claim for review; (v) the time limits for requesting a review under subsection (c), and (vi) the Participant's right to bring an action for benefits under Section 502 of ERISA.

(c) Request For Review.

Within sixty (60) days after the receipt by the Claimant of the written opinion described above, the Claimant may request in writing that the Committee review the determination of the Vice President. Such request must be addressed to the Secretary of the Committee, at the Company's then principal place of business. The Claimant or his or her duly

-13-

authorized representative may, but need not, review the pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing for consideration by the Committee. If the Claimant does not request a review within such sixty (60) day period, he or she shall be barred and estopped from challenging the Vice President's determination.

(d) Review of Decision.

Within sixty (60) days after the Committee's receipt of a request for review, after considering all materials presented by the Claimant, the Committee will inform the Participant in writing, in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, the decision setting forth the specific reasons for the decision containing specific references to the relevant provisions of the Plan on which the decision is based and the Participant's right to bring an action for benefits under Section 502 of ERISA. If special circumstances require that the sixty (60) day time period be extended, the Committee will so notify the Claimant and will render the decision as soon as possible, but no later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of the request for review.

ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Unsecured General Creditor.

Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors, and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, claims, or interest in any specific property or assets of the Company. No assets of the Company shall be held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under this Plan. Any and all of the Company's assets shall be, and remain, the general unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Company's obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future, and the rights of the Participants and Beneficiaries shall be no greater than those of unsecured general creditors. It is the intention of the Company that this Plan be unfunded for purposes of the Code and for purposes of Title 1 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

8.2 Restriction Against Assignment.

The Company shall pay all amounts payable hereunder only to the person or persons designated by the Plan and not to any other person or corporation. No part of a Participant's Accounts shall be liable for the debts, contracts, or engagements of any Participant, his or her Beneficiary, or successors in interest, nor shall a Participant's Accounts be subject to execution by levy, attachment, or garnishment or by any other legal or equitable proceeding, nor shall any such person have any right to alienate, anticipate, sell, transfer, commute, pledge, encumber, or assign any benefits or payments hereunder in any manner whatsoever. If any Participant, Beneficiary or successor in interest is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, commute, assign, pledge, encumber or charge any distribution or payment from the Plan, voluntarily or involuntarily, the Committee, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment (or any part thereof) to or for the benefit of such Participant, Beneficiary or successor in interest in such manner as the Committee shall direct.

-14-

8.3 Withholding.

There shall be deducted from each payment made under the Plan or any other Compensation payable to the Participant (or Beneficiary) all taxes which are required to be withheld by the Company in respect to such payment or this Plan. The Company shall have the right to reduce any payment (or compensation) by the amount of cash sufficient to provide the amount of said taxes.

8.4 Amendment, Modification, Suspension or Termination.

The Committee may amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part, except that no amendment, modification, suspension or termination shall have any retroactive effect to reduce any amounts allocated to a Participant's Accounts. In the event that this Plan is terminated, the amounts allocated to a Participant's Accounts may be distributed to the Participant or, in the event of his or her death, his or her Beneficiary in a lump sum within thirty (30) days following the date of termination or at such other time as shall be determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

8.5 Governing Law.

This Plan shall be construed, governed and administered in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida, except where pre-empted by federal law.

8.6 Receipt or Release.

Any payment to a Participant or the Participant's Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Committee and the Company. The Committee may require such Participant or Beneficiary, as a condition precedent to such payment, to execute a receipt and release to such effect.

8.7 Payments on Behalf of Persons Under Incapacity.

In the event that any amount becomes payable under the Plan to a person who, in the sole judgment of the Committee, is considered by reason of physical or mental condition to be unable to give a valid receipt therefor, the Committee may direct that such payment be made to any person found by the Committee, in its sole judgment, to have assumed the care of such person. Any payment made pursuant to such determination shall constitute a full release and discharge of the Committee and the Company.

-15-

8.8 Limitation of Rights and Employment Relationship

Neither the establishment of the Plan and Trust nor any modification thereof, nor the creating of any fund or account, nor the payment of any benefits shall be construed as giving to any Participant, or Beneficiary or other person any legal or equitable right against the Company or the trustee of the Trust except as provided in the Plan and Trust; and in no event shall the terms of employment of any Employee or Participant be modified or in any way be affected by the provisions of the Plan and Trust.

8.9 Headings.

Headings and subheadings in this Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in the construction of the provisions hereof.

-16-

EXHIBIT 10.54


After recording return to:
Ranse M. Partin
King & Spalding
191 Peachtree Street
Atlanta, Georgia 30303-1763

LEASE AGREEMENT

between

JOINT DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF
WINDER-BARROW COUNTY

and

CHICO'S REAL ESTATE, LLC

Dated as of March 25, 2002


LEASE AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(The Table of Contents for this Lease Agreement is for convenience of reference only and is not intended to define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of this Lease Agreement.)

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS.............................................................................................2

         Section 1.1.      Definitions............................................................................2
         Section 1.2.      Rules of Construction..................................................................4

ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.........................................................................5

         Section 2.1.      Representations and Warranties by the Lessor...........................................5
         Section 2.2.      Representations and Warranties by the Lessee...........................................6

ARTICLE III LEASING CLAUSES AND WARRANTY OF TITLE.................................................................8

         Section 3.1.      Lease of the Project...................................................................8
         Section 3.2.      Warranty of Title......................................................................8
         Section 3.3.      Quiet Enjoyment........................................................................8
         Section 3.4.      Limitations of Warranties..............................................................9

ARTICLE IV [RESERVED]............................................................................................10


ARTICLE V EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS LEASE AGREEMENT; DURATION OF LEASE TERM; RENTAL PROVISIONS......................11

         Section 5.1.      Effective Date of this Lease Agreement; Duration of Lease Term........................11
         Section 5.2.      Delivery and Acceptance of Possession.................................................11
         Section 5.3.      Rents and Other Amounts Payable.......................................................11
         Section 5.4.      Place of Rental Payments..............................................................11
         Section 5.5.      Obligations of Lessee Hereunder Absolute and Unconditional............................11

ARTICLE VI MAINTENANCE AND MODIFICATIONS, TAXES AND INSURANCE....................................................12

         Section 6.1.      Maintenance and Modifications of Project by Lessee....................................12
         Section 6.2.      [Reserved.]...........................................................................12
         Section 6.3.      Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges.................................12
         Section 6.4.      Insurance Required....................................................................13
         Section 6.5.      Application of Net Proceeds of Insurance..............................................13
         Section 6.6.      Additional Provisions Respecting Insurance............................................13
         Section 6.7.      Indemnification of Lessor.............................................................13

ARTICLE VII [RESERVED]...........................................................................................16


ARTICLE VIII SPECIAL COVENANTS...................................................................................17

         Section 8.1.      No Warranty of Condition or Suitability by the Lessor.................................17
         Section 8.2.      Inspection of Project; Right of Access to the Project by the Lessor...................17

i

         Section 8.3.      Lessee to Maintain Its Corporate Existence; Exceptions Permitted......................17
         Section 8.4.      Qualification in Georgia..............................................................17
         Section 8.5.      Granting and Release of Easements.....................................................18
         Section 8.6.      Release of Certain Land...............................................................18
         Section 8.7.      Future Leases.........................................................................18
         Section 8.8.      Eminent domain........................................................................18
         Section 8.9.      Special Environmental Indemnification.................................................18
         Section 8.10.     Compliance with Laws..................................................................19

ARTICLE IX ASSIGNMENT, SUBLEASING, PLEDGING AND SELLING; REDEMPTION; RENT PREPAYMENT AND ABATEMENT...............20

         Section 9.1.      Assignment and Subleasing.............................................................20
         Section 9.2.      Restrictions on Sale of Project by Lessor.............................................20

ARTICLE X EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES.........................................................................21

         Section 10.1.     Events of Default Defined.............................................................21
         Section 10.2.     Remedies on Default...................................................................22
         Section 10.3.     No Remedy Exclusive...................................................................22
         Section 10.4.     Agreement to Pay Attorneys' Fees and Expenses.........................................23
         Section 10.5.     No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver............................................23
         Section 10.6.     Waiver of Appraisement, Valuation, Etc................................................23

ARTICLE XI OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF LESSEE............................................................................24

         Section 11.1.     Options to Terminate the Lease Term...................................................24
         Section 11.2.     Option to Purchase Project............................................................24
         Section 11.3.     Conveyance on Purchase................................................................24
         Section 11.4.     Deed and Bill of Sale Held in Escrow..................................................24

ARTICLE XII OBLIGATIONS OF LESSEE................................................................................25

         Section 12.1.     Obligation to Purchase Project........................................................25

ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS.......................................................................................26

         Section 13.1.     Notices...............................................................................26
         Section 13.2.     Binding Effect........................................................................26
         Section 13.3.     Severability..........................................................................26
         Section 13.4.     [Reserved.]...........................................................................27
         Section 13.5.     Amendments, Changes and Modifications.................................................27
         Section 13.6.     Execution Counterparts................................................................27
         Section 13.7.     Captions..............................................................................27
         Section 13.8.     Recording of Lease....................................................................27
         Section 13.9.     Law Governing Construction of Lease...................................................27
         Section 13.10.    Net Lease.............................................................................27
         Section 13.11.    Income Tax Purposes...................................................................27

EXHIBIT "A"         -    DESCRIPTION OF LEASED LAND

EXHIBIT "B"         -    DESCRIPTION OF LEASE EQUIPMENT

EXHIBIT "C"         -    QUITCLAIM DEED AND BILL OF SALE

EXHIBIT "D"         -    TAX AGREEMENT

ii

LEASE AGREEMENT

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT, dated March 25, 2002, by and between the JOINT DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF WINDER-BARROW COUNTY (the "Lessor"), a public body corporate and politic of the State of Georgia, as lessor, and CHICO'S REAL ESTATE, LLC (the "Lessee"), a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of Georgia, as lessee,

WITNESSETH:

That in consideration of the respective representations and agreements hereinafter contained, the Lessor and the Lessee agree as follows (provided, that in the performance of the agreements of the Lessor herein contained, any obligation it may thereby incur for the payment of money shall not be a general debt on its part but shall be payable solely out of the rents, revenues and receipts derived from this Lease Agreement, the insurance and condemnation awards as herein described and any other rents, revenues and receipts arising out of or in connection with its ownership of the Project as hereinafter defined):


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1. DEFINITIONS.

In addition to the words and terms elsewhere defined in this Lease Agreement, the following words and terms as used in this Lease Agreement shall have the following meanings unless the context or use indicates another or different meaning or intent.

"Authorized Lessor Representative" means the person or persons at the time designated to act on behalf of the Lessor by certificate furnished to the Lessee containing the specimen signature of each such person and signed by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Lessor. Such certificate may designate an alternate or alternates, each of whom shall be entitled to perform all duties of the Authorized Lessor Representative. Such certificate shall be effective until revoked in writing. Should any Authorized Lessor Representative not be satisfactory to the Lessee, then upon the request of the Lessee, the Lessor will designate another Authorized Lessor Representative.

"Authorized Lessee Representative" means the person or persons at the time designated to act on behalf of the Lessee by written certificate furnished to the Lessor containing the specimen signature of each such persons and signed on behalf of the Lessee by the chairman of the board, president or any vice president of the Lessee. Such certificate may designate an alternate or alternates, each of whom shall be entitled to perform all duties of the Authorized Lessee Representative. Such certificate shall be effective until revoked in writing.

"Building" means those certain facilities forming a part of the Project located on the Leased Land and not constituting a part of the Leased Equipment, if any.

"Counsel" means an attorney or firm thereof admitted to practice law before the highest court of any State of the United States of America or the District of Columbia. An attorney for the Lessor or the Lessee may be eligible for appointment as Counsel.

"Event of Default" means any of the events described in
Section 10.1 hereof.

"Independent Counsel" means an attorney or firm thereof duly admitted to practice law before the highest court of any state in the United States of America or the District of Columbia and not an employee of or regularly retained by either the Lessor or the Lessee.

"Lease" means this Lease Agreement as it now exists and as it may hereafter be amended.

"Lease Term" means the duration of the leasehold interest created by this Lease Agreement as specified in Section 5.1 hereof.

"Leased Equipment" means those items of machinery, equipment and related property required herein to be acquired and/or installed in the Building or on the Leased Land

2

and any item of machinery, equipment and related property acquired and installed in the Building or on the Leased Land in substitution therefor and renewals and replacements thereof, less such machinery, equipment and related property as may be taken by the exercise of power of eminent domain, but not including the Lessee's own machinery, equipment and related property installed under the provisions of Section 6.1 thereof. The Leased Equipment insofar as it will be initially installed as a part of the Project is more fully described in Exhibit "B" attached to the Lease Agreement.

"Leased Land" means the real estate and interests in real estate described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto and by this reference made a part hereof, less such real estate and interests in real estate as may be released from this Lease Agreement pursuant to Sections 8.5 and 8.6 hereof or taken by the exercise of the power of eminent domain.

"Lessee" means Chico's Real Estate, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company and its successors and assigns, including any surviving, resulting or transferee entity as provided in Section 8.3 hereof.

"Lessor" means the Joint Development Authority of Winder-Barrow County, a public body corporate and politic created and existing under the laws of the State of Georgia, and its lawful successors and assigns.

"Net Proceeds" when used with respect to any insurance or condemnation award, whether partial or otherwise, means the gross proceeds from the insurance or condemnation award with respect to which that term is used remaining after payment of all expenses incurred in the collection of such gross proceeds.

"Permitted Encumbrances" means, as of any particular time,
(i) liens for ad valorem taxes and special assessments not then delinquent or permitted to exist as provided in Section 6.3 hereof, (ii) this Lease Agreement, (iii) utility, access or other easements and rights-of-way, restrictions, reservations, reversions and exceptions in the nature of easements that the Lessee certifies will not materially interfere with or impair the operations being conducted at the Project, (iv) unfiled and inchoate mechanics' and materialmen's liens for construction work in progress, (v) architects', contractors', subcontractors', mechanics', materialmen's, suppliers', laborers' and vendors' liens or other similar liens not then payable, (vi) such minor defects, irregularities, encumbrances, easements, rights-of-way and clouds on title as the Lessee, by an Authorized Lessee Representative, certifies do not, in the aggregate, materially impair the property affected thereby for the purpose for which it was acquired or is held by the Lessor, and (vii) exceptions described in any Owner's Policy of Title Insurance that may be procured by the Lessee.

"Person" means natural persons, firms, associations, corporations, public bodies, and other legal entities.

"Project" means the Building, the Leased Land and the Leased Equipment, as they may at any time exist.

3

"Quitclaim Deed" means the Quitclaim Deed and Bill of Sale from the Lessor under this Lease Agreement to the Lessee under this Lease Agreement to be dated contemporaneously with this Lease Agreement. The Quitclaim Deed and Bill of Sale, in substantially the form it is to be executed and delivered, is attached as Exhibit "C" hereto.

SECTION 1.2. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

Unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary:

(a) "Herein," "hereby," "hereunder," "hereof," "hereinbefore," "hereinafter" and other equivalent words refer to this Lease Agreement and not solely to the particular portion thereof in which any such word is used.

(b) Words importing the singular number shall include the plural number and vice versa, and any pronoun used herein shall be deemed to cover all genders.

(c) All references herein to particular Articles or Sections are references to Articles or Sections of this Lease Agreement.

(d) Any certificate or statement required to be delivered under the provisions of this Lease Agreement shall, in the absence of manifest error, be deemed to be conclusive evidence of the truth, correctness and accuracy of the matters covered in such certificate or statement.

4

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 2.1. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY THE LESSOR.

The Lessor makes the following representations and warranties:

(a) Organization and Authority. The Lessor is a public body corporate and politic, created and validly existing pursuant to the Constitution and laws of the State of Georgia. Under the provisions of the local constitutional amendment creating the Lessor, the Lessor has the power to execute and deliver this Lease Agreement, to enter into the transactions contemplated thereby and to perform and observe its obligations contained therein in accordance with the terms thereof. By proper corporate action, the Lessor has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Lease Agreement.

(b) Public Purpose. The Lessor has found and hereby declares that the execution of this Lease Agreement is in furtherance of the public purposes for which the Lessor was created.

(c) Agreements are Legal and Authorized. The Lessor is not subject to any charter, by-law or contractual limitation or provision of any nature whatsoever which in any way limits, restricts or prevents the Lessor from entering into this Lease Agreement or performing any of its obligations thereunder, except to the extent that such performance may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting creditors' rights.

(d) Governmental Consents. Neither the nature of the Lessor nor any of its activities or properties, nor any relationship between the Lessor and any other Person, is such as to require the consent, approval or authorization of, or the filing, registration or qualification with, any governmental authority on the part of the Lessor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Lease Agreement.

(e) No Defaults. No event has occurred and no condition exists with respect to the Lessor which would constitute an event of default, as defined therein, under this Lease Agreement or which, with the lapse of time or with the giving of notice or both, would become an event of default under this Lease Agreement.

(f) Enforceability. This Lease Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lessor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent the enforceability hereof may be subject to (i) the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general principles of equity, and (ii) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights heretofore or hereinafter enacted to the extent constitutionally applicable.

(g) No Warranty by Lessor of Condition or Suitability of the Project Facilities. The Lessor makes no warranty, either expressed or implied, as to the suitability

5

or utility of the Project or as to the condition of the Project or that it is or will be suitable for the Lessee's purposes or needs.

SECTION 2.2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES BY THE LESSEE.

The Lessee makes the following representations and warranties:

(a) Corporate Organization and Power. The Lessee is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Georgia, has the power to enter into this Lease Agreement and to perform and observe its obligations contained herein in accordance with the terms hereof, and has, by proper action, been duly authorized to execute, deliver and perform this Lease Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof.

(b) Pending Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, inquiries or investigations pending, or to the knowledge of the Lessee threatened, against or affecting the Lessee in any court or before any governmental authority or arbitration board or tribunal which is reasonably anticipated to materially and adversely affect the transactions contemplated by the Lease or the ability of the Lessee to perform its obligations under any of the foregoing.

(c) Agreements Are Valid and Authorized. The execution and delivery by the Lessee of the Lease and the compliance by the Lessee with all of the provisions hereof and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (A) (i) are within the corporate power of the Lessee, (ii) will not conflict with or result in any breach of any of the terms, conditions or provisions of, or constitute a default under, its articles or certificate of incorporation, its bylaws, or any commitment, agreement or instrument of whatever nature to which the Lessee is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which any of its properties may be subject, or any license, judgment, decree, law, statute, order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Lessee or any of its activities or properties, or (iii) result in the creation or imposition of any prohibited lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the property or assets of the Lessee under the terms of any instrument or agreement, and (B) have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Lessee.

(d) Governmental Consents. Neither the Lessee nor any of its business or properties, nor any relationship between the Lessee and any other Person, nor any circumstance in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Lessee of the Lease, is such as to require the consent, approval or authorization of, or the filing, registration or qualification with, any governmental authority on the part of the Lessee, other than those already obtained as of the date of the execution of this Lease Agreement.

(e) No Defaults. No event has occurred and no condition exists with respect to the Lessee that would constitute an event of default, as defined therein, under the Lease or which, with the lapse of time or with the giving of notice or both, would become an event of default under the Lease.

6

(f) Governmental Approvals. The Project will be acquired, constructed, installed, and/or maintained in such manner as to conform in all material respects with all applicable zoning, planning, building and other regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Project and all necessary utilities will be available in all material respects to the Project.

(g) Enforceability. This Lease Agreement is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Lessee enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent the enforceability hereof may be subject to (i) the exercise of judicial discretion in accordance with general principles of equity, and (ii) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or other similar laws affecting creditors' rights heretofore or hereinafter enacted to the extent constitutionally applicable.

(h) Operation of Project. The Lessee presently intends to operate the Project, located wholly within Barrow County, in a manner consistent with the purposes for which the Lessor was created, principally as a warehouse facility for clothing distribution until the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term as provided herein.

7

ARTICLE III

LEASING CLAUSES AND WARRANTY OF TITLE

SECTION 3.1. LEASE OF THE PROJECT.

The Lessor hereby leases to the Lessee, and the Lessee hereby leases from the Lessor, subject to Permitted Encumbrances, the Project at the rental set forth in Section 5.3 hereof and in accordance with the provisions of this Lease Agreement.

The Lessee hereby grants to the Lessor an easement in gross over such portions of the Project as necessary for the purpose of acquiring, constructing, installing, maintaining and operating the Project.

SECTION 3.2. WARRANTY OF TITLE.

The Lessor for itself, its successors and assigns, warrants to the Lessee, its successors and assigns, that the Lessor has good, valid and marketable title in and to the Leased Land, free from all encumbrances except Permitted Encumbrances.

The Lessor agrees that it shall upon request of the Lessee join where necessary in any proceeding to protect and defend the Lessor's title in and to the Project, provided that the Lessee shall pay the entire cost of any such proceeding, reimburse and indemnify and hold harmless the Lessor from any cost or liability whatsoever.

SECTION 3.3. QUIET ENJOYMENT.

The Lessor warrants and covenants that it will defend the Lessee in the quiet enjoyment and peaceable possession of the Leased Land, and all appurtenances thereunto belonging, free from all claims of all persons whomsoever acting by, through or under the Lessor, throughout the Lease Term.

In addition to the foregoing warranty, the Lessor agrees that it will not take or cause another party to take any action to interfere with the Lessee's peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Project. The Lessor agrees that in the event the peaceful and quiet enjoyment of the Project shall otherwise be denied to the Lessee or contested by anyone, the Lessor shall upon request of the Lessee join where necessary in any proceeding to protect and defend the quiet enjoyment of the Lessee, provided that, unless such denial or contest shall result from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Lessor, the Lessee shall pay the entire cost of any such proceeding, reimburse and indemnify and hold harmless the Lessor from any cost or liability whatsoever.

The provisions of this section shall apply so long as the Lessee shall perform the covenants, conditions and agreements to be performed by it hereunder, or so long as the period for remedying any default in such performance shall not be expired.

8

SECTION 3.4. LIMITATIONS OF WARRANTIES.

The warranties of the Lessor which are contained in Sections 3.2 and 3.3 hereof shall be limited to the extent and in such amount as may be collected from time to time from the Lessee under the Lease Agreement.

9

ARTICLE IV

[RESERVED]

10

ARTICLE V

EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS LEASE AGREEMENT;
DURATION OF LEASE TERM; RENTAL PROVISIONS

SECTION 5.1. EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS LEASE AGREEMENT; DURATION OF LEASE TERM.

This Lease Agreement shall become effective upon its delivery and the leasehold interest created by this Lease Agreement shall then begin, and, subject to the other provisions of this Lease Agreement (including particularly Articles X, XI, and XII hereof), shall expire at midnight, December 31, 2009.

SECTION 5.2. DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE OF POSSESSION.

The Lessor agrees to deliver to the Lessee sole and exclusive possession of the Project (subject to the right of the Lessor to enter thereon for inspection and other purposes as set forth in Section 8.2 hereof) on the effective date of this Lease Agreement and the Lessee agrees to accept possession of the Project upon such delivery.

SECTION 5.3. RENTS AND OTHER AMOUNTS PAYABLE.

On or before March __, 2002, the Lessee shall pay or cause to be paid to the Lessor as rents for the Project, the sum of Seven Million One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($7,150,000.00) which sum shall be paid by conveyance of real and personal property. Said property shall constitute payment in full for all rents and lease payments due hereunder. The adequacy of said property is hereby acknowledged and the receipt thereof is documented in the recorded Warranty Deed and Bill of Sale from the Lessee to the Lessor.

SECTION 5.4. PLACE OF RENTAL PAYMENTS.

The rents provided for in Section 5.3 hereof shall be paid directly to the Lessor.

SECTION 5.5. OBLIGATIONS OF LESSEE HEREUNDER ABSOLUTE AND UNCONDITIONAL.

The obligations of the Lessee to make the payments required in Section 5.3 hereof and to perform and observe the other agreements on its part contained herein shall be absolute and unconditional.

11

ARTICLE VI

MAINTENANCE AND MODIFICATIONS, TAXES AND INSURANCE

SECTION 6.1. MAINTENANCE AND MODIFICATIONS OF PROJECT BY LESSEE.

(a) The Lessee will cause the Project to be maintained, preserved and kept in good repair, working order and condition and will from time to time cause to be made all necessary and proper repairs, replacements and renewal and may make any alterations, improvements and additions to the Project; provided, however, that the Lessee will have no obligation to cause to be maintained, preserved, repaired, replaced or renewed any element or unit of the Project, the maintenance, repair, replacement or renewal of which, in the opinion of the Lessee, becomes uneconomic to the Lessee because of damage or destruction or obsolescence, or change in economic or business conditions, or change in government standards and regulations, or the termination by the Lessee of the operation of the warehouse facilities to which such element or unit of the Project is an adjunct. For purposes of this Section 6.1, the "opinion of the Lessee" shall be expressed to the Lessor that the circumstances, situations or conditions described in this Section 6.1 exist to the extent that the Lessee is not required to cause to be maintained any element or unit of the Project.

The Lessee covenants that as long as the Lessee or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates operates the Project, it or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates will cause the Project to be maintained and operated as a "project" consistent with the purposes for which the Lessor was created.

(b) The Lessee shall not permit any mechanics' liens, materialmen's liens or other liens to be established and remain against the Project for labor or materials furnished or services rendered in connection with any additions, modifications, improvements, repairs, renewals or replacements so made by it; provided, that if the Lessee shall first notify the Lessor of its intention so to do, the Lessee may in good faith contest any mechanics' liens, materialmen's liens or other liens filed or established against the Project, and in such event may substitute a bond as provided by Georgia law for the lien during the period of such contest and any appeal therefrom. The Lessor will cooperate fully with the Lessee in any such contest.

SECTION 6.2. [RESERVED.]

SECTION 6.3. TAXES, OTHER GOVERNMENTAL CHARGES AND UTILITY CHARGES.

The Lessor and the Lessee further acknowledge that under present law, and as set forth in the agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "D" and incorporated herein, no part of the Project owned by the Lessor will be subject to ad valorem taxation by the State of Georgia or by any political or taxing subdivision thereof and this factor has induced the Lessee to enter into this Lease Agreement. However, the Lessee shall pay, as the same become lawfully due and payable, (i) all taxes and governmental charges of any kind whatsoever upon or with respect to the interest held by the Lessee under this Lease Agreement as set forth in Exhibit D, (ii) all taxes and governmental charges of any kind whatsoever upon or with respect to the Project or any machinery, equipment or related property installed or brought by the Lessee therein or thereon,

12

(iii) all utility and other charges incurred in the operation, maintenance, use, occupancy and upkeep of the Project and (iv) all assessments and charges lawfully made by any governmental body for public improvements that may be secured by a lien on the Project; provided, that with respect to special assessments or other governmental charges that may lawfully be paid in installments over a period of years, the Lessee shall be obligated to pay only such installments as are required to be paid during the Lease Term.

The Lessee may, at its own expense and in its own name and on behalf or in the name and behalf of the Lessor, in good faith contest any such taxes, assessments and other charges and, in the event of any such contest, may permit the taxes, assessments and other charges so contested to remain unpaid during the period of such contest and any appeal therefrom unless the Lessor shall notify the Lessee that, in the opinion of Independent Counsel, by nonpayment of any such items the rents, revenues or receipts derived from the Project will be materially endangered or the Project or any material part thereof will be subject to loss or forfeiture, in which event such taxes, assessments or charges shall be paid promptly. The Lessor shall cooperate fully with the Lessee in any such contest. If the Lessee shall fail to pay any of the foregoing items required by this Section to be paid by the Lessee, the Lessor may (but shall be under no obligation to) pay the same and any amounts so advanced therefor by the Lessor shall become an additional obligation of the Lessee to the Lessor, the Lessee agrees to pay.

SECTION 6.4. INSURANCE REQUIRED.

Throughout the Lease Term, the Lessee shall insure the Project against such property and personal injury risks as is consistent with its insurance practices in effect from time to time, including self insurance, in any event. In lieu of separate insurance policies, such insurance may be in the form of a blanket insurance policy or policies of the Lessee. Insurance policies may be written with deductible amounts and exceptions and exclusions as the Lessee deems necessary in the normal course of its business.

SECTION 6.5. APPLICATION OF NET PROCEEDS OF INSURANCE.

The Net Proceeds of the insurance carried pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.4 hereof shall be applied as determined by the Lessee.

SECTION 6.6. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RESPECTING INSURANCE.

All claims made under any insurance policies carried pursuant to the requirements of Section 6.4 hereof, regardless of amount, may be adjusted by the Lessee with the insurers.

SECTION 6.7. INDEMNIFICATION OF LESSOR

The Lessee shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify and save the Lessor and the officers, agents, employees and attorneys thereof harmless against and from all claims by or on behalf of any person, firm or corporation or governmental entity arising from the conduct or management of, or from any work or thing done on, the Project during the Lease Term, and against and from all claims arising during the Lease Term from (a) any physical or environmental condition of the Project of any kind, (b) any breach or default on the part of the

13

Lessee in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease Agreement,
(c) any contract entered into in compliance with the provisions hereof in connection with the acquisition, construction and installation of the Project,
(d) any act of negligence of the Lessee or of any of its agents, contractors, servants, employees or licensees, (e) any act of negligence of any assignee or sublessee of the Lessee, or of any agents, contractors, servants, employees or licensees of any assignee or sublessee of the Lessee, and (f) including without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any loss, liability or expense arising under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980 as amended, and any other environmental statute, rule or regulation. The Lessee shall indemnify and save the Lessor and the officers, agents, employees and attorneys thereof harmless from and against all costs and expenses incurred in or in connection with any action or proceeding brought on such claims, and upon notice from the Lessor, the Lessee shall defend the Lessor in any such action or proceeding. Nothing contained herein shall require the Lessee to indemnify the Lessor and the officers, agents, employees and attorneys thereof for any claim or liability resulting from the Lessor's own willful acts or gross negligence or for any claim or liability which the Lessee was not given the opportunity to contest. The Lessor shall reimburse the Lessee for payments made by the Lessee pursuant to this Section 6.7 to the extent of any proceeds, net of all expenses of collection, actually received by either such party from any insurance covering such claims with respect to the losses sustained. The Lessor shall promptly claim any such insurance proceeds and shall assign its rights to such proceeds, to the extent of such required reimbursement, to the Lessee. In case any action shall be brought against the Lessor in respect of which indemnity may be sought against the Lessee, the Lessor shall promptly notify the Lessee in writing and the Lessee shall have the right to assume the investigation and defense thereof including the employment of counsel and the payment of all expenses. Failure to give any such notice shall not affect the right of the Lessor to receive the indemnification provided herein; unless such failure resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of the Lessor, such failure could not be remedied and the result of such failure is that the interests of the Lessee were materially and adversely affected as a direct result of such failure. The Lessor shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action and participate in the investigation and defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be paid by the Lessor unless (i) the employment of such counsel has been authorized by the Lessee or, (ii) the Lessee shall have failed promptly after receiving notice of such action from the Lessor, as applicable, to assume the defense of such action and employ counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Lessor, or (iii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include the Lessor and the Lessee or an affiliate of the Lessee, and the Lessor shall have been advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to such party which are different from or in addition to those available to the Lessee or affiliate of the Lessee or (iv) the Lessor shall have been advised by counsel that there is a conflict on any issue between the Lessor and the Lessee (in which case, if the Lessor notifies the Lessee in writing that it elects to employ separate counsel at the expense of the Lessee, the Lessee shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action or proceeding on behalf of the Lessor). The Lessee shall not be liable for any settlement of any such action without its consent but, if any such action is settled with the consent of the Lessee or if there be a final unappealable judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the Lessee agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Lessor and the officers, agents, employees and attorneys thereof from and against any loss by reason of such settlement or judgment. Nothing herein shall be construed as requiring the Lessor to acquire or maintain insurance of any form or nature with respect to the Project or any portion thereof or with respect to any phrase, term, provision, condition or obligation of this Lease Agreement or any other matter in connection herewith. The obligations of the Lessee under this Section 6.7 shall survive the termination of this Lease Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect, binding the Lessee to the provisions of this Section 6.7 without regard to the manner of termination of this Lease Agreement.

14

ARTICLE VII

[RESERVED]

15

ARTICLE VIII

SPECIAL COVENANTS

SECTION 8.1. NO WARRANTY OF CONDITION OR SUITABILITY BY THE LESSOR.

THE LESSOR MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE CONDITION OF THE PROJECT OR THAT IT WILL BE SUITABLE FOR THE LESSEE'S PURPOSES OR NEEDS. The Lessee releases the Lessor from, agrees that the Lessor shall not be liable for and agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to hold the Lessor harmless against, any loss that may be occasioned by the condition of the Project or its suitability for the Lessee's purposes or needs.

SECTION 8.2. INSPECTION OF PROJECT; RIGHT OF ACCESS TO THE PROJECT BY THE LESSOR.

The Lessee agrees that the Authorized Lessor Representative or its duly authorized agents shall have the right at all reasonable times during business hours, to enter upon, examine and inspect the Project, provided that this does not result in any interference or prejudice to the Lessee's operations. Provided that the Lessee is not in default hereunder, such inspection shall only be made in the presence of an official of the Lessee.

SECTION 8.3. LESSEE TO MAINTAIN ITS CORPORATE EXISTENCE; EXCEPTIONS PERMITTED.

The Lessee agrees that during the term of this Lease Agreement, it shall maintain its corporate existence and shall not merge or consolidate with any other entity and shall not transfer or convey all or substantially all of its property, assets and licenses; provided however, the Lessee may without violating any provisions of this Lease Agreement consolidate with or merge into another domestic entity (i.e., a corporation incorporated and existing under the laws of one of the states of the United States of America or the District of Columbia) or permit one or more domestic corporations to consolidate with or merge into or transfer or convey all or substantially all of its assets to another domestic entity, but only on the condition that the assignee entity or the entity resulting from or surviving such merger (if other than the Lessee) or consolidation or entity to which such transfer is made is then solvent and shall expressly assume in writing and agree to pay and to perform all of the Lessee's obligations under this Lease Agreement. If the Lessee is the surviving entity in such a merger the express assumption shall not be required.

SECTION 8.4. QUALIFICATION IN GEORGIA.

The Lessee warrants (except as may be otherwise permitted pursuant to the provisions of Section 8.3 above) that it is and throughout the Lease Term it will continue to be a limited liability company either organized under the laws of the State of Georgia or duly qualified to do business in the State of Georgia as a foreign corporation, as the case may be.

16

SECTION 8.5. GRANTING AND RELEASE OF EASEMENTS.

If no event of default shall have happened and be continuing, the Lessee may at any time or times cause to be granted easements, licenses, rights-of-way (temporary or perpetual and including the dedication of public highways) and other rights or privileges in the nature of easements with respect to any property included in the Project and such grant will be free from any lien created by this Lease Agreement, or the Lessee may cause to be released existing easements, licenses, rights-of-way and other rights or privileges in the nature of easements, held with respect to any property included in the Project with or without consideration, and the Lessor agrees that it shall execute and deliver any instrument necessary or appropriate to confirm and grant or release any such easement, license, right-of-way or other right or privilege upon receipt of: (i) a copy of the instrument of grant or release, and (ii) a written application of the Lessee signed by an Authorized Lessee Representative requesting such instrument and stating that such grant or release is not detrimental to the proper conduct of the business of the Lessee.

SECTION 8.6. RELEASE OF CERTAIN LAND.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease Agreement, the parties hereto reserve the right at any time and from time to time by mutual agreement to amend this Lease Agreement for the purpose of effecting the release of and removal from this Lease Agreement of any unimproved part of the Leased Land (on which neither the Building nor any Leased Equipment is located but on which parking, transportation, utility facilities or other support facilities may be located).

SECTION 8.7. FUTURE LEASES.

From time to time during and upon notice to Lessor from Lessee not later than November 1 of any calendar year during the term hereof, Lessor covenants and agrees to enter into an additional future lease before the last day of such year substantially similar in form and meaning as this Lease Agreement with Lessee or its assignees. The leased property for each such lease shall be the additions to the real and personal property, both equipment or facilities, placed into service during such year by Lessee. Each said future lease shall provide the same tax benefits commencing with the tax based upon the valuation of the property on January 1 of the year following the notice and lease as provided under the schedule set forth in the agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "D", and continuing over the eight year term of said schedule.

SECTION 8.8. EMINENT DOMAIN.

If the title in and to, or the temporary use of, the Project or any part thereof shall be taken under the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any governmental body or by any person, firm or corporation acting under governmental authority, the Lessee shall be entitled to receive the Net Proceeds from any award therefrom.

SECTION 8.9. SPECIAL ENVIRONMENTAL INDEMNIFICATION.

(a) the Lessee agrees to and shall indemnify, hold harmless, and defend the Lessor and its officers, directors, agents, and employees from and against any and all claims,

17

losses, damages, expenses, causes of action, lawsuits, government regulatory enforcement actions, and liability (individually, a "Claim," collectively, "Claims") asserted against the Lessor arising out of alleged or actual "environmental contamination" (hereinafter defined) arising from the Lessee's leasing and operation of the Project.

(b) "Environmental contamination" as used herein shall mean damages to persons or property or violations of state or federal environmental laws or regulations arising out of the Lessee's past operations at the Project or the operations of the Lessee at any time at the Project with respect to but not limited to air emissions, water effluent discharges, and waste generation, transportation, storage, disposal, or the handling of hazardous materials.

(c) The Lessor shall notify the Lessee in writing within thirty (30) days after any Claim is made, brought, or asserted, in any event, in writing, against the Lessor, and as to which the Lessor has actual knowledge by receipt of such written notification. The Lessee shall similarly notify the Lessor in writing within thirty (30) days after any Claim is made, brought, or asserted against the Lessee.

(d) The Lessor shall fully cooperate with the Lessee, including but not limited to, assisting the Lessee in the preparation of a defense to Claims when and as the Lessee fulfills its obligations under this
Section of the Lease. In the event the Lessor provides notice to the Lessee under Subsection (c) above, the Lessee shall handle and control the defense of all Claims and the Lessee's decision on litigation and settlement and all other such aspects shall be final; provided, however, no settlement or decision shall impose upon the Lessor by apportionment or otherwise, any loss, damage or liability as a result thereof.

(e) The Lessor shall use its best efforts to deliver the notice specified in subsection (c) above within a period of thirty (30) days after the Lessor has direct knowledge (by receipt of written notice or otherwise) of a Claim.

(f) The provisions of this Section 8.9 shall survive the termination of this Lease Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect, binding the Lessee to the provisions of this Section 8.9 without regard to the manner of termination of this Lease Agreement.

SECTION 8.10. COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.

The Lessee agrees that it will comply with any applicable law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any governmental authority with respect to its use of the Project.

18

ARTICLE IX

ASSIGNMENT, SUBLEASING, PLEDGING AND SELLING;
REDEMPTION; RENT PREPAYMENT AND ABATEMENT

SECTION 9.1. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLEASING.

Subject to a sublease, if any, and any assignments or subleases permitted thereunder, this Lease Agreement may be sold or assigned, in whole or in part, and the Project may be subleased, as a whole or in part, by the Lessee without the consent of the Lessor, but only under the following circumstances:

(a) no sale or assignment (other than pursuant to
Section 8.3 hereof) or sublease shall relieve the Lessee from primary liability for any of its obligations hereunder, and if any such assignment occurs the Lessee shall continue to remain primarily liable for payment of the rents specified in Section 5.3 hereof and for performance and observance of the other agreements on its part herein provided to be performed and observed by it unless the Lessee shall have obtained from any purchaser, assignee, or sublessee, as the case may be, an express written assumption of all the obligations of the Lessee hereunder; and

(b) the Lessee shall, within thirty (30) days after the delivery thereof, furnish or cause to be furnished to the Lessor a true and complete copy of each such sale, assignment or sublease, as the case may be, together with any instrument of assumption.

SECTION 9.2. RESTRICTIONS ON SALE OF PROJECT BY LESSOR.

The Lessor agrees that, except as provided in Section 11.2 herein, it will not mortgage, sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise encumber the Project or any portion thereof during the Lease Term and that it will not take any other action which may reasonably be construed as tending to cause or induce the levy or assessment of ad valorem taxes on the Project or the Lessee's leasehold interest in the Project. If the laws of the State of Georgia at the time require or permit such action to be taken, nothing contained in this Section shall prevent the consolidation of the Lessor with, or the merger of the Lessor into, or the transfer of the Project as an entirety to, any public corporation whose property and income are not subject to taxation and which has corporate authority to carry on the business of owning and leasing the Project.

19

ARTICLE X

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 10.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT DEFINED.

The following shall be Events of Default under this Lease Agreement:

(a) failure by the Lessee to make any rental payments required under Section 5.3 hereof on or before the date that the payment is due and continuance of such failure for a period of 30 days after notice thereof has been given to the Lessee by telephone (to be followed in writing) or facsimile;

(b) failure by the Lessee to observe and perform any other material covenant, condition or agreement on its part under this Lease Agreement (other than as referred to in subsection (a) of this Section), for a period of 30 days after written notice, specifying such failure and requesting that it be remedied, shall be given to the Lessee, unless the Lessor shall agree in writing to an extension of such time prior to its expiration; provided, however, if the failure stated in the notice cannot be corrected within the applicable period, the Lessor will not unreasonably withhold its consent to an extension of such time if it is possible to correct such failure and corrective action is instituted by the Lessee within the applicable period and diligently pursued until the default is corrected;

(c) the entry of a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises for relief in respect of the Lessee or adjudging the Lessee a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Lessee under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or as amended or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy or other similar law, and such decree or order shall have continued undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days; or the entry of a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction of the premises for the appointment of a receiver or liquidator or trustee or custodian or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of the Lessee or of all or a major part of its property, or for the winding up or liquidation of its affairs and such decree or order shall have remained in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 90 days; or

(d) the Lessee shall institute proceedings to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or shall consent to the filing of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding against it, or shall file a petition or answer or consent seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or as amended, or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy or other similar law, or shall consent to the institution of proceedings thereunder or to the filing of any such petition, or shall consent to the appointment or taking possession of a receiver or liquidator or trustee or custodian or assignee in bankruptcy or insolvency of it or of all or a major part of its property, or shall make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the failure of the Lessee generally to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of corporate action by the Lessee in furtherance of any such action.

20

The foregoing provisions of this Section are subject to the following limitations: If by reason of force majeure the Lessee is unable in whole or in part to carry out the agreements on its part herein contained, other than the obligations on the part of the Lessee contained in Sections 5.3, 6.3, 6.4 and 8.3 hereof, the Lessee shall not be deemed in default during the continuance of such inability. The term "force majeure" as used herein shall mean, without limitation, the following: acts of God; strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances; acts of terror or public enemies; orders of any kind of the government of the United States of America or of the State of Georgia or any of their departments, agencies, political subdivisions or officials, or any civil or military authority; insurrections; riots; epidemics; landslides; lightning; earthquakes; fires; hurricanes; storms; floods; washouts; droughts; arrests; restraint of government and people; civil disturbances; explosions; breakage or accident to machinery, transmission pipes or canals; partial or entire failure of utilities; or any other cause or event not reasonably within the control of the Lessee. The Lessee agrees, however, to use its best efforts to remedy with all reasonable dispatch the cause or causes preventing the Lessee from carrying out its agreements; provided, that the settlement of strikes, lockouts and other industrial disturbances shall be entirely within the discretion of the Lessee, and the Lessee shall not be required to make settlement of strikes, lockouts and other industrial disturbances by acceding to the demands of the opposing party or parties when such course is, in the judgment of the Lessee, unfavorable to the Lessee.

SECTION 10.2. REMEDIES ON DEFAULT.

Whenever any Event of Default shall have happened and be subsisting, the Lessor may take any one or more of the following remedial steps:

(a) terminate the Lease Agreement; provided, however, that upon such termination, the options of the Lessee to purchase the Project pursuant to the provisions of Article XI hereof and the obligations of the Lessee to make the rental payments pursuant to
Section 5.3 hereof and purchase the Project pursuant to Section 12.1 hereof contained therein shall survive such termination, but if such option is not exercised, the Lessor may exclude Lessee from possession and use its best efforts to lease the Project to another for the account of the Lessee, holding the Lessee liable for all rent and other payments due up to the effective date of such leasing; and

(b) take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or desirable to collect the rents then due, or to enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant of the Lessee under this Lease Agreement.

SECTION 10.3. NO REMEDY EXCLUSIVE.

No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Lessor or the Lessee is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under this Lease Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing upon the occurrence of any Event of Default shall impair

21

any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such right and power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. In order to entitle the Lessor or the Lessee to exercise any remedy reserved to it in this Article, it shall not be necessary to give any notice, other than such notice or notices as may be herein expressly required.

SECTION 10.4. AGREEMENT TO PAY ATTORNEYS' FEES AND EXPENSES.

Should an Event of Default occur and the non-defaulting party should employ attorneys or incur other expenses for collection of rents or the enforcement of performance or observance of any obligation or agreement on the part of the defaulting party herein contained, the Lessee and the Lessor agree that, as applicable, the defaulting party shall on demand therefor pay to the non-defaulting party the reasonable fees of such attorneys and such other reasonable expenses so incurred by the defaulting party.

SECTION 10.5. NO ADDITIONAL WAIVER IMPLIED BY ONE WAIVER.

If any agreement contained in this Lease Agreement should be breached by either party and thereafter waived by the other party, such waiver shall be limited to the particular breach so waived and shall not be deemed to waive any other breach hereunder.

SECTION 10.6. WAIVER OF APPRAISEMENT, VALUATION, ETC.

If the Lessee should default under any of the provisions of this Lease Agreement, the Lessee agrees to waive, to the extent it may lawfully do so, the benefit of all appraisement, valuation, stay, extension or redemption laws now or hereafter in force, and all right of appraisement and redemption to which it may be entitled.

22

ARTICLE XI

OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF LESSEE

SECTION 11.1. OPTIONS TO TERMINATE THE LEASE TERM.

The Lessee or any assignee shall have the right to terminate the Lease Term by giving the Lessor five (5) business days notice in writing of such termination.

SECTION 11.2. OPTION TO PURCHASE PROJECT.

The Lessee shall have, and is hereby granted, the option to purchase the Project prior to the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term. To exercise such option, the Lessee shall give written notice to the Lessor specifying the date of closing such purchase, which date shall be not less than five (5) business days from the date such notice is given. The amount which shall be paid to the Lessor by the Lessee in the event of its exercise of the option granted in this Section shall be the sum of TEN DOLLARS ($10.00).

SECTION 11.3. CONVEYANCE ON PURCHASE.

At the closing of any purchase pursuant to Article XI or Article XII hereof or pursuant to the exercise of any option to purchase granted herein, the Lessor will upon receipt of the purchase price by it deliver to the Lessee the Quitclaim Deed and Bill of Sale attached hereto as Exhibit "C" or similar documents satisfactory to the Lessee conveying to the Lessee good and marketable title in and to the property with respect to which such obligation or option was exercised, by quitclaim deed and/or bill of sale without other warranty of title, subject to the following, (i) those liens and encumbrances (if any) to which such title in and to said property was subject when conveyed to the Lessor, (ii) those liens and encumbrances created by the Lessee or to the creation or suffering of which the Lessee consented in writing, (iii) those liens and encumbrances resulting from the failure of the Lessee to perform or observe any of the agreements on its part contained in this Lease Agreement and (iv) Permitted Encumbrances other than this Lease Agreement.

SECTION 11.4. DEED AND BILL OF SALE HELD IN ESCROW.

The Quitclaim Deed and Bill of Sale referred to in Section 11.3 above shall be executed contemporaneously with this Lease Agreement and held in escrow by Counsel to the Lessee. Lessee and Lessor hereby agree that Counsel to the Lessee shall have the authority to record said deed and bill of sale without regard to any termination of this Lease Agreement or a dispute hereunder. Counsel to the Lessee shall not be liable as escrow agent absent gross negligence or willful misconduct. Notwithstanding the role of Counsel to the Lessee as escrow agent, said counsel shall retain the right to represent the Lessee in any dispute arising hereunder.

23

ARTICLE XII

OBLIGATIONS OF LESSEE

SECTION 12.1. OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE PROJECT.

(a) The Lessee hereby agrees to purchase, and the Lessor hereby agrees to sell, the Project for TEN DOLLARS ($10.00) at the expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term. At any time subsequent to the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease Agreement as aforesaid upon notice to the Lessor by the Lessee, the Lessor shall upon receipt of the purchase price deliver to the Lessee those documents set forth in Section 11.3 hereof.

24

ARTICLE XIII

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 13.1. NOTICES.

Unless otherwise stated herein, all notices, certificates or other communications hereunder shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given when mailed by first class mail or by delivery to physical address, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows or by facsimile with receipt confirmed:

(a) If to the Lessor: Joint Development Authority of Winder-Barrow County c/o Russell, Stell, Smith & McLocklin, P.C.

98 North Broad Street
Winder, GA 30680
Attention: John E. Stell, Jr., Esq.

(b) If to the Lessee: Chico's Real Estate, LLC c/o Chico's FAS, Inc. 11215 Metro Parkway Fort Myers, FL 33912 Attention: Legal Department

with a copy to:

Smoot Adams Edwards Doragh & Brinson, P.A.

Suite 325
4415 Metro Parkway
Fort Myers, FL 33916
Attention: Peter D. Doragh, Esq.

A duplicate copy of each notice, certificate or other communication given hereunder by either the Lessor, the Lessee shall be given to each of the others. The Lessor or the Lessee may, by notice given hereunder, designate any further or different addresses to which subsequent notices, certificates or other communications shall be sent.

SECTION 13.2. BINDING EFFECT.

This Lease Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Lessor, the Lessee and their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 13.3. SEVERABILITY.

If any provision of this Lease Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision hereof.

25

SECTION 13.4. [RESERVED.]

SECTION 13.5. AMENDMENTS, CHANGES AND MODIFICATIONS.

This Lease Agreement may only be amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated by the written agreement of the Lessor and the Lessee.

SECTION 13.6. EXECUTION COUNTERPARTS.

This Lease Agreement may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

SECTION 13.7. CAPTIONS.

The captions and headings in this Lease Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of this Lease Agreement.

SECTION 13.8. RECORDING OF LEASE.

This Lease Agreement and every assignment and modification hereof shall be recorded in the office of the Clerk of the Superior Court of Barrow County, Georgia, or in such other office as may be at the time provided by law as the proper place for such recordation.

SECTION 13.9. LAW GOVERNING CONSTRUCTION OF LEASE.

This Lease Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Georgia.

SECTION 13.10. NET LEASE.

This Lease Agreement shall be deemed a "net lease," and the Lessee shall pay absolutely net during the Lease Term the rents, revenues and receipts pledged hereunder, without abatement, deduction or set-off other than those herein expressly provided.

SECTION 13.11. INCOME TAX PURPOSES

The Lessor and Lessee acknowledge and agree that this Lease Agreement shall not be treated as an operating lease for Federal and State income tax purposes, but instead shall be treated as a capital lease or financing arrangement, with the Lessee being treated as the owner of the Project for such purposes and as holding all the incidents and attributes of ownership for such purposes.

26

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Lessor and the Lessee have caused this Lease Agreement to be executed in their respective corporate names and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested by their duly authorized representatives, all as of the date first above written.

JOINT DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF WINDER-BARROW COUNTY

                           By: /s/
                              -------------------------------------------------
                              Chairman
(CORPORATE SEAL)


Attest:

 /s/
-------------------------------
Secretary

As to the Lessor, signed
and sealed in the presence of:

 /s/
-------------------------------
Witness

 /s/
-------------------------------
Notary Public

My commission expires:

(Notarial Seal)

Signature Page to Lease Agreement


Chico's Real Estate, LLC

By: /s/ Scott Edmonds
   ----------------------------------------
   Scott Edmonds
   Sole Manager

(CORPORATE SEAL)

Attest:

 /s/ Charles J. Kleman
-------------------------------
Title:

As to the Lessee, signed
and sealed in the presence of:

 /s/
-------------------------------
Witness


 /s/ Robin Martin
-------------------------------
Notary Public

My commission expires:

(NOTARIAL SEAL)

Signature Page to Lease Agreement


[PHOTO OF MODEL]

ANNUAL REPORT FISCAL 2001 CHICO'S(R)


[PHOTO OF SEASCAPE]

A MESSAGE FROM OUR CEO TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS,

Fiscal 2001 was by far our best year in terms of financial, operational and management accomplishments. The strength of our financial position and the hiring of key management have positioned us to set very aggressive goals for fiscal 2002. First, I'd like to briefly review highlights of fiscal 2001 performance and events. Then, I will set out some of our goals for this fiscal year.

Fiscal 2001 resulted in another banner year of growth in sales and earnings. Sales increased by over 45% to $378.1 million, while earnings grew by over 48% to $42.2 million, or $1.01 per share versus $0.69 in the prior year (with the per share numbers adjusted for our two 3 for 2 stock splits during fiscal 2001). Excluding the third quarter of last year during which our country endured the dreadful terrorist attacks, we have had 16 consecutive quarters with net income increasing by at least 50%. Our gross margins, which had been flat year-over-year in fiscal 2000, improved in fiscal 2001 to 59.3% from 58.1% and our cash position (including marketable securities) at the end of fiscal 2001 climbed to $53.8 million from $18.1 million at the end of fiscal 2000. Our continued focus on inventory controls and inventory flow resulted in inventories climbing only 18.5% to $28.9 million while book value rose by $58.2 million to $143.5 million.

Let me put this past year in a slightly different perspective. As I look back, I see a company that went public in 1993 with annual sales of $32.5 million and at an offering price, after adjusting for all of our stock splits, of $1.56. In fiscal 2001, there were five separate months in which the sales in each such month exceeded the annual sales for the entire year in 1993, and our stock price hit an all time high of $37.25 earlier this year.

We initiated television advertising in late February 2001 with great success. During this past fiscal year we almost doubled our database of current and prospective Chico's customers from 1,060,000 to approximately 2,000,000. Our permanent Passport membership grew from 220,000 members in February 2001 to almost 400,000 in February 2002. We increased the catalog mailings to 12 with a total circulation of 13.1 million in fiscal 2001, from 9 catalog mailings with a total circulation of 7.2 million in fiscal 2000. With over 25 million women in our customer demographics, we have every reason to believe that Chico's Passport Club is in its infancy in terms of its growth potential.

We are particularly pleased with accomplishing a number of operational initiatives during fiscal 2001 that should help set the stage for our further growth. Chico's rolled out a real time point of sale system with improved functionality and capability. The company restructured its outlet division to enable us to liquidate substantially larger quantities of merchandise at higher margins. We held a very successful second annual analyst open house at our headquarters offices in Fort Myers, and held our first annual vendor summit further solidifying our relations with our key manufacturers and suppliers.

Fiscal 2001 launched our "bridge to a billion" infrastructure initiative that we believe will allow us to handle a billion dollars plus in annual sales. This initiative is designed to greatly enhance product development, sourcing and production, planning and allocation, merchandise distribution, financial management, and store operations. We began fiscal 2002 with the acquisition of a 230,000 square foot distribution facility outside of Atlanta, Georgia. This facility, combined with state-of-the-art material handling equipment and distribution center management software, should be in operation by early 2003.

Our current plan is to have approximately 375 stores by the end of fiscal 2002. Although we still can't pinpoint the exact number of Chico's stores that is the optimal number for the U.S. market as a whole, we see the potential for continued growth in the number of Chico's stores for many years. At the same time, we are always looking for other opportunities that would enable us to take full advantage of our core competencies. Beginning in fiscal 2001, we have been actively testing product in women's apparel that would be aimed at a customer in a somewhat younger age bracket and with a slightly more moderate income level. These tests have resulted in what we believe will be a new concept store that has the potential to be rolled out nationwide. At this point, we expect to introduce this new concept on a test basis beginning in early fiscal 2003. The plan is for the new concept to have an entirely different name, a unique and different store look, a different store location strategy and, as described above, a somewhat different customer focus. The goal is to create a successful new store concept without competing with, or detracting from, the Chico's brand. We are excited to begin the test phase of this new concept.

As always, we are committed to our customer. Our commitment is to provide her with quality and value that make her look and feel good.

We at Chico's see tremendous opportunities still available to us. We believe that we remain at the beginning of our journey. We will never be satisfied or complacent. We will seek to create shareholder value by striving to do a better job every day as we continue to build our brand. AS ALWAYS, KEEP YOUR EYE ON CHICO'S.

Sincerely,

/s/ Marvin J. Gralnick
----------------------
    Marvin J. Gralnick
    CEO
    April 5, 2002

2

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

In fiscal 2001,
there were FIVE SEPARATE MONTHS
in which the sales in each
such month EXCEEDED
the ANNUAL SALES for the
entire year in 1993,
and our stock price hit
an ALL TIME HIGH of $37.25
earlier this year.


[PHOTO OF CAROUSEL]

CONTENTS

6            Financial Highlights
7            Management's Discussion & Analysis
13           Stock Information
16           Financial Statements
32           Executive Officers/Directors
34           Store Listing


[PHOTO OF MODEL]

5

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

                                                                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         FEBRUARY 2,    FEBRUARY 3,    JANUARY 29,    JANUARY 30,    JANUARY 31,
                                            2002           2001           2000           1999           1998
                                         (52 WEEKS)     (53 WEEKS)     (52 WEEKS)     (52 WEEKS)     (52 WEEKS)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      (Dollars in thousands except per share data)
STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:
Net Sales .........................       $378,085       $259,446       $155,002       $106,742       $ 75,339
Income from Operations ............         67,536         45,363         24,806         15,134          4,914
Net Income ........................         42,187         28,379         15,489          9,139          2,770
Basic Earnings Per Share (1) ......           1.05           0.73           0.41           0.25           0.08
Diluted Earnings Per Share (1) ....           1.01           0.69           0.39           0.24           0.08

OPERATING DATA:
Total Assets ......................       $186,385       $117,807       $ 70,316       $ 49,000       $ 34,472
Long-Term Debt ....................          7,944          7,158          6,839          6,713          6,703
Stockholders' Equity ..............        143,495         85,321         52,641         34,303         21,456
# of Stores (at end of period):
Company-owned .....................            300            239            191            154            132
Franchised ........................             11             11              9              8              9
                                          --------       --------       --------       --------       --------
TOTAL: ............................            311            250            200            162            141
                                          ========       ========       ========       ========       ========

(1)Restated to give retroactive effect for the 3 for 2 stock split payable in January 2002, the 3 for 2 stock split payable in May 2001 and the 2 for 1 stock split payable in January 2000.

6

[PHOTO OF BUILDINGS]

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

GENERAL

Since the Company opened its first store in 1983 principally selling folk art, its retail store system, now selling principally women's apparel, has grown to 311 stores as of February 2, 2002, of which 300 are Company-owned stores and 11 are franchised stores. Since 1989, the Company has de-emphasized the granting of new franchises as a strategy for growth in favor of expanding its store base by opening Company-owned stores. Where possible and practical, the Company has also acquired stores from its franchisees. Since fiscal 1997 (year ended January 31, 1998), the Company has acquired three stores from franchisees, opened 191 new Company-owned stores, and one franchisee has opened four new franchised stores. Of these new Company-owned stores, 64 were opened in fiscal 2001 (year ended February 2, 2002), 51 were opened in fiscal 2000, 40 were opened in fiscal 1999, 22 were opened in fiscal 1998 and 14 were opened in fiscal 1997. During this same time period, the Company closed 17 Company-owned stores and no franchised stores closed. The Company plans to open a minimum of 65 net new Company-owned stores in the fiscal year ending February 1, 2003 and 65 to 70 net new Company-owned stores in the next fiscal year. In addition, the Company is evaluating certain existing Company-owned store locations, including stores with leases coming up for renewal, and is considering the possibility of closing between one and three existing Company-owned stores in fiscal 2002.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth, for each of the respective periods indicated, certain operating statement data and the percentage of the Company's net sales represented by each line item presented.

                                                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED (000'S)
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            FEBRUARY 2,              FEBRUARY 3,              JANUARY 29,
                                                               2002                     2001                     2000
                                                            (52 WEEKS)       %       (53 WEEKS)       %       (52 WEEKS)       %
                                                            ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net sales by company stores ............................     $362,443        95.9%    $252,168        97.2%    $152,474        98.4%
Net sales by catalog and Internet ......................       10,203         2.7        2,656         1.0           --         0.0
Net sales to franchisees ...............................        5,439         1.4        4,622         1.8        2,528         1.6
                                                             --------    --------     --------    --------     --------    --------
  Net sales ............................................      378,085       100.0      259,446       100.0      155,002       100.0
Cost of goods sold .....................................      153,937        40.7      108,671        41.9       64,950        41.9
                                                             --------    --------     --------    --------     --------    --------
  Gross profit .........................................      224,148        59.3      150,775        58.1       90,052        58.1
General, administrative and store operating expenses ...      146,611        38.8       99,757        38.4       62,133        40.1
Depreciation and amortization ..........................       10,001         2.6        5,655         2.2        3,113         2.0
                                                             --------    --------     --------    --------     --------    --------
  Income from operations ...............................       67,536        17.9       45,363        17.5       24,806        16.0
Interest income, net ...................................          507          .1          409          .1          177          .1
                                                             --------    --------     --------    --------     --------    --------
  Income before income taxes ...........................       68,043        18.0       45,772        17.6       24,983        16.1
Provision for income taxes .............................       25,856         6.8       17,393         6.7        9,494         6.1
                                                             --------    --------     --------    --------     --------    --------
  Net income ...........................................     $ 42,187        11.2%    $ 28,379        10.9%    $ 15,489        10.0%
                                                             ========    ========     ========    ========     ========    ========

7

FIFTY-TWO WEEKS ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2002 COMPARED TO THE FIFTY-THREE
WEEKS ENDED FEBRUARY 3, 2001

NET SALES. Net sales by Company-owned stores for the fifty-two weeks ended February 2, 2002 (fiscal 2001 or the current period) increased by $110.3 million, or 43.7%, over net sales by Company-owned stores for the fifty-three weeks ended February 3, 2001 (fiscal 2000 or the prior period). The increase was the result of a comparable Company store net sales increase of $42.1 million, and $68.2 million additional sales from the new stores not yet included in the Company's comparable store base (net of sales of $1.8 million from six stores closed in fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2000, and net of $5.3 million sales from the additional week in the prior year versus the current year).

Net sales from the Company's call center (website and catalog sales), which began operations in late May 2000, increased by $7.5 million in the current period compared to the short year of selling in fiscal 2000.

Net sales to franchisees for the current period increased by approximately $817,000 or 17.7% compared to net sales to franchisees for the prior period. The increase in net sales to franchisees was primarily due to a net increase in purchases by the franchisees as a whole, and the opening by an existing franchisee of two additional franchised stores in fiscal 2000, net of the additional week in the prior period.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit for the current period was $224.1 million, or 59.3% of net sales, compared with $150.8 million, or 58.1% of net sales, for the prior period. The increase in the gross profit percentage primarily resulted from an improvement in the Company's initial markup on goods, offset, in part, by slightly higher markdowns as a percent of sales in the current period versus the prior period. To a lesser degree, the increase in the gross profit percentage resulted from leveraging costs associated with the Company's product development and merchandising areas, which costs are included in the Company's cost of goods sold.

GENERAL, ADMINISTRATIVE AND STORE OPERATING EXPENSES. General, administrative and store operating expenses increased to $146.6 million, or 38.8% of net sales, in the current period from $99.8 million, or 38.4% of net sales, in the prior period. The increase in general, administrative and store operating expenses was, for the most part, the result of increases in store operating expenses, including store compensation, occupancy and other costs associated with additional store openings and, to a lesser degree, an increase in marketing expenses. The increase in these expenses as a percentage of net sales was principally due to an increase in direct store expenses related to costs associated with the Company's new cash register rolled out in the first half of fiscal 2001 and an increase in direct marketing expenses as a percentage of net sales, comprising 3.4% of net sales in the current period, versus 2.7% of net sales in the prior period, net of leverage associated with the Company's 17.1% comparable Company store sales increase for the current period.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Depreciation and amortization increased to $10.4 million, or 2.7% of net sales in the current period from $6.0 million, or 2.3% of net sales, in the prior period. The increase in depreciation and amortization was principally due to capital expenditures related to new, remodeled and expanded stores as well as capital expenditures related to the new cash registers and the addition to the Company's Headquarters facility which opened in early 2001. The increase as a percentage of net sales was principally due to the new cash registers and the Headquarters expansion.

INTEREST INCOME, NET. The Company had net interest income during the current period of approximately $507,000 versus approximately $409,000 in the prior period. The increase in net interest income was primarily a result of the Company's increased cash and marketable securities position throughout most of the year, net of decreased interest rates earned on cash and marketable securities.

NET INCOME. As a result of the factors discussed above, net income reflects an increase of 48.7% to $42.2 million in the current period from net income of $28.4 million in the prior period. The income tax provision represented an effective rate of 38.0% for the current and prior period.

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

8

FIFTY-THREE WEEKS ENDED FEBRUARY 3, 2001 COMPARED TO THE FIFTY-TWO WEEKS ENDED
JANUARY 29, 2000

NET SALES. Net sales by Company-owned stores for the fifty-three weeks ended February 3, 2001 (fiscal 2000 or the current period) increased by $99.7 million, or 65.4%, over net sales by Company-owned stores for the fifty-two weeks ended January 29, 2000 (fiscal 1999 or the prior period). The increase was the result of a comparable Company store net sales increase of $52.0 million, $42.4 million additional sales from the new stores not yet included in the Company's comparable store base (net of sales of $1.1 million from six stores closed in fiscal 1999 and fiscal 2000), and $5.3 million from the additional week in the current year versus the prior year.

Net sales from the Company's call center (website and catalog sales), which began operations in late May 2000, were $2.7 million.

Net sales to franchisees for the current period increased by $2.1 million or 82.8% compared to net sales to franchisees for the prior period. The increase in net sales to franchisees was primarily due to a net increase in purchases by the franchisees as a whole, the opening by an existing franchisee of two additional franchised stores in fiscal 2000 and one additional franchised store in fiscal 1999, and the additional week in the current period versus the prior period.

GROSS PROFIT. Gross profit for the current period was $150.8 million, or 58.1% of net sales, compared with $90.1 million, or 58.1% of net sales, for the prior period. Although the gross profit percentage showed no appreciable change in the current period versus the prior period, the Company experienced a decline in the gross margins at its seven outlet locations which was offset by a slight leverage in the Company's distribution center, product development and merchandising areas due to the Company's 34.3% comparable Company store sales increase for the current period.

GENERAL, ADMINISTRATIVE AND STORE OPERATING EXPENSES. General, administrative and store operating expenses increased to $99.8 million, or 38.4% of net sales, in the current period from $62.1 million, or 40.1% of net sales, in the prior period. The increase in general, administrative and store operating expenses was, for the most part, the result of increases in store operating expenses, including store compensation, occupancy and other costs associated with additional store openings and, to a lesser degree, an increase in marketing expenses. The decrease in these expenses as a percentage of net sales was principally due to leverage associated with the Company's 34.3% comparable Company store sales increase for the current period, net of an increase in marketing expenses as a percentage of sales.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION. Depreciation and amortization increased to $6.0 million, or 2.3% of net sales, in the current period from $3.3 million, or 2.1% of net sales, in the prior period. The increase in dollars and percentage was primarily due to capital expenditures related to the opening, remodeling and expanding of new Chico's stores, which were, on the average, 30% larger than the chain average size.

INTEREST INCOME, NET. The Company had net interest income during the current period of approximately $409,000 versus approximately $177,000 in the prior period. The increase in net interest income was primarily a result of the Company's increased cash and marketable securities position throughout most of the year, as well as improved interest rates earned on cash and marketable securities.

NET INCOME. As a result of the factors discussed above, net income reflects an increase of 83.2% to $28.4 million in the current period from net income of $15.5 million in the prior period. The income tax provision represented an effective rate of 38.0% for the current and prior period.

[PHOTO OF CEILING]

9

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

COMPARABLE COMPANY-OWNED STORE NET SALES

Comparable Company-owned store net sales increased by 17.1% for the fifty-two weeks ended February 2, 2002 when compared to the previous comparable fifty-two weeks. Comparable Company-owned store net sales data is calculated based on the change in net sales of currently open Company-owned stores that have been operated as a Company store for at least thirteen months including stores that have been expanded or relocated within the same general market area (approximately five miles).

The comparable store percentage reported above includes 45 stores that were expanded or relocated within the last 2 fiscal years by an average of 826 net selling square feet. If the stores that were expanded or relocated had been excluded from the comparable Company-owned store base (similar to new stores), the increase in comparable Company-owned store net sales would have been 15.3% for fiscal 2001 (versus 17.1%, as reported). In fiscal 2000, 1999 and 1998, the exclusion of similar expansions/relocations from the comparable Company-owned store base would have resulted in full year same store sales increases of 32.4%, 22.7% and 29.8%, respectively (versus 34.3%, 23.3%, and 30.3%, respectively, as reported). The Company does not consider this material to overall comparable store net sales and believes the inclusion of expanded stores in the comparable store net sales to be appropriate and consistent with the practice followed by the Company in prior periods and by other retailers.

The Company believes that the increase in comparable Company store net sales in the current fiscal year resulted from the continuing effort to focus the Company's product development, merchandise planning, buying and marketing departments on Chico's target customer. The Company also believes that the look, fit and pricing policy of the Company's product was in line with the needs of its target customer and that the increase in comparable store sales was also fueled by increased direct mailings of its catalog, a larger database of existing customers for such mailings, national magazine advertising that began in November 1999, television advertising that began in February 2001 and the success of the Company's preferred customer club (the "Passport Club"). To a lesser degree, the Company believes the increase was due to increased store-level training efforts associated with ongoing training programs and continuing strong sales associated with several styles of clothing produced from a related group of fabrics introduced by the Company in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1997.

The following table sets forth for each of the quarters of the previous four fiscal years, the percentage change in comparable store net sales at Company-owned stores from the comparable period in the prior fiscal year:

                                          FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                      ---------------------------------------------------------
                      2/2/02         2/3/01           1/29/00           1/30/99
                      ------         ------           -------           -------
FULL YEAR              17.1%          34.3%            23.3%             30.3%
                       ====           ====             ====              ====

First Quarter          27.7%          30.9%            22.6%             31.7%
Second Quarter         17.4%          34.3%            17.2%             23.0%
Third Quarter           7.0%          39.1%            26.9%             28.5%
Fourth Quarter         17.9%          32.2%            26.5%             38.5%

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

The Company's primary ongoing capital requirements are for funding capital expenditures for new, expanded, relocated and remodeled stores and for merchandise inventory purchases. Also, during fiscal 2002 the Company will experience the need for capital to address the acquisition of a new distribution center and various software packages as more fully described below.

During the current fiscal year (current year) and the prior fiscal year (prior year), the Company's primary source of working capital was cash flow from operations of $65.5 million and $39.2 million, respectively. The increase in cash flow from operations of $26.3 million was primarily due to an increase of $13.8 million in net income, an increase in the tax benefit of options exercised of $5.6 million, an increase of $4.4 million in depreciation and amortization and a decrease in receivables of $0.9 million versus an increase in the prior year receivables, of $1.3 million. The increase in inventories of $4.5 million for the current year slowed versus last year's increase of $9.6 million as the Company's sales in January exceeded expectations and thus reduced inventory growth year over year. The slower growth in accounts payable and accrued expenses resulted from the completion of the Company's Headquarters expansion and cash register rollout in the current year, which was in progress at the end of the prior year.

The Company invested $37.4 million in the current fiscal year for capital expenditures primarily associated with the planning and opening of new Company stores, and the remodeling/relocating/expansion of numerous existing stores. During the same period in the prior fiscal year, the Company invested $40.5 million primarily for capital expenditures associated with the opening of new Company stores, the remodeling of several existing stores, and additional expenditures for a new point-of-sale device, expansion of its office and design facilities and infrastructure associated with its Internet and catalog operations.

10

[PHOTO OF HALLWAY]

During the current year, eleven of the Company's current officers and one of its independent directors exercised 967,989 stock options (split adjusted for both splits in fiscal 2001) at prices ranging from $.722 to $8.5833 (split adjusted for both splits in fiscal 2001) and several employees and former employees (including former officers) exercised 321,901 options at prices ranging from $.722 to $15.3067 (split adjusted for both splits in fiscal 2001). Also during this period, the Company sold 129,886 shares of common stock (split adjusted for both splits in fiscal 2001) under its employee stock purchase plan at prices of $16.8533 and $14.7333 (split adjusted for both splits in fiscal 2001). The proceeds from these issuances of stock amounted to approximately $7.7 million.

During the current fiscal year, the Company invested $26.2 million, net, in marketable securities, paid $66,000 of existing debt and incurred approximately $78,000 of deferred finance costs related to the renewal of its existing credit line.

As more fully described in "Item 1" beginning on page 15 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2002, the Company is subject to ongoing risks associated with imports. The Company's reliance on sourcing from foreign countries causes the Company to be exposed to certain unique business and political risks. Import restrictions, including tariffs and quotas, and changes in such tariffs or quotas could affect the importation of apparel generally and, in that event, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of apparel available to the Company and have an adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and/or results of operations. The Company's merchandise flow could also be adversely affected by political instability in any of the countries in which its goods are manufactured, by significant fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar against applicable foreign currencies and by restrictions on the transfer of funds.

During fiscal 2002, the Company acquired 52 acres of land with an existing distribution center of approximately 202,000 square feet and existing office space of 31,000 square feet. The cost of this acquisition was $7.2 million and it is anticipated that the Company will need to incur additional costs during fiscal 2002 of between $2.5 million and $4.5 million to equip and modify this facility. It is anticipated that this new facility will fully replace the existing distribution center in Ft. Myers, Florida by the first quarter of fiscal 2003. In order to secure the benefits of various governmental incentives with respect to the new distribution facility, the Company entered into a transaction with the local development authority involving a fully prepaid long-term lease and a nominally priced repurchase option exercisable by the Company at any time. The aquisition was fully funded out of the Company's available cash resources and the Company's interest in the property will be reported as an asset in the Company's balance sheet.

During fiscal 2001 the Company amended its mortgage loan agreement to extend the balloon payment on its mortgage loan from early in 2003 to early in 2012. The monthly payments were increased from $6,000 principal plus interest to $11,083 principal plus interest, beginning in February 2002. Monthly principal payments thereafter increase by 6% each February through 2011. Other terms of the mortgage remained unchanged. The Company does not anticipate obtaining any additional mortgage financing for its new or existing facilities at this time.

The Company has also signed contracts with various software vendors pursuant to which the Company will replace certain of its existing software systems, including its merchandising, financial and distribution systems, as well as implement new systems, such as global sourcing and human resources, during fiscal 2002. The Company estimates that it will incur costs of between $7 million and $9 million as capital expenditures for this project and that these packages will be fully functional in the first or second quarter of fiscal 2003. As with any major new software installation, there are various implementation risks which, if manifested, could adversely impact the Company's operations. In an effort to manage these potential risks and to help minimize the potential for such adverse impact, the implementation is expected to be carefully monitored and controlled and the Company plans to run parallel software systems until the corresponding new system has been installed and the operation thereof has been tested and demonstrated to run successfully in all material respects.

The Company plans to open a minimum of approximately 65 net Company-owned new stores in fiscal 2002, 10 of which were open as of April 19, 2002. Further, the Company plans to open between 65 and 70 net Company-owned new stores in fiscal 2003. The Company believes that the liquidity needed for its planned new store growth, continuing remodel/expansion program, acquisition and equipping of the new distribution center, installation of new software packages and maintenance of proper inventory levels associated with this growth will be funded primarily from cash flow from operations and its strong existing cash and marketable securities balances. The Company further believes that this liquidity will be sufficient, based on the above, to fund anticipated capital needs over the near-term, including scheduled debt repayments. Given the Company's existing cash and marketable securities balances and the capacity included in its bank credit facilities, the Company does not believe that it would need to seek other sources of financing to conduct its operations or pursue its expansion plans even if cash flow from operations should prove to be less than anticipated or if there should arise a need for additional letter of credit capacity due to establishing new and expanded sources of supply, or if the Company were to increase the number of new Company stores planned to be opened in future periods.

SEASONALITY AND INFLATION

Although the operations of the Company are influenced by general economic conditions, the Company does not believe that inflation has had a material effect on the results of operations during the current or prior periods. The Company does not consider its business to be seasonal.

11

CERTAIN FACTORS THAT MAY AFFECT FUTURE RESULTS

This annual report contains certain "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which reflect the current views of the Company with respect to certain events that could have an effect on the Company's future financial performance. The statements address items such as future sales, gross profit expectations, planned store openings, closings and expansions, future comparable store sales, future product sourcing plans, inventory levels, planned capital expenditures and future cash needs. In addition, from time to time, the Company may issue press releases and other written communications, and representatives of the Company may make oral statements which contain forward-looking information.

These statements, including those in this annual report and those in press releases or made orally, may include the words "expects," "believes," and similar expressions. Except for historical information, matters discussed in such oral and written statements, including this annual report, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from historical results or those currently anticipated. These potential risks and uncertainties include the financial strength of retailing in particular and the economy in general, the extent of financial difficulties that may be experienced by customers, the ability of the Company to secure and maintain customer acceptance of Chico's styles, the propriety of inventory mix and sizing, the quality of merchandise received from vendors, the extent and nature of competition in the markets in which the Company operates, the extent of the market demand and overall level of spending for women's private label clothing and related accessories, the adequacy and perception of customer service, the ability to coordinate product development with buying and planning, the ability of the Company's suppliers to timely produce and deliver clothing and accessories, the changes in the costs of manufacturing, labor and advertising, the rate of new store openings, the performance, implementation and integration of management information systems, the ability to hire, train, energize and retain qualified sales associates and other employees, the availability of quality store sites, the ability to hire and train qualified managerial employees, the ability to effectively and efficiently establish and operate catalog and Internet sales, the ability to secure and protect trademarks and other intellectual property rights, the ability to transition the Company's distribution operations to the newly acquired facility in Georgia and to effectively and efficiently integrate and operate the newly acquired facility, risks associated with terrorist activities and other risks. In addition, there are potential risks and uncertainties that are peculiar to the Company's reliance on sourcing from foreign vendors including the impact of work stoppages, transportation delays and other interruptions, political instability, foreign currency fluctuations, imposition of and changes in tariffs and import and export controls such as import quotas, changes in governmental policies in or towards foreign countries and other similar factors.

The forward-looking statements included herein are only made as of the date of this annual report. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

LITIGATION

In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to proceedings, lawsuits and other claims including proceedings under laws and government regulations relating to labor, product, intellectual property and other matters, including the matter described in Item 3 of Part I of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2002. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties, and outcomes are not predictable with assurance. Consequently, the ultimate aggregate amount of monetary liability or financial impact with respect to these matters at February 2, 2002, cannot be ascertained. Although these matters could affect the operating results of any one quarter when resolved in future periods and although there can be no assurance with respect thereto, management believes that after final disposition, any monetary liability or financial impact to the Company would not be material to the annual consolidated financial statements.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The market risk of the Company's financial instruments as of February 2, 2002 has not significantly changed since February 3, 2001. The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on its indebtedness. The Company's exposure to interest rate risk relates in part to its revolving line of credit with its bank; however, as of February 2, 2002, the Company did not have any outstanding balance on its line of credit and, given its strong liquidity position, does not expect to utilize its line of credit in the foreseeable future except for its continuing use of the letter of credit facility portion thereof. The Company's exposure to interest rate risk also relates to its $5.2 million mortgage loan indebtedness which bears a variable interest rate based upon changes in the LIBOR rate.

RECENT SEC DISCLOSURE GUIDANCE

In December 2001 and January 2002, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued financial reporting releases, FR-60, "Cautionary Advice Regarding Disclosure About Critical Accounting Policies" and FR-61, "Commission Statement About Management's Discussion and Analysis ("MD&A") of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," respectively. FR-60 focuses on the need for more discussion about critical accounting policies. FR-61 focuses on additional disclosure relating to liquidity and capital resources, including off-balance sheet arrangements and related party transactions. The extent of the Company's off-balance sheet arrangements are limited to letters of credit and operating leases for retail store space and various office equipment (see Notes 5 and 7 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements). Although the Company's interest in its new distribution facility in Georgia is nominally documented as a long term lease with a favorable continuing purchase option, the acquisition was fully funded out of the Company's available cash resources and the Company's interest in the property will be reported as an asset in the Company's balance sheet. The Company's only related party transactions are employment agreements with certain officers (see Note 6 to accompanying consolidated financial statements). The Company's critical accounting policies are disclosed in Note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

[PHOTO OF BUILDING]

12

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 141, "Business Combinations" and No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets". SFAS 141 requires the purchase method of accounting to be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, establishes specific criteria for the recognition of intangible assets separately from goodwill, and required unallocated negative goodwill to be written off immediately as an extraordinary gain (instead of being deferred and amortized). SFAS 142 provides that goodwill and intangible assets which have indefinite useful lives will not be amortized but rather be tested annually for impairment. It also provides that intangible assets that have finite useful lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives, but those lives will no longer be limited to forty years.

In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143 "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations". SFAS No. 143 requires the recognition of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred. When the liability is initially recorded, the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset is correspondingly increased. Over time, the liability is accreted to its present value and the related capitalized charge is depreciated over the useful life of the asset.

In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144 "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" which provides clarifications of certain implementation issues within SFAS 121, along with additional guidance on the accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. SFAS 144 supersedes SFAS 121 and applies to all long-lived assets (including discontinued operations) and consequently amended APB 30 "Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business." SFAS 144 develops one accounting model (based on the model in SFAS 121) for long-lived assets that are to be disposed of by sale, as well as addresses the principal implementation issues.

SFAS No. 141 is effective for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001 and for all business combinations accounted for by the purchase method for which the date of acquisition is after June 30, 2001. The provisions of SFAS No. 142 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 142 beginning February 3, 2002. The provisions of SFAS No. 144 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001, and interim periods within those fiscal years.

The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of SFAS No. 142, 143, and 144 beginning February 3, 2002 will have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

TRADING AND DIVIDEND INFORMATION

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the range of high and low closing sale prices for the Common Stock, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange and Nasdaq National Market System. (1)

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 2, 2002                    HIGH(2)        LOW (2)
                                                              -------        -------
Fourth Quarter (November 4, 2001 - February 2, 2002)          $30.58         $17.00
Third Quarter (August 5, 2001 - November 3, 2001)              26.00          13.67
Second Quarter (May 6, 2001 - August 4, 2001)                  25.67          17.33
First Quarter (February 4, 2001 - May 5, 2001)                 20.89          13.72

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 3, 2001                    HIGH(2)        LOW (2)
                                                              -------        -------
Fourth Quarter (October 29, 2000 - February 3, 2001)          $19.33         $ 7.72
Third Quarter (July 30, 2000 - October 28, 2000)               17.78          12.33
Second Quarter (April 30, 2000 - July 29, 2000)                13.00           7.25
First Quarter (January 30, 2000 - April 29, 2000)               9.67           3.92

(1) On April 11, 2001, the Company commenced its trading on the New York Stock Exchange.

(2) Adjusted for the 3 for 2 stock split payable in January 2002, the 3 for 2 stock split payable in May 2001 and the 2 for 1 stock split payable in January 2000.

The Company does not intend to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future and intends to retain earnings, if any, for the future operation and expansion of the Company's business. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will be dependent upon the Company's results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.

The approximate number of equity security holders of the Company is as follows:

            Title of Class                   Number of Record Holders As of April 19, 2002
            --------------                   ---------------------------------------------
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share                             662

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

13

[PHOTO OF MODEL]


[PHOTO OF MODEL]

[PHOTO OF CHAIR]

Report of Independent Certified
Public Accountants

TO CHICO'S FAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Chico's FAS, Inc. (a Florida corporation) and subsidiaries as of February 2, 2002, and February 3, 2001, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Chico's FAS, Inc. and subsidiaries as of February 2, 2002, and February 3, 2001, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Arthur Andersen LLP

/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP

Tampa, Florida,
March 4,  2002

15

CHICO'S FAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                                  ASSETS                                           FEBRUARY 2,        FEBRUARY 3,
                                                                                       2002               2001
                                                                                  -------------      -------------
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents .................................................     $  13,376,864      $   3,914,118
  Marketable securities .....................................................        40,428,675         14,221,520
  Receivables, less allowances of $293,000 and $155,000 for sales
       returns, respectively ................................................         2,083,470          2,998,910
  Inventories ...............................................................        28,905,066         24,394,162
  Prepaid expenses ..........................................................         3,796,798          2,254,349
  Deferred taxes ............................................................         4,400,000          3,003,000
                                                                                  -------------      -------------
        Total current assets ................................................        92,990,873         50,786,059
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
  Land and land improvements ................................................         2,870,111          2,861,582
  Building and building improvements ........................................        12,424,784         11,693,884
  Equipment, furniture and fixtures .........................................        41,752,754         28,083,542
  Leasehold improvements ....................................................        57,259,004         37,559,359
                                                                                  -------------      -------------
        Total property and equipment ........................................       114,306,653         80,198,367
  Less accumulated depreciation and amortization ............................       (23,000,701)       (14,613,356)
                                                                                  -------------      -------------
        Property and equipment, net .........................................        91,305,952         65,585,011
DEFERRED TAXES ..............................................................         1,166,000            747,000
OTHER ASSETS, net ...........................................................           922,535            688,547
                                                                                  -------------      -------------
                                                                                  $ 186,385,360      $ 117,806,617
                                                                                  =============      =============
                      LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable ..........................................................     $  18,054,137      $  13,751,762
  Accrued liabilities .......................................................        16,585,157         11,299,352
  Current portion of debt and lease obligations .............................           306,876            276,410
                                                                                  -------------      -------------
        Total current liabilities ...........................................        34,946,170         25,327,524

DEBT AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS, excluding current portion .......................         7,944,259          7,157,852
                                                                                  -------------      -------------
        Total liabilities ...................................................        42,890,429         32,485,376
                                                                                  -------------      -------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Common stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized and
        40,790,659 and 39,373,585 shares issued and outstanding, respectively           407,907            393,736
  Additional paid-in capital ................................................        34,634,396         18,717,087
  Retained earnings .........................................................       108,350,203         66,163,172
  Accumulated other comprehensive income ....................................           102,425             47,246
                                                                                  -------------      -------------
        Total stockholders' equity ..........................................       143,494,931         85,321,241
                                                                                  -------------      -------------
                                                                                  $ 186,385,360      $ 117,806,617
                                                                                  =============      =============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets.

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

16

CHICO'S FAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED     FISCAL YEAR ENDED     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                       FEBRUARY 2,           FEBRUARY 3,           JANUARY 29,
                                                          2002                  2001                  2000
                                                   -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
NET SALES BY COMPANY STORES ................          $362,443,217          $252,168,208          $152,473,637
NET SALES BY CATALOG AND INTERNET ..........            10,202,908             2,656,156                    --
NET SALES TO FRANCHISEES ...................             5,439,215             4,621,532             2,528,644
                                                      ------------          ------------          ------------
     Net sales .............................           378,085,340           259,445,896           155,002,281

COST OF GOODS SOLD .........................           153,937,579           108,670,577            64,949,930
                                                      ------------          ------------          ------------
     Gross profit ..........................           224,147,761           150,775,319            90,052,351

GENERAL, ADMINISTRATIVE AND STORE
     OPERATING EXPENSES ....................           146,610,788            99,757,264            62,133,580
DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION ..............            10,001,087             5,654,582             3,112,997
                                                      ------------          ------------          ------------
     Income from operations ................            67,535,886            45,363,473            24,805,774

INTEREST INCOME, net .......................               507,145               408,146               177,606
                                                      ------------          ------------          ------------
     Income before income taxes ............            68,043,031            45,771,619            24,983,380

INCOME TAX PROVISION .......................            25,856,000            17,393,000             9,494,000
                                                      ------------          ------------          ------------
     Net income ............................          $ 42,187,031          $ 28,378,619          $ 15,489,380
                                                      ============          ============          ============
PER SHARE DATA:
Net income per common share - basic ........          $       1.05          $        .73          $        .41
Net income per common and
     common equivalent share - diluted .....          $       1.01          $        .69          $        .39

Weighted average common shares
     outstanding - basic ...................            40,182,675            39,041,893            38,120,023
Weighted average common and common
     equivalent shares outstanding - diluted            41,889,168            40,832,697            39,782,335

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

17

[PHOTO OF CEILING]

CHICO'S FAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                     COMMON STOCK                                     ACCUMULATED
                                             --------------------------   ADDITIONAL                     OTHER
                                                                PAR        PAID-IN       RETAINED    COMPREHENSIVE
                                                SHARES         VALUE       CAPITAL       EARNINGS    (LOSS) INCOME      TOTAL
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------  ------------
BALANCE, JANUARY 30, 1999 .................    37,768,572  $    377,685  $ 11,630,175  $ 22,295,173  $         --   $ 34,303,033
     Net income for the fiscal year ended
      January 29, 2000 ....................            --            --            --    15,489,380            --     15,489,380
     Unrealized loss on marketable
      securities, net .....................            --            --            --            --       (24,334)       (24,334)
                                                                                                                    ------------
        Comprehensive income ..............                                                                           15,465,046
     Issuance of common stock .............       770,634         7,707     1,740,956            --            --      1,748,663
     Tax benefit of stock options exercised            --            --     1,124,000            --            --      1,124,000
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------   ------------
BALANCE, JANUARY 29, 2000 .................    38,539,206       385,392    14,495,131    37,784,553       (24,334)    52,640,742
     Net income for the fiscal year ended
      February 3, 2001 ....................            --            --            --    28,378,619            --     28,378,619
     Unrealized gain on marketable
      securities, net .....................            --            --            --            --        71,580         71,580
                                                                                                                    ------------
        Comprehensive income ..............                                                                           28,450,199
     Issuance of common stock .............       834,379         8,344     1,534,800            --            --      1,543,144
     Stock option compensation ............            --            --        70,156            --            --         70,156
     Tax benefit of stock options exercised            --            --     2,617,000            --            --      2,617,000
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 3, 2001 .................    39,373,585       393,736    18,717,087    66,163,172        47,246     85,321,241
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------   ------------
     Net income for the fiscal year ended
      February 2, 2002 ....................            --            --            --    42,187,031            --     42,187,031
     Unrealized gain on marketable
      securities, net .....................            --            --            --            --        55,179         55,179
                                                                                                                    ------------
        Comprehensive income ..............                                                                           42,242,210
     Issuance of common stock .............     1,417,074        14,171     7,688,665            --            --      7,702,836
     Stock option compensation ............            --            --        44,644            --            --         44,644
     Tax benefit of stock options exercised            --            --     8,184,000            --            --      8,184,000
                                             ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------   ------------
BALANCE, FEBRUARY 2, 2002 .................    40,790,659  $    407,907  $ 34,634,396  $108,350,203  $    102,425   $143,494,931
                                             ============  ============  ============  ============  ============   ============

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

18

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

CHICO'S FAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED      FISCAL YEAR ENDED      FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                                       FEBRUARY 2,            FEBRUARY 3,            JANUARY 29,
                                                                          2002                   2001                   2000
                                                                      ------------           ------------           ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income ...............................................          $ 42,187,031           $ 28,378,619           $ 15,489,380
                                                                      ------------           ------------           ------------
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
      provided by operating activities --
      Depreciation and amortization, cost of goods sold ....               405,787                323,162                194,542
      Depreciation and amortization, other .................            10,001,087              5,654,582              3,112,997
      Stock option compensation ............................                44,644                 70,156                     --
      Deferred tax benefit .................................            (1,816,000)              (606,000)              (746,000)
      Tax benefit of options exercised .....................             8,184,000              2,617,000              1,124,000
      Deferred rent expense, net ...........................               882,873                406,971                238,498
      Loss from disposal of property and equipment .........             1,445,078                393,970                354,498
  Decrease (increase) in assets --
      Receivables, net .....................................               915,440             (1,292,249)              (557,583)
      Inventories ..........................................            (4,510,904)            (9,559,362)            (4,729,647)
      Prepaid expenses .....................................            (1,542,449)            (1,585,654)              (157,810)
      Other assets, net ....................................              (292,305)              (109,821)              (125,270)
  Increase in liabilities --
      Accounts payable .....................................             4,302,375              7,769,078              1,987,561
      Accrued liabilities ..................................             5,285,805              6,706,248                913,749
                                                                      ------------           ------------           ------------
        Total adjustments ..................................            23,305,431             10,788,081              1,609,535
                                                                      ------------           ------------           ------------
        Net cash provided by operating activities ..........            65,492,462             39,166,700             17,098,915
                                                                      ------------           ------------           ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of marketable securities .......................           (56,396,476)           (30,131,458)           (14,019,861)
  Proceeds from sale of marketable securities ..............            30,244,500             29,977,045                     --
  Purchases of property and equipment ......................           (37,436,496)           (40,468,993)           (15,169,791)
                                                                      ------------           ------------           ------------
        Net cash used in investing activities ..............           (63,588,472)           (40,623,406)           (29,189,652)
                                                                      ------------           ------------           ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from issuance of common stock ...................             7,702,836              1,543,144              1,748,663
  Principal payments on debt ...............................               (66,000)               (72,000)               (72,000)
  Principal payments on capital lease obligations ..........                    --                     --                (89,772)
  Deferred finance costs ...................................               (78,080)               (81,250)                    --
                                                                      ------------           ------------           ------------
        Net cash provided by financing activities ..........             7,558,756              1,389,894              1,586,891
                                                                      ------------           ------------           ------------
        Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents             9,462,746                (66,812)           (10,503,846)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of period .............             3,914,118              3,980,930             14,484,776
                                                                      ------------           ------------           ------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period ...................          $ 13,376,864           $  3,914,118           $  3,980,930
                                                                      ============           ============           ============
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
      Unrealized gain (loss) on marketable securities, net .          $     55,179           $     71,580           $    (24,334)

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
      Cash paid for interest ...............................          $    610,384           $    893,811           $    566,205
      Cash paid for income taxes ...........................          $ 17,657,563           $ 15,839,172           $  9,409,705

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

19

CHICO'S FAS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FEBRUARY 2, 2002

1. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Chico's FAS, Inc., a Florida corporation, and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Chico's Distribution, Inc., Chico's Concept, Inc. and Chico's Media, Inc. (collectively, the Company). The subsidiaries were formed in February 1999. The Company operates as a specialty retailer of exclusively designed, private label casual clothing and related accessories. The Company sells its products through traditional retail stores, catalog, a small franchise network, and via the Internet at www.chicos.com. As of February 2, 2002, the Company's retail store system consisted of 311 stores located throughout the United States, 300 of which are owned and operated by the Company, and 11 of which are owned and operated by franchisees.

FISCAL YEAR

The Company has a 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. The fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000, contained 52, 53 and 52 weeks, respectively.

FRANCHISE OPERATIONS

A summary of the changes in the number of the Company's franchise stores as compared to total company-owned stores as of February 2, 2002, and February 3, 2001, and for the fiscal years then ended is as follows:

                                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                           FEBRUARY 2,           FEBRUARY 3,
                                                              2002                  2001
                                                          ------------          ------------
Franchise stores opened ........................                --                     2
Franchise stores in operation at fiscal year-end                11                    11
Company-owned stores at fiscal year-end ........               300                   239

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

MANAGEMENT ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant estimates and assumptions made by management primarily impact the following key financial areas:

INVENTORY VALUATION

The Company identifies potentially excess and slow-moving inventory by evaluating turn rates and inventory levels in conjunction with the Company's overall growth rate. Excess quantities are identified through evaluation of inventory ageings, review of inventory turns and historical sales experiences, as well as specific identification based on fashion trends. Further, exposure to inadequate realization of carrying value is identified through analysis of gross margins and markdowns in combination with changes in the fashion industry.

INVENTORY SHRINKAGE

The Company estimates its expected shrinkage of inventory between physical inventory counts by assessing the chain-wide average shrinkage experience rate, applied to the related periods' sales volume. Such assessments are updated on a regular basis to reflect the most recent physical inventory shrinkage experience rates.

[PHOTO OF BUILDING]

20

SALES RETURNS

The Company's policy is to honor customer refunds at all times. Returns after 30 days of the original purchase, or returns without the original receipt, qualify for store credit only. The Company will, in certain circumstances, offer full customer refunds either after 30 days or without a receipt. The Company estimates its reserve for likely customer returns based on the average refund experience in relation to sales for the related period.

RECLASSIFICATIONS

Reclassifications of certain prior-year balances were made in order to conform to current-year presentation.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand and in banks with original maturities of three months or less.

MARKETABLE SECURITIES

Marketable securities are classified as available-for-sale securities and are carried at fair value, with the unrealized holding gains and losses, net of income taxes, reflected as a separate component of stockholders' equity until realized. For the purposes of computing realized and unrealized gains and losses, cost is determined on a specific identification basis.

INVENTORIES

Raw material inventories consisting of fabric of approximately $2,400,000 and $3,644,000 as of February 2, 2002, and February 3, 2001, respectively, are recorded at the lower of cost, using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method, or market. All other inventories consist of finished clothing and accessories and are recorded at the lower of cost, using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method, or market. If the lower of FIFO or market method had been used, inventories would have been approximately $1,578,000 and $1,153,000 higher as of February 2, 2002, and February 3, 2001, respectively, than those reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Purchasing, distribution and design costs are expensed as incurred, and are included in the accompanying consolidated statements of income as a component of cost of goods sold.

FREIGHT COSTS

The Company incurs various types of transportation and delivery costs in connection with inventory purchases and distribution of merchandise to its stores. Such costs are included as a component of the overall cost of goods sold.

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment is stated at cost. Fixtures manufactured and leasehold improvements constructed by the Company are recorded at cost, which includes elements of raw materials, labor and overhead. Depreciation of property and equipment is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the useful lives of the assets or the lease terms. The Company's property and equipment is depreciated using the following estimated useful lives:

                                                           ESTIMATED USEFUL LIVES
                                                           ----------------------
Land and land improvements ..............................             35 years
Building and building improvements ......................        20 - 35 years
Equipment, furniture and fixtures........................         2 - 10 years
Leasehold improvements ..................................         1 - 10 years

Maintenance and repairs of property and equipment are expensed as incurred, and major improvements are capitalized. Upon retirement, sale or other disposition of property and equipment, the cost and accumulated depreciation or amortization are eliminated from the accounts, and any gain or loss is charged to operations.

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other assets include intangible assets which include legal and other costs of debt financing agreements, territory rights agreements related to franchise repurchases and franchise cancellation fees for stores that were acquired by the Company, and are currently in operation as company-owned stores. Debt-financing costs are being amortized over the term of the respective debt agreement and franchise cancellation fees are being amortized over the remaining terms of the related facilities' leases. Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization, are approximately $129,000 and $187,000 as of February 2, 2002, and February 3, 2001,respectively.

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

21

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS

Long-lived assets, including identifiable intangibles, are reviewed periodically for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount should be addressed. The Company has determined that there has been no impairment in the carrying value of long-lived assets, as of February 2, 2002.

INCOME TAXES

The Company follows the liability method, which establishes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the temporary differences between the financial reporting bases and the tax bases of the Company's assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when such amounts are realized or settled. Net deferred tax assets, whose realization is dependent on taxable earnings of future years, are recognized when a greater than 50 percent probability exists that the tax benefits will actually be realized sometime in the future.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company has cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, short-term trade receivables and payables and long-term debt instruments. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, trade receivables and trade payables equal current fair value. The terms of the Company's revolving credit agreement and term loan agreement, as amended, include variable interest rates, which approximate current market rates.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

Net sales by Company stores include sales made to retail customers during the period, net of estimated customer returns. Net sales by catalog and Internet include shipments made to catalog and Internet customers during the period, net of estimated customer returns. Net sales to franchisees include merchandise shipped to franchisees, net of estimated returns.

STORE PRE-OPENING COSTS

Operating costs (including store set-up, rent and training expenses) incurred prior to the opening of new stores are expensed as incurred and are included in general, administrative and store operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

ADVERTISING COSTS

Costs associated with advertising are charged to expense when the advertising occurs. During the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000, advertising costs of approximately $12,816,000, $7,051,000 and $2,667,000, respectively, are included in general, administrative and store operating expenses.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

As allowed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS 123), the Company has elected to account for its stock-based compensation plans under the intrinsic value method of accounting prescribed by Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25). Under APB 25, compensation expense would be recorded ratably over the vesting period if the current market price of the underlying stock exceeded the exercise price. The Company has adopted the disclosure requirements of SFAS 123.

COMMON STOCK SPLITS

During the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, and January 29, 2000, the Board of Directors (the Board) declared three common stock splits (collectively, the Stock Splits). No common stock splits were declared during the fiscal year ended February 3, 2001. On December 14, 1999, the Board declared a two-for-one stock split of the Company's common stock, payable in the form of a stock dividend on January 14, 2000, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on December 27, 1999. On April 19, 2001, the Board declared a three-for-two stock split of the Company's common stock, payable in the form of a stock dividend on May 16, 2001, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on May 2, 2001. On December 19, 2001, the Board declared a three-for-two stock split of the Company's common stock, payable in the form of a stock dividend on January 18, 2002, to shareholders of record as of the close of business on December 31, 2001. Accordingly, all historical weighted average share and per share amounts and all references to the number of common shares elsewhere in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been restated to reflect the Stock Splits. Par value remains unchanged at $0.01.

22

[PHOTO OF STORE ENTRANCE]

NET INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE

SFAS No. 128, "Earnings per Share" (SFAS 128), requires companies with complex capital structures that have publicly held common stock or common stock equivalents to present both basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) on the face of the income statement. As provided by SFAS 128, basic EPS is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and diluted EPS is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding during the period.

The following is a reconciliation of the denominators of the basic and diluted EPS computations shown on the face of the accompanying consolidated statements of income as restated for the Stock Splits:

                                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED     FISCAL YEAR ENDED     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                             FEBRUARY 2,           FEBRUARY 3,           JANUARY 29,
                                                                2002                  2001                  2000
                                                         -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic            40,182,675            39,041,893            38,120,023
Dilutive effect of options outstanding ...........             1,706,493             1,790,804             1,662,312
                                                            ------------          ------------          ------------
Weighted average common and common equivalent
shares outstanding - diluted .....................            41,889,168            40,832,697            39,782,335
                                                            ============          ============          ============

The following options were outstanding as of the end of the fiscal years but were not included in the computation of diluted EPS because the options' exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares:

                                                         FISCAL YEAR ENDED     FISCAL YEAR ENDED     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                             FEBRUARY 2,           FEBRUARY 3,           JANUARY 29,
                                                                2002                  2001                  2000
                                                         -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
Number of options ................................               186,500               513,000                25,783
Exercise price ...................................       $21.33 - $26.67       $14.61 - $15.44                 $7.39
Expiration date...................................       May 23, 2010 -        August 7, 2010 -      October 25, 2009
                                                         January 2, 2012       October 30, 2010

NEWLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued SFAS No. 141, "Business Combinations" (SFAS 141), and SFAS No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets" (SFAS 142). SFAS 141 requires the purchase method of accounting to be used for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, establishes specific criteria for the recognition of intangible assets separately from goodwill and required unallocated negative goodwill to be written off immediately as an extraordinary gain (instead of being deferred and amortized). SFAS 142 provides that goodwill and intangible assets which have indefinite useful lives will not be amortized but rather will be tested at least annually for impairment. It also provides that intangible assets that have finite useful lives will continue to be amortized over their useful lives, but those lives will no longer be limited to forty years.

In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 143, "Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations" (SFAS 143). SFAS 143 requires the recognition of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred. When the liability is initially recorded, the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset is correspondingly increased. Over time, the liability is accreted to its present value and the related capitalized charge is depreciated over the useful life of the asset.

In August 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 144, "Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets" (SFAS 144), which provides clarifications of certain implementation issues within SFAS No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of" (SFAS 121), along with additional guidance on the accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets. SFAS 144 supersedes SFAS 121 and applies to all long-lived assets including discontinued operations and consequentially amended APB Opinion No. 30, "Reporting the Effects of Disposal of a Segment of a Business." SFAS 144 develops one accounting model (based on the model in SFAS 121) for long-lived assets that are to be disposed of by sale, as well as addresses the principal implementation issues.

SFAS 141 is effective for all business combinations initiated after June 30, 2001, and for all business combinations accounted for by the purchase method for which the date of acquisition is after June 30, 2001. The provisions of SFAS 142 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. The Company will adopt SFAS 142 beginning February 3, 2002. The provisions of SFAS 144 are effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001, and interim periods within those fiscal years.

The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of SFAS 142, 143 and 144 beginning February 3, 2002, will have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

23

2. MARKETABLE SECURITIES:

Marketable securities classified as available-for-sale consist of the following:

                                                          FEBRUARY 2,        FEBRUARY 3,
                                                            2002                 2001
                                                         ------------       ------------
Municipal bonds, cost ............................       $ 40,326,250       $ 14,174,274
Municipal bonds, fair value.......................         40,428,675         14,221,520
                                                         ------------       ------------
  Unrealized gain.................................       $    102,425       $     47,246
                                                         ============       ============

During the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, and February 3, 2001, realized gains of approximately $500 and $5,000, respectively, were recognized on sales of the Company's marketable securities and are included in interest income, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. At February 2, 2002, approximately 22 percent of the Company's marketable securities mature within one year, 29 percent between one and three years and the remainder by 2031.

3. ACCRUED LIABILITIES:

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

                                                                  FISCAL YEAR ENDED     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                                      FEBRUARY 2,           FEBRUARY 3,
                                                                         2002                  2001
                                                                  -----------------     -----------------
Accrued payroll, bonuses and severance costs ..............          $  6,203,882          $  5,568,668
Allowance for estimated customer returns, gift certificates
 and store credits ........................................             5,598,777             3,476,323
Other .....................................................             4,782,498             2,254,361
                                                                     ------------          ------------
                                                                     $ 16,585,157          $ 11,299,352
                                                                     ============          ============

4. INCOME TAXES:

The Company's total income tax provision consisted of the following:

                                   FISCAL YEAR ENDED      FISCAL YEAR ENDED      FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                       FEBRUARY 2,            FEBRUARY 3,            JANUARY 29,
                                          2002                   2001                   2000
                                   -----------------      -----------------      -----------------
Current:
 Federal ...................          $ 24,394,000           $ 15,820,000           $  9,176,000
 State .....................             3,278,000              2,179,000              1,064,000
Deferred:
 Federal ...................            (1,603,000)              (492,000)              (635,000)
 State .....................              (213,000)              (114,000)              (111,000)
                                      ------------           ------------           ------------
  Total income tax provision          $ 25,856,000           $ 17,393,000           $  9,494,000
                                      ============           ============           ============

The reconciliation of the income tax provision based on the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate (35 percent) to the Company's income tax provision is as follows:

                                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED     FISCAL YEAR ENDED     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                               FEBRUARY 2,           FEBRUARY 3,           JANUARY 29,
                                                                  2002                  2001                  2000
                                                           -----------------     -----------------     -----------------
Tax expense at the statutory rate ..................          $ 23,815,000          $ 16,020,000          $  8,744,000
State income tax expense, net of federal tax benefit             2,041,000             1,369,000               633,000
Other ..............................................                    --                 4,000               117,000
                                                              ------------          ------------          ------------
  Total income tax provision .......................          $ 25,856,000          $ 17,393,000          $  9,494,000
                                                              ============          ============          ============

[PHOTO OF BUILDING]

24

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded due to different carrying amounts for financial and income tax reporting purposes arising from cumulative temporary differences. These differences consist of the following as of February 2, 2002, and February 3, 2001:

                                               FEBRUARY 2,            FEBRUARY 3,
                                                  2002                   2001
                                              ------------           ------------
Assets:
  Accrued liabilities and allowances          $  2,897,000           $  1,810,000
  Inventories ......................             1,431,000              1,196,000
  Lease obligations ................             1,176,000                841,000
  Other ............................               207,000                 84,000
                                              ------------           ------------
                                                 5,711,000              3,931,000
Liabilities:
  Property and equipment ...........              (145,000)              (108,000)
                                              ------------           ------------
                                                 5,566,000              3,823,000
  Less valuation allowance .........                    --                (73,000)
                                              ------------           ------------
                                              $  5,566,000           $  3,750,000
                                              ============           ============

5. DEBT AND LEASE OBLIGATIONS:

Debt and lease obligations consisted of the following:

                                             FEBRUARY 2,            FEBRUARY 3,
                                                2002                   2001
                                            ------------           ------------
Line of credit ...................          $         --           $         --
Mortgage Note ....................             5,155,500              5,221,500
Deferred rent ....................             3,095,635              2,212,762
                                            ------------           ------------
  Total debt and lease obligations             8,251,135              7,434,262
  Less current portion ...........              (306,876)              (276,410)
                                            ------------           ------------
                                            $  7,944,259           $  7,157,852
                                            ============           ============

During the fiscal year ended February 3, 2001, the Company entered into a two-year unsecured revolving credit facility (the Credit Facility), whereby the Company was able to borrow up to $25 million. The Credit Facility consisted of a $10 million line of credit and $15 million in reserves for letters of credit (see Note 7). During the fiscal year ended February 2, 2002, the Company amended the Credit Facility, to (i) increase the reserve for letters of credit from $15 million to $20 million and lower the line of credit from $10 million to $5 million and (ii) extend the Mortgage Note through February 2012, as more fully described below. All borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at the LIBOR rate, plus an additional amount ranging from 0.80 percent to 2.90 percent adjusted quarterly based on the Company's performance per annum (a combined 2.57 percent at February 2, 2002). The Company is also required to pay, quarterly in arrears, a commitment fee of 0.10 percent per annum on the average daily unused portion of the Line. There are no compensating balance requirements associated with the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility contains certain restrictions regarding additional indebtedness, business operations, guaranties, transfers and sales of assets, transactions with subsidiaries or affiliates and liens. In addition, the Company must comply with certain quarterly restrictions (based on a rolling four-quarters basis) regarding net worth, leverage ratio, fixed charge coverage and current ratio requirements. The Company was in compliance with all covenants at February 2, 2002.

The Mortgage Note was financed with a bank, initially bearing interest at the bank's prime rate plus .5 percent. During the fiscal year ended February 3, 2001, in connection with the closing of the Credit Facility, the Company amended the Mortgage Note to provide that the existing indebtedness would bear interest under the same provision as that in the Credit Facility and the restrictive covenants would be modified to be the same as those in the Credit Facility. The Mortgage Note is secured by a first priority mortgage on land, land improvements and certain building and equipment. During December 2001, the Company amended the Mortgage Note to extend the balloon payment due date from 2003 to February 2012. The monthly payments were increased from $6,000 principal plus interest to $11,083 principal plus interest, beginning February 2002. Monthly principal payments thereafter increase annually by 6% each February through 2011. Other terms of the Mortgage Note remain unchanged.

On October 14, 1997, an interest rate swap (the Swap) with a notional principal amount of approximately $5,462,000 was effectuated, whereby the interest at the bank's prime rate plus .5 percent was exchanged for a fixed rate of 9 percent of the outstanding principal of the Mortgage Note. The Company incurred no additional costs associated with the Swap during the fiscal year ended January 30, 1999. The Company bought out the Swap during the fiscal year ended January 29, 2000, for approximately $8,000, which is included in general, administrative and store operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income.

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

25

[PHOTO OF STORE ENTRANCE]

Maturities of the Mortgage Note are as follows as of February 2, 2002:

FISCAL YEAR ENDING                                                AMOUNT
------------------                                              ----------
February 1, 2003 ................................               $  133,001
January 31, 2004 ................................                  141,626
January 29, 2005 ................................                  150,811
January 28, 2006 ................................                  160,591
February 2, 2007 ................................                  171,006
Thereafter ......................................                4,398,465
                                                                ----------
                                                                $5,155,500
                                                                ==========

Deferred rent represents the difference between actual operating lease obligations due and operating lease expense, which is recorded by the Company on a straight-line basis over the terms of its leases.

6. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

Certain officers have entered into agreements with the Company, which provide for base salaries, annual bonuses and certain severance benefits in the event that their employment is terminated by the Company "without cause" or following a "change of control" of the Company.

7. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

The Company leases retail store space and various office equipment under operating leases expiring in various years through the fiscal year ending 2012. Certain of the leases provide that the Company may cancel the lease if the Company's retail sales at that location fall below an established level, while certain leases provide for additional rent payments to be made when sales exceed a base amount. Certain operating leases provide for renewal options for periods from three to five years at their fair rental value at the time of renewal. In the normal course of business, operating leases are generally renewed or replaced by other leases.

Minimum future rental payments under noncancellable operating leases (including leases with certain minimum sales cancellation clauses described below and exclusive of common area maintenance charges and/or contingent rental payments based on sales) as of February 2, 2002, are approximately as follows:

FISCAL YEAR ENDING                                               AMOUNT
------------------                                            ------------
February 1, 2003 ..............................               $ 23,511,000
January 31, 2004 ..............................                 23,096,000
January 29, 2005 ..............................                 21,838,000
January 28, 2006 ..............................                 20,104,000
February 3, 2007 ..............................                 17,496,000
Thereafter ....................................                 49,959,000
                                                              ------------
                                                              $156,004,000
                                                              ============

As mentioned earlier, a majority of the Company's store operating leases contain cancellation clauses that allow the leases to be terminated at the Company's discretion, if certain minimum sales levels are not met within the first few years of the lease term. The Company has not historically exercised many of these cancellation clauses and, therefore, has included the full lease terms of such leases in the above table. For the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000, total rent expense under the Company's operating leases was approximately $30,818,000, $21,185,000 and $14,843,000, respectively, including common area maintenance charges of approximately $3,560,000, $2,511,000 and $1,827,000, respectively, other rental charges of approximately $3,406,000, $2,473,000 and $1,928,000, respectively, and contingent rental expense of approximately $3,431,000, $2,437,000 and $1,084,000, respectively, based on sales.

At February 2, 2002, the Company has approximately $14,432,000 in commercial letters of credit outstanding (see Note 5), which have arisen in the normal course of business due to foreign purchase commitments.

8. LITIGATION:

The Company has been named as defendant in a suit filed in September 2001 in the Superior Court for the State of California for the County of Orange. This suit, Carmen Davis vs. Chico's FAS, Inc., was filed by the plaintiff, seeking to represent all other Company assistant store managers, sales associates and hourly employees in California from September 21, 1997, to the present. The Company responded by seeking to dismiss the complaint and strike selected claims in order to either eliminate the litigation or gain greater clarity as to the basis for plaintiff's action. In response, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint on February 15, 2002,which differs in a number of material respects from the original complaint. The amended complaint alleges that the Company failed to pay overtime wages and failed to provide rest breaks and meal periods. The action seeks to be classified as a "class action" and seeks unspecified monetary damages. The Company is actively investigating the merits of this action and believes (a) that the merits of this action do not warrant class action status and (b) that it has certain defenses to the claims. The Company intends to vigorously defend the action,

26

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

including contesting the certification of the action as a class action. Nevertheless, an unfavorable outcome in this matter could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, and any change in our labor practices that may be required as a result of this litigation could have a negative impact on our ongoing results of operations.

Chico's is not a party to any other legal proceedings, other than various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of the Company's business, none of which the Company believes should have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.

9. STOCK OPTION PLANS AND CAPITAL STOCK TRANSACTIONS:

1992 STOCK OPTION PLAN

During fiscal year 1992, the Board approved a stock option plan (the 1992 Plan), which reserved approximately 928,000 shares of common stock for future issuance under the 1992 Plan to eligible employees of the Company. The per share exercise price of each stock option is not less than the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant or, in the case of an employee owning more than 10 percent of the outstanding stock of the Company and to the extent incentive stock options, as opposed to nonqualified stock options, are issued, the price is not less than 110 percent of such fair market value. Also, the aggregate fair market value of the stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the first time by an employee in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000. Options granted under the terms of the 1992 Plan generally vest evenly over three years and have a 10-year term. As of February 2, 2002, approximately 288,000 nonqualified options are outstanding and approximately 639,000 have been exercised under the 1992 Plan.

1993 STOCK OPTION PLAN

During fiscal year 1993, the Board approved a stock option plan, as amended in fiscal 1999 (the 1993 Plan), which reserved approximately 4,192,000 shares of common stock for future issuance under the 1993 Plan to eligible employees of the Company. The terms of the 1993 Plan are essentially the same as the 1992 Plan. As of February 2, 2002, approximately 2,996,000 nonqualified options are outstanding and approximately 747,000 have been exercised under the 1993 Plan.

INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS' PLAN

In October 1998, the Board approved a stock option plan (the Independent Directors' Plan), which reserved 650,000 shares of common stock for future issuance to eligible independent directors of the Company. Options granted under the terms of the Independent Directors' Plan and these individual grants vest after six months and have a 10-year term. 222,500 shares had been granted, as of February 2, 2002, under the Independent Directors' Plan. Since 1993 and prior to adoption of the Independent Directors' Plan, four independent directors of the Company had been granted a total of 325,500 nonqualified options through individual grants at exercise prices ranging from $1.86 to $2.85. Subsequent to the adoption of the Independent Directors' Plan, three independent directors of the Company were granted 60,000 nonqualified stock options through individual grants at exercise prices equal to $8.58 per share. As of February 2, 2002, approximately 342,000 of these individual grant nonqualified options and options under the Independent Directors' Plan are outstanding and approximately 266,000 have been exercised.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS' SUPPLEMENTARY STOCK OPTION PROGRAM

During the fiscal year ended February 3, 2001, the Board approved an executive officers' supplementary stock option program (the Executive Officers' Program), which reserved 375,000 shares of common stock for future issuance to eligible executive officers of the Company. Options granted under the terms of the Executive Officers' Program vest after three years and have a 10-year term. As of February 2, 2002, all 375,000 shares have been granted under the Executive Officers' Program at exercise prices ranging from $6.80 to $10.20. Of the 375,000 shares granted, 45,000 shares were granted at exercise prices below fair market value. The granting of these shares resulted in stock compensation expense of approximately $45,000 and $70,000 being recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, and February 3, 2001, respectively. As of February 2, 2002, 125,000 of these options have been exercised and 250,000 have been cancelled.

AGGREGATE STOCK OPTION ACTIVITY

As of February 2, 2002, 3,625,613 nonqualified options are outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $7.32 per share, and 878,303 remain available for future grants. Of the options outstanding, 2,083,844 options are exercisable.

Stock option activity for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000, was as follows:

                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED                    FISCAL YEAR ENDED                  FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                            FEBRUARY 2, 2002                    FEBRUARY 3, 2001                   JANUARY 29, 2000
                                      -----------------------------    ----------------------------     ----------------------------
                                      NUMBER OF    WEIGHTED-AVERAGE    NUMBER OF   WEIGHTED-AVERAGE     NUMBER OF   WEIGHTED-AVERAGE
                                       OPTIONS      EXERCISE PRICE      OPTIONS     EXERCISE PRICE       OPTIONS     EXERCISE PRICE
                                      ---------    ----------------    ---------   ----------------     ---------   ----------------

Outstanding, beginning of period      4,356,079        $ 4.80          3,860,906        $ 2.28          3,611,939       $ 1.34
Granted                                 963,500         17.67          1,350,000         10.04            893,250         5.45
Exercised                            (1,289,890)         4.42           (793,022)         1.51           (615,028)        1.43
Canceled or expired                    (404,076)        14.13            (61,805)         4.17            (29,255)        1.05
                                      ---------                        ---------                        ---------
Outstanding, end of period            3,625,613          7.32          4,356,079          4.80          3,860,906         2.28
                                      =========                        =========                        =========
Options exercisable, end of period    2,083,844          3.27          2,502,149          2.29          2,303,273         1.57

27

The following table summarizes information about stock options as of February 2, 2002:

                                           OPTIONS OUTSTANDING                                 OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
                        --------------------------------------------------------------      --------------------------------------
                                            WEIGHTED-AVERAGE
  RANGES OF               NUMBER          REMAINING CONTRACTUAL      WEIGHTED-AVERAGE         NUMBER            WEIGHTED- AVERAGE
EXERCISE PRICES         OUTSTANDING            LIFE (YEARS)           EXERCISE PRICE        EXERCISABLE          EXERCISE PRICE
---------------         -----------       ---------------------      ----------------       -----------         -----------------
$ 0.72 - $ 4.99          1,402,693                5.25                  $ 1.37               1,387,691              $ 1.33
$ 5.00 - $ 9.99          1,248,920                7.78                    5.95                 650,153                6.14
$10.00 - $19.99            780,000                9.04                   16.59                   1,000               14.86
$20.00 - $34.75            194,000                9.38                   21.81                  45,000               21.60
                         ---------                                                           ---------
                         3,625,613                7.16                    7.32               2,083,844                3.27
                         =========                                                           =========

EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

The Board adopted a noncompensatory employee stock purchase plan (ESPP),which became effective upon the consummation of the Company's initial public offering on April 1, 1993. Under the ESPP, all employees are given the right to purchase up to 800 shares of the common stock of the Company two times a year at a price equal to 85 percent of the value of the stock immediately prior to the beginning of each exercise period. During the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000, approximately 130,000, 41,000 and 156,000 shares, respectively, were purchased under the ESPP. The Company recognized no compensation expense for the issuance of these shares.

SFAS NO. 123, "ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION"

The Company accounts for its stock-based compensation plans under APB 25. The FASB later issued SFAS 123. SFAS 123 allows companies to continue following the accounting guidance of APB 25, but requires pro forma disclosure of net income and EPS for the effects on compensation expense had the accounting guidance of SFAS 123 been adopted. The pro forma disclosures are required only for options granted in fiscal years that begin after December 15, 1994.

For SFAS 123 purposes, the fair value of each option granted has been estimated as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 5.1, 6.3 and 6.2 percent for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000, respectively, expected life of seven years, no expected dividends, and expected volatility of 73, 74 and 67 percent for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000, respectively. The weighted average fair value of options granted during the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000, was $17.67, $8.17 and $5.45, respectively. Options granted under the 1992 Plan and 1993 Plan generally vest ratably over three years. All other options were either exercisable after six months or vested ratably over three years. The term of all options granted is 10 years. Had compensation expense been determined consistent with SFAS 123, utilizing the assumptions detailed above,the Company's net income and net income per common and common equivalent shares outstanding would have been changed to the following pro forma amounts for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000:

                                                               FISCAL YEAR ENDED    FISCAL YEAR ENDED     FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                               FEBRUARY 2, 2002     FEBRUARY 3, 2001      JANUARY 29, 2000
                                                               -----------------    -----------------     -----------------
Net income:
As reported                                                    $  42,187,031          $28,378,619           $15,489,380
Pro forma                                                         37,372,941           26,382,313            14,451,495
Net income per common share - basic:
As reported                                                    $        1.05          $       .73           $       .41
Pro forma                                                                .93                  .68                   .38
Net income per common and common equivalent share - diluted:
As reported                                                    $        1.01          $       .69           $       .39
Pro forma                                                                .85                  .61                   .34

10. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN:

The Company has a defined contribution employee benefit plan (the Plan) covering substantially all employees. Employees' rights to Company-contributed benefits vest over two to six years of service, as specified in the Plan. Under the Plan, employees may contribute up to 20 percent of their annual compensation, subject to certain statutory limitations. The Company has elected to match employee contributions at 33 1/3 percent on the first 6 percent of the employees' contributions and can elect to make additional contributions over and above the mandatory match. For the fiscal years ended February 2, 2002, February 3, 2001, and January 29, 2000, the Company's costs under the Plan were approximately $425,000, $283,000 and $276,000, respectively.

[PHOTO OF BUILDING]

28

11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:

During the fiscal year ending February 1, 2003,the Company acquired 52 acres of land with an existing distribution center of approximately 202,000 square feet and existing office space of approximately 31,000 square feet. The cost of this acquisition was $7.2 million and it is anticipated that the Company will need to incur additional costs during the fiscal year ending February 1, 2003,of between $2.5 million and $4.5 million to equip and modify this facility. It is anticipated that this new facility will fully replace the existing distribution center in Fort Myers, Florida, by the first quarter of the fiscal year ending January 31, 2004. In order to secure the benefits of various governmental incentives with respect to the new distribution facility,the Company entered into a transaction with the local developmental authority involving a fully prepaid long-term lease and a nominally priced re-purchase option exercisable by the Company at any time. Although the Company's interest in its new distribution facility in Georgia is documented as a long-term lease with a favorable continuing purchase option, the acquisition was funded, and the equipping and modification of this facility will be funded, out of the Company's available cash resources and the Company's interest in the property will be reported as an asset in the Company's balance sheet.

The Company's Board adopted the Chico's FAS, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the Deferred Compensation Plan), effective April 1, 2002. Under the Deferred Compensation Plan, certain members of management and other highly compensated employees are eligible to defer a portion of their compensation and to invest the compensation deferral as provided by a Deferred Compensation Plan committee. The Board has the discretion to contribute amounts, on behalf of the Company, to the individual deferral accounts of participating employees.

The Company's 2002 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the 2002 ESPP) was adopted by the Board on February 18, 2002. The 2002 ESPP replaces the Company's 1993 ESPP, which has essentially no additional shares remaining available thereunder and was set to expire by its terms in 2002. Upon the approval of the 2002 ESPP by the stockholders at the Company's 2002 annual meeting of stockholders, the 1993 ESPP will be considered to have terminated.

The Board approved the Chico's FAS, Inc. Omnibus Stock and Incentive Plan (the Omnibus Plan) in April 2002,subject to stockholder approval at the Company's 2002 annual meeting of stockholders. The Omnibus Plan provides for awards of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, restricted stock awards and restricted stock units. If the Omnibus Plan is approved by the Company's stockholders, no new grants will thereafter be made under the Company's existing 1992 Plan, 1993 Plan or Independent Directors' Plan, and such existing plans will remain in effect only for purposes of administering options that are outstanding thereunder on the date the Omnibus Plan is approved by the Company's stockholders.

12. QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED):

                                                                                                            NET INCOME PER
                                                                                     NET INCOME PER        COMMON AND COMMON
                               NET SALES        GROSS PROFIT        NET INCOME   COMMON SHARE - BASIC   EQUIVALENT SHARE - DILUTED
                               ---------        ------------        ----------   --------------------   --------------------------
Fiscal year ended
  January 29, 2000:
   First quarter              $ 36,424,981       $21,524,358       $ 4,216,453          $   .11               $   .11
   Second quarter               36,771,293        21,276,944         3,946,666              .10                   .10
   Third quarter                40,008,995        23,408,317         4,078,309              .11                   .10
   Fourth quarter               41,797,012        23,842,732         3,247,952              .09                   .08
Fiscal year ended
  February 3, 2001:
   First quarter              $ 56,692,814       $33,928,820       $ 7,475,922          $   .19               $   .19
   Second quarter               60,638,316        34,994,364         7,377,426              .19                   .18
   Third quarter                68,990,473        40,669,142         7,820,096              .20                   .19
   Fourth quarter               73,124,293        41,182,993         5,705,175              .15                   .13
Fiscal year ended
  February 2, 2002:
   First quarter              $ 93,233,012       $56,291,716       $12,379,128          $   .31               $   .30
   Second quarter               89,492,217        53,684,549        11,090,613              .28                   .27
   Third quarter                93,978,124        55,542,287         8,899,660              .22                   .21
   Fourth quarter              101,381,987        58,629,209         9,817,630              .24                   .23

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

29

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

REPORTS ON FORM 10-K

A copy of the Company's annual report to the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-K will be sent to any shareholder without charge upon written request to Investor Relations at the current mailing address or website address below:

Chico's FAS, Inc.

11215 Metro Parkway

Fort Myers, Florida 33912

Website: www.chicos.com

Transfer Agent and Registrar:

The Registrar and Transfer Company

10 Commerce Drive

Cranford, New Jersey 07016

Legal Counsel:

Trenam, Kemker, Scharf, Barkin, Frye, O'Neill & Mullis

Tampa, Florida 33602

Independent Certified Public Accountants:

Arthur Andersen LLP

Tampa, Florida 33602

Investor Relations:

11215 Metro Parkway

Fort Myers, Florida 33912

(877) 424-4267


[PHOTO OF MODEL]

Annual Shareholders' Meeting:

Tuesday, June 25, 2002 at 2 p.m.

Sanibel Harbour Resort

Fort Myers, Florida 33908


[PHOTO OF LANDSCAPE]

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

Marvin J. Gralnick

Chief Executive Officer

Helene B. Gralnick

Senior Vice President-

Design & Concept

Scott A. Edmonds

President

Chief Operating Officer

Charles J. Kleman

Chief Financial Officer

Executive Vice President-

Finance

Secretary/Treasurer

Patricia A. Murphy

Senior Vice President-

General Merchandise

Manager

Mori C. MacKenzie

Senior Vice President-

Stores

James P. Frain

Vice President-Marketing

Ajit Patel

Vice President-

Chief Information Officer

DIRECTORS

Marvin J. Gralnick

Chairman of the Board

Helene B. Gralnick

Senior Vice President-

Design & Concept

Charles J. Kleman

Chief Financial Officer

Executive Vice President-Finance

Secretary/Treasurer

Verna K. Gibson

Retailing Consultant

Ross E. Roeder

Chairman and Chief Executive

Officer-Smart & Final, Inc.

John W. Burden

Retailing Consultant

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

32

[PHOTO OF MODEL]


[PHOTO OF MODEL]

ALABAMA Birmingham Foley ARIZONA Chandler Phoenix Scottsdale Tucson ARKANSAS Little Rock CALIFORNIA Brea Burlingame Calabasas Carmel Corte Madera Costa Mesa Del Mar Encino Fresno La Jolla Lafayette Laguna Beach Long Beach Los Angeles Los Gatos Milpitas Mission Viejo Monterey Newport Beach Ontario Palm Desert Palm Springs Palo Alto Pasadena Pleasanton Rolling Hills Estates Sacramento San Diego San Francisco Santa Ana Santa Barbara Santa Monica Santa Rosa Sonoma Thousand Oaks Vacaville Valencia Ventura Walnut Creek COLORADO Boulder Colorado Springs Denver Littleton CONNECTICUT Avon Fairfield Glastonbury Greenwich Mystic Ridgefield Stamford Uncasville West Hartford Westport Wilton FLORIDA Amelia Island Aventura Boca Raton Bonita Springs Brandon Captiva Clearwater Destin Ellenton Estero Fort Lauderdale Fort Myers Jacksonville Key West Manalapan Marco Island Miami Miami Beach Naples Orlando Palm Beach Gardens Ponte Vedra Beach Sanibel Sarasota St. Augustine St. Petersburg Stuart Tampa Vero Beach Wellington West Palm Beach Winter Park GEORGIA Atlanta Marietta Norcross Peachtree City ILLINOIS Chicago Deer Park Gurnee Highland Park Naperville Northbrook Oakbrook Schaumburg Skokie Wheaton INDIANA Fort Wayne Indianapolis Michigan City KANSAS Leawood Overland Park Prairie Village KENTUCKY Lexington Louisville LOUISIANA Baton Rouge Lafayette Mandeville New Orleans MAINE Portland MARYLAND Annapolis Baltimore Bethesda Columbia Potomac MASSACHUSETTS Boston Burlington Canton Chestnut Hill Longmeadow Mashpee Natick Wellesley Wrentham MICHIGAN Ann Arbor Birmingham Grand Rapids Grandville Grosse Point Livonia Novi Okemos Petosky Troy West Bloomfield

34

[PHOTO OF MODEL]

MINNESOTA Bloomington Edina Maple Grove Rochester St. Paul Wayzata White Bear Lake Woodbury MISSISSIPPI Ridgeland MISSOURI Kansas City St. Louis NEBRASKA Lincoln Omaha NEVADA Las Vegas NEW JERSEY Cherry Hill Hackensack Marlton Mount Laurel Paramus Princeton Ridgewood Sea Girt Short Hills Shrewsbury Westfield Westwood Woodcliff Lake NEW MEXICO Santa Fe NEW YORK Albany Buffalo Fayetteville Great Neck Mount Kisco Rochester Southampton Stony Brook White Plains Woodbury NORTH CAROLINA Charlotte Durham Greensboro Huntersville Raleigh OHIO Beachwood Beaver Creek Chagrin Falls Cincinnati Cleveland Columbus Dayton Norwood Rocky River Upper Arlington Woodmere Worthington OKLAHOMA Edmond Norman Oklahoma City Tulsa OREGON Bend Lake Oswego Portland PENNSYLVANIA Ardmore Concordville Doylestown King of Prussia Manayunk Paoli Pittsburgh RHODE ISLAND Cranston Newport Providence SOUTH CAROLINA Charleston Columbia Hilton Head Mount Pleasant Myrtle Beach TENNESSEE Franklin Germantown Knoxville Nashville TEXAS Arlington Austin Corpus Christi Dallas Fort Worth Friendswood Frisco Grapevine Houston Hurst Lubbock Midland Plano San Antonio Southlake Woodlands UTAH Provo Salt Lake City VERMONT Burlington VIRGINIA Alexandria Arlington Charlottesville Fairfax Leesburg McLean Norfolk Reston Richmond Woodbridge WASHINGTON Bellevue Redmond Seattle Spokane WASHINGTON D.C. Georgetown Union Station WISCONSIN Brookfield Fox Point Wauwatosa WYOMING Jackson Hole

35

[PHOTOS OF MODELS]

CHICO'S FAS, INC.

11215 Metro Parkway

Fort Myers, Florida 33912

p. 239.277.6200

f. 239.277.5237

1.888.855.4986

www.chicos.com


EXHIBIT 21

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

Chico's Distribution, Inc., a Florida corporation

Chico's Concept, Inc., a Florida corporation

Chico's Media, Inc., a Florida corporation

Chico's Real Estate, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company


CONSENT TO USE OF REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

As independent certified public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our report, and to all references to our firm included in or made a part of this Form 10-K, into the Company's previously filed Registration Statement File Nos. 33-60524, 33-63822, 33-83840, 333-51297, 333-69643, 333-69645, 333-86253, 333-44678, 333-54082 and 333-83778.

/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP

Tampa, Florida,
  April 24, 2002


EXHIBIT 99.1
[CHICO'S FAS, INC. LETTERHEAD]

April 24, 2002

Securities and Exchange Commission
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549-0408

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The purpose of this letter is to address the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") with respect to issuers that include accountants' reports from Arthur Andersen LLP ("AA") issued after March 14, 2002 in filings with the SEC.

In connection with the audit of the consolidated balance sheets of Chico's FAS, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of February 2, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year then ended, AA has issued a report to the Company dated March 4, 2002 (the "Report"). The Report is included in the Company's Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2002, and is incorporated by reference into the Form 10-K of which this Exhibit is a part.

Pursuant to Temporary Note 3T to Article 3 of Regulation S-X, the Company has received the following written representations from AA:

"We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Chico's FAS, Inc. and subsidiaries as of February 2, 2002, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and have issued our report thereon dated March 4, 2002. We represent that this audit was subject to Andersen's quality control system for the U.S. accounting and auditing practice to provide reasonable assurance that the engagement was conducted in compliance with professional standards and that there was appropriate continuity of Andersen personnel working on the audit and availability of national office consultation. Availability of personnel at foreign affiliates of Andersen is not relevant to this audit."

CHICO'S FAS, INC.

By: /s/ Charles J. Kleman
   ----------------------------------------
Name: Charles J. Kleman
Its: Executive Vice President -
Finance and Chief Financial Officer